Exhibit 10.5.3
ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT AND
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
DATED OCTOBER 3, 2003
BY AND BETWEEN
CONTACT ENERGY LIMITED
"OWNER"
AND
ORMAT PACIFIC INC.
"CONTRACTOR"
PAGE 1
ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS...........................................................................1
ARTICLE 2 - EPC CONTRACT DOCUMENTS..............................................................13
ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES.........................................................13
ARTICLE 4 - OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES..............................................................33
ARTICLE 5 - EXTENSION OF TIME...................................................................36
ARTICLE 6 - COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT............................................................39
ARTICLE 7 - COMMISSIONING AND TAKE OVER.........................................................44
ARTICLE 8 - CHANGES.............................................................................53
ARTICLE 9 - ACCESS AND REVIEW BY OWNER..........................................................58
ARTICLE 10 - TESTING............................................................................63
ARTICLE 11 - WARRANTIES.........................................................................67
ARTICLE 12 - REMEDIES...........................................................................76
ARTICLE 13 - SECURITIES.........................................................................80
ARTICLE 14 - CARE OF THE WORK; TITLE............................................................83
ARTICLE 15 - INSURANCE..........................................................................85
ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION.................................................................86
ARTICLE 17 - INDEMNIFICATION....................................................................88
ARTICLE 18 - ASSIGNMENT.........................................................................90
ARTICLE 19 - SUBCONTRACTORS.....................................................................91
i
ARTICLE 19A - PERSONNEL.........................................................................95
ARTICLE 20 - SUSPENSION.........................................................................96
ARTICLE 21 - TERMINATION........................................................................98
ARTICLE 22 - FORCE MAJEURE.....................................................................104
ARTICLE 23 - CONFIDENTIALITY...................................................................106
ARTICLE 24 - NOTICES...........................................................................107
ARTICLE 25 - MISCELLANEOUS.....................................................................108
ii
LIST OF SCHEDULES
Schedule A Owner's Technical Requirements
Schedule B Contractor's Technical Proposal
Schedule C Milestone Payment Schedule
Schedule D Performance Tests
Schedule E Project Schedule
Schedule F Warranty Procedures
Schedule G ORMAT Industries Ltd. Guaranty
Schedule H Form of Performance Bond
Schedule I Cancellation Fee
Schedule J Drawings
iii
This ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT is made and
entered into this _____ the day of ____________, 2003 by and between Contact
Energy Limited, a New Zealand limited liability company with offices at
Wellington, New Zealand ("Owner") and ORMAT Pacific Inc., a Delaware corporation
acting through its New Zealand branch with offices at Taupo, New Zealand
("Contractor").
RECITALS
A. Owner holds or will hold rights to use land at Wairakei, New
Zealand, and to use certain of the geothermal resource underlying the land,
resource consents and certain other associated rights, consents, commitments and
facilities necessary for the construction, testing, generation and maintenance
of an 14.38 MW (net) geothermal power plant.
B. Owner desires Contractor to design, engineer, procure, construct,
fabricate, install, commission, start-up and test a new 14.38 MW (net)
geothermal power plant at Owner's site located in Wairakei, New Zealand.
C. ORMAT Industries Ltd. has agreed to design, manufacture and supply
certain equipment necessary for the construction of the geothermal power plant
under the terms and conditions of the Supply Contract (as defined below) with
Owner entered into contemporaneously with this agreement.
D. Contractor is willing to supply certain other equipment and perform
the services set forth herein, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set
forth.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual
covenants hereinafter contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS
Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms when used
herein or in any Schedule hereof shall have the meanings set forth below:
1
"APPLICATION SOFTWARE" means all application programs, whether in
electronic read only devices or otherwise, including data and utilities
designed, developed or created by or on behalf of Contractor to be installed
and/or supplied as part of the Works and its associated documentation.
"BANK XXXX BID RATE" means the average New Zealand dollar 90 day bank
xxxx bid rate (rounded upwards to the nearest second decimal place) as appearing
at 11.00 am or as soon as practicable thereafter on the relevant day in
Wellington on page BKBM of the Reuters screen.
"BASE DATE" means June 23, 2003.
"BEST ENDEAVOURS" means that the party shall promptly and diligently
use all the resources and take all steps available to it which a prudent,
determined and reasonable person, acting in its own interests and with a genuine
desire to achieve the intended outcome, would take.
"BRINE RETURN TEMPERATURE" means the half-hourly arithmetic average of
the temperature of the Geothermal Fluid measured every minute over a half hour
period downstream of the Binary Plant at the Terminal Point where it is returned
to the reinjection system.
"BINARY PLANT" means the binary power plant and all related and
ancillary work to be provided by Contractor and the Supplier, and taken over by
Owner under this EPC Contract as part of the Permanent Works.
"CHANGE" means any change to the requirements or obligations of this
EPC Contract.
"CHANGE IN LAW" means the enactment, adoption, promulgation,
modification or repeal after the Base Date of any Law (except regarding
taxation) or to the Designation or any Standard that establishes requirements
adversely affecting Contractor's costs or schedule for performing the Work.
"COMMENCEMENT DATE" means the date of this EPC Contract.
2
"CONSENT" means any consent, permit, licence, approval or the like,
including the Owner's Consents.
"CONTRACTOR'S CHANGE" means a Change requested by the Contractor and
agreed by Owner in terms of ARTICLE 8 (Changes).
"CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT" means all equipment, apparatus, machinery,
vehicles and other things required for the execution and completion of the Works
and the remedying of any defects, but excludes Temporary Works, Plant and
Permanent Works.
"CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE" means the person designated by Contractor
pursuant to SECTION 19A.2 (Contractor's Representative) to act as its
representative.
"CONTRACTOR'S TECHNICAL PROPOSAL" means Contractor's proposal for
meeting the Owner's Technical Requirements, and comprises the Contractor's
preliminary design and specification for the Binary Plant and Contractor's
proposals generally for carrying out the Works as set forth in SCHEDULE B.
"CORRECTED NET POWER OUTPUT" means the lowest of the Measured Net Power
Output results, as corrected for deviations from the Guarantee Conditions using
the Correction Curves, of the six tests comprising a single Net Power Output
Performance Test as described in section 1.5.9 of EXHIBIT D (Performance Tests).
"CORRECTED PRESSURE DROP" means the highest of the Measured Pressure
Drop results, as corrected for deviations from the Guarantee Conditions using
the Correction Curves, of the six tests comprising a single Net Power Output
Performance Test as described in section 1.5.9 of EXHIBIT D (Performance Tests).
"CORRECTION CURVES" means the curves and mathematical formulae set
forth in SCHEDULE D (Tests) and used for the purposes of calculating the
Corrected Net Power Output and the Corrected Pressure Drop.
"COST" means all expenditure necessarily, reasonably, properly and
actually incurred (or to be incurred) by Contractor, whether on or off the Site,
excluding any allowance for overhead, margin, profit and similar charges.
Overhead for these purposes
3
means expenses required for the general overall running of Contractor's
business, including administrative, financial and office expenses and
supervision.
"DAY" means a calendar day.
"DEFAULT RATE" means, in any month, the Bank Xxxx Bid Rate appearing on
the first business day of the month (namely the first day of the month in which
banks in Wellington are ordinarily open for business) plus three percent per
annum, calculated daily and capitalised monthly.
"DEFECTS CORRECTION PERIOD" means the period referred to in SUBSECTION
11.2.1.
"DESIGN RANGE" means the design range of operating conditions for the
Binary Plant as set forth in section 1.3.1 of SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical
Requirements).
"DESIGN AND OTHER INFORMATION" means the documents specified in
SUBSECTION 9.4.1.
"DESIGNATION" means the Xxxxx Xxxxxxxx Council's designation for road
under the Resource Management Xxx 0000 and relevant accompanying conditions
relating to the ETA, as described section 1.3.2(v) and Exhibit B9 of SCHEDULE A
(Owner's Technical Requirements).
"DISPUTE" means any dispute or difference of any kind whatsoever which
shall arise between Owner and Contractor in connection with or arising out of
this EPC Contract (including without limitation any disputes or differences
concerning the terms of the Supply Contract) or the carrying out of the Works,
including any dispute or difference as to any instruction, order, direction,
certificate or valuation by the Owner's Representative, whether during the
progress of the Works or after its completion and whether before or after the
termination, abandonment or breach of this EPC Contract.
"DOCUMENT" means:(a) any writing on any material; (b) any information
recorded or stored by whatever means including electronically or on tape; and
(c) sound recordings and visual recordings (including photographs and films).
4
"DRAFT AS-BUILT DRAWINGS" means markups (through hand interlineations
or other similar means) of Contractor's major construction drawings for the
Binary Plant marked to show as-built details of control and electrical systems
and approximate locations of other material components of the Binary Plant that
are reasonably relevant to the operation and maintenance of the Binary Plant.
"DRAWINGS" means the drawings in SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical
Requirements), SCHEDULE B (Contractor's Technical Proposal), SCHEDULE J
(Drawings) and such other major drawings related to the Works provided by
Contractor to Owner under this EPC Contract.
"FAIL SAFE" means a feature which ensures that the absence of any
critical control or safety component, system, signal or function will not result
in any unsafe condition.
"EPC CONTRACT" means this Engineering, Procurement and Construction
Contract together with the Schedules attached hereto, which shall, taken as a
whole, define the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder.
"EPC CONTRACT PRICE" means the total firm fixed lump sum price, payable
to Contractor by Owner as set forth in SECTION 6.1 hereof and as adjusted
pursuant to the provisions of this EPC Contract.
"EQUIPMENT" means the equipment that is to be provided by Supplier to
Owner pursuant to the Supply Contract.
"ETA" means the Eastern Taupo Arterial Highway to be constructed by the
Taupo District Council and Transit New Zealand, part of which is to run through
the Wairakei Station and close to and/or through parts of Site 3 and Site 4.
"FINAL ACCEPTANCE" means satisfaction by Contractor or waiver by Owner
of the conditions set forth in SUBSECTION 11.2.6, which will occur on the date
specified in the Final Acceptance Certificate.
"FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE" means the certificate issued under
SUBSECTION 11.2.6.
5
"FORCE MAJEURE" shall have the meaning assigned to that term in ARTICLE
22.
"GEOTHERMAL FLUID" means the geothermal brine to be supplied at the
Geothermal Fluid Terminal Point in accordance with the interface data set forth
in section 1.3.1 of SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical Requirements).
"GEOTHERMAL FLUID TERMINAL POINT" means the Geothermal Fluid interface
point defined in section 1.2.3 and Exhibit A2 of SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical
Requirements).
"GEOTHERMAL GROUP CONTROL ROOM" or "GGC" means Owner's existing control
room which forms part of the Wairakei Station and which contains control
facilities and personnel for operation and management of Owner's geothermal
power stations and associated facilities.
"GRID" means the transmission network including related substations
currently owned and operated by Transpower.
"GST" means Zealand Goods and Services Tax pursuant to the Goods and
Services Tax Xxx 0000.
"GUARANTEE CONDITIONS" means the conditions and parameters in section
1.3.4 of SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical Requirements).
"GUARANTEED NET POWER OUTPUT" means 14,380 kW being the minimum net
amount of power measured in kW produced by the Binary Plant at Guarantee
Conditions measured at the plant's revenue meters when all the Binary Plant's
auxiliaries are operating as normal with no supplementary power supply.
"GUARANTEED PRESSURE DROP" means 2.2 xxxx being the maximum brine
system pressure drop across the Binary Plant as measured at the applicable
Terminal Points for Geothermal Fluid supply and return at Guarantee Conditions.
"HAZOP REVIEW" (otherwise known as a hazard and operating review) means
a formal, systematic examination of the design for the Binary Plant and
interconnected
6
systems to identify matters which could lead to hazards, operability problems,
nuisances or environmental harm in respect of the Binary Plant, Wairakei Station
or their surroundings.
"INDUSTRY ARRANGEMENTS" means the applicable electricity industry
arrangements and includes:
(a) the New Zealand Electricity Market rules, the Metering and
Reconciliation Information Agreement, and the Multilateral
Agreement on Common Quality Standards; or
(b) the electricity rulebook governed by an electricity governance
board established by electricity industry participants (to the
extent such rulebook supersedes the arrangements in paragraph
(a)); or
(c) industry rules made by an Electricity Governance Board
established under the Electricity Xxx 0000 (to the extent such
rules supersede the arrangements in paragraph (a)).
"INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS" means any right to, and any interest in,
any patent, design, trade xxxx, copyright, trade secret and any other
proprietary right or form of intellectual property (protectable by registration
or not) in respect of any know-how, technology, concept, idea, data, program or
other software (including in source and object codes), specification, formula,
drawing, programme, design, system, process, logo, xxxx, style or other thing,
conceived, used, developed or produced by any person.
"KW" means kilowatts.
"LAW" means statutes, regulations, codes, consents, ordinances,
district and regional plan requirements, grid operator standards and codes,
permits, rules, orders, judicial and administrative decisions and
interpretations to the extent they have jurisdiction on performance of the Works
under this EPC Contract, including Transpower's "Connection Policy" or
substitute or equivalent document from time to time, the "Asset Owner
Performance Obligations" (AOPO), Transpower's requirements as owner and operator
of the Grid and the Industry Arrangements.
7
"LOCAL CONTROL ROOM" means the HMI control room for the operation of
the Binary Plant which is to be designed and constructed by Contractor and to be
located adjacent to the Binary Plant.
"MEASURED NET POWER OUTPUT" means net amount of power in kW produced by
the Binary Plant measured at the Binary Plant's revenue meters when all the
Binary Plant's auxiliaries are operating as normal with no supplementary power
supply.
"MEASURED PRESSURE DROP" means the brine system pressure drop across
the Binary Plant measured at the Terminal Points for supply and return of
Geothermal Fluid.
"MILESTONE" means the completion of a discrete part of the Works or the
occurrence of an event identified as such in the Milestone Payment Schedule.
"MILESTONE PAYMENT SCHEDULE" means the milestone payment schedule for
payment of the EPC Contract Price, as set forth in SCHEDULE C.
"MW" means megawatts.
"OPERATING CONSUMABLES" means electric power, working fluid, water,
chemicals, lubricants, filters, lamps, light bulbs and other consumable
materials used to construct, commission, test and operate the Binary Plant.
"OPERATING PERSONNEL" means the Owner's Personnel hired by Owner to
operate the Binary Plant and to be trained by Contractor under SECTION 3.1(O).
"OWNER'S CHANGE" means a Change requested by Owner and agreed by
Contractor in terms of ARTICLE 8 (Changes) or other Change or event designated
as an Owner's Change in this EPC Contract.
"OWNER'S CONSENTS" means the Consents obtained or to be obtained by
Owner for the Works identified in SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical Requirements).
"OWNER'S PERSONNEL" means the staff, labour and other employees of
Owner, including the Owner's Representative, and any other personnel notified to
Contractor by Owner from time to time.
8
"OWNER'S PLANNED OUTAGE SCHEDULE" means Owner's schedule of planned
outages of the Wairakei Station, as updated and provided by the Owner to the
Contractor from time to time.
"OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE" means the person designated by Owner to act as
its representative in all respects to this EPC Contract under SECTION 4.1(H) and
having the powers contained in SECTION 4.2.
"OWNER'S TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS" means the purpose, scope, design,
performance expectations and other technical criteria for the Works specified in
SCHEDULE A.
"PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES" means Guaranteed Net Power Output, Guaranteed
Pressure Drop and the performance guarantees for reliability for the Binary
Plant set forth in SCHEDULE D (Performance Tests).
"PERFORMANCE TESTS" means the handling trials, Net Power Output and
Pressure Drop tests, and Reliability Run set out in SCHEDULE D (Performance
Tests) to demonstrate that the Binary Plant meets the Performance Guarantees.
"PLANT" means all materials, supplies, apparatus, machinery, parts,
tools, components, spares, appliances, vehicles and appurtenances intended to
form or forming part of the Permanent Works.
"PERMANENT WORKS" means the permanent works to be designed, specified,
procured, manufactured, assembled, installed, tested, completed, commissioned
and repaired by Contractor in accordance with this EPC Contract, and includes
the Binary Plant and all related and ancillary work identified in or to be
reasonably inferred as being within the work required of the Contractor under
this EPC Contract.
"POST-TAKE OVER WORKS" means the Works described in SECTION 7.9
(Post-Take Over Works).
9
"PROJECT SCHEDULE" means the completion schedule for the Plant set
forth in SCHEDULE F and as it may be amended from time to time as set forth in
SECTION 3.8 (Project Schedule).
"PROPRIETARY SOFTWARE" means all computer programs, whether in
electronic read only devices or otherwise, including operating systems, data and
utilities, supplied without modification by a third party software publishing
house (not employed in any capacity to develop application software for the
Works) as standard proprietary software available on standard licence terms and
conditions, to be installed and/or supplied as part of the Works and its
associated documentation.
"PUNCHLIST" means a list of minor incomplete or defective items which
remain to be completed, prepared in accordance with SECTION 7.1 (Readiness for
commissioning) and SECTION 7.2(A)(C) (Take Over).
"RELIABILITY RUN" means the reliability run test described in paragraph
1.5.12 of SCHEDULE D (Performance Tests) to establish that the Binary Plant can
run reliability for a minimum period of 21 consecutive days.
"SCHEDULED TAKE OVER DATE" means the date by which the Binary Plant is
required to achieve Take Over, which shall be the later of (a) June 20, 2005 and
(b) such later date as may be established in accordance with SECTION 5.1.
"SITE" means the site on which the Permanent Works will be located,
which is on land more specifically described in section 1.1.3 and 1.1.5 of
SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical Requirements).
"SITE 3" means:
(a) the cross hatched area labelled "Site 3" as shown on Site Drawing
WRK0262 in exhibit A3 of SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical
Requirements) and
(b) the hatched areas labelled "Construction/Laydown Area" shown on
Site Drawing WRK0262 in exhibit A3 of SCHEDULE A (Owner's
Technical
10
Requirements) together with such additional areas as may, from
time to time, be designated by Owner by notice to Contractor for
Contractor's use.
"SITE 4" means the hatched area labelled "Site 4" shown on Site Drawing
WRK 0262 in exhibit A3 of SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical Requirements)) together
with such additional areas as may, from time to time, be designated by Owner by
notice to Contractor for Contractor's use. The hatched area labelled "Site 4"
includes the construction/laydown area allocation for Site 4.
"SOFTWARE" means all computer programs, whether in electronic read only
devices or otherwise, including Application Software, Proprietary Software,
operating systems, data and utilities and any other software which is not
included in Application Software or Proprietary Software installed and/or
supplied as part of the Works, and its associated documentation (including user
manuals).
"STANDARD" means any technical standard, code of practice,
specification, rule, industry certification requirement, the Industry
Arrangements or the like relevant to the Works, including those specified in the
Schedules.
"STATION CONTROLLER" means the individual whom is controller of the
Wairakei Station from time to time or his or her authorised representative
notified by Owner to Contractor from time to time.
"SUBCONTRACTOR" means any party (other than Contractor's employees)
engaged by Contractor to perform any of the services or supply any item of goods
or material pursuant to this EPC Contract.
"SUPPLIER" means ORMAT Industries Ltd., an Israeli corporation.
"SUPPLY CONTRACT" means the Supply Contract of even date herewith,
together with the Schedules attached thereto, by and between Supplier and Owner,
as the same may be amended from time to time, under which, among other things,
Supplier is providing the Equipment and services to Owner for use in connection
with the development, construction, start-up, testing, commissioning and
completion of the Permanent Works.
11
"TAKE OVER" means satisfaction by Contractor or waiver by Owner of the
conditions set forth in SECTION 7.2 (Take Over) and the taking over by Owner of
the Binary Plant, which will occur on the date specified in the Take Over
Certificate or the deemed Take Over pursuant to SECTION 7.5 (Delayed Tests).
"TAKE OVER CERTIFICATE" means the certificate issued under SECTION 7.3
(Request for Take Over Certificate).
"TEMPORARY WORKS" means all temporary works of every kind required for
the carrying out of the Works but not forming part of the Permanent Works.
"TERMINAL POINT" means a location where Contractor connects certain
elements of the Permanent Works provided under this EPC Contract to Owner's
existing plant and equipment forming part of Wairakei Station. All Terminal
Points are defined in paragraph 1.2.3 and Exhibit A2 of SCHEDULE A (Owner's
Technical Requirements).
"THIRD PARTY" means any neighbour, statutory or regulatory authority,
or other individual, and/or body which is either provided with goods or services
by Owner or is affected or influenced by Owner's activities. Third Parties
include but are not limited to Xxxxx Xxxxxxxx Xxxxxxx, Xxxxxxx Xxx Xxxxxxx, Her
Majesty the Queen acting by and through the Commissioner of Crown Lands,
Transpower, Hawke's Bay Network Limited, the Prawn Farm, Huka Jet, NETCOR and
the Wairakei Tourist Hotel.
"TRANSPOWER" means Transpower New Zealand Limited, or such other
owner/s and/or body/bodies appointed to operate or control the Grid.
"WAIRAKEI STATION" means Owner's land and improvements in the vicinity
of the Site, including the existing geothermal power station, the GGC, the
steamfield and all associated facilities (including services provided to Third
Parties).
"WORKS" means all work which Contractor is required to carry out under
this EPC Contract including the provision of all material, goods, things and
services which are the responsibility of Contractor under this EPC Contract,
including all things of a permanent or temporary nature necessary for the works
and whether stated or reasonably implied as being within the work required of
the Contractor under this EPC Contract including,
12
without limitation, the design, engineering, and procurement construction of a
14.38 MW (net) binary power plant on the Site in accordance with this EPC
Contract and the administration of the Supply Contract and dealing with the
Equipment to be supplied under the Supply Contract as provided herein.
"YEAR" means 365 days.
ARTICLE 2 - EPC CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
2.1 DOCUMENTS INCLUDED
This EPC Contract shall include the documents listed below, which are
hereby incorporated herein by reference and which, in the event of conflict, are
to be interpreted in accordance with the priority listed below.
o These Terms and Conditions
o the Owner's Technical Requirements
o the other Schedules
o any other documents forming part of this EPC Contract.
ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
3.1 GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES
Except as provided elsewhere in this EPC Contract, Contractor shall:
(a) Perform, or cause to be performed the Works, including
providing all labour, materials, tools, supplies, Temporary Works, Contractor's
Equipment, documents, Operating Consumables, equipment, transportation,
engineering, insurance, technical services and all other things and services
necessary and required to satisfactorily design, engineer, procure, construct,
install, commission, start up and test the Binary Plant, including verification
of the adequacy of the specification of the Equipment, and rectify any defects
in the Binary Plant all in accordance with the requirements of this EPC
Contract.
13
(b) Provide personnel necessary for commissioning, start-up
and performance testing of the Permanent Works as described herein.
(c) Prosecute the Works continuously and diligently in
accordance with the Project Schedule (including achievement of Take Over as
provided in SECTION 7.2 (Take Over) by the Scheduled Take Over Date), using
qualified and competent personnel, and complete the Works in accordance with
good design and engineering practice and prudent electrical and mechanical
engineering and in accordance with the provisions of this EPC Contract.
(d) Ensure that when completed, the Works (and the Equipment)
are fit for the purposes for which the Works (and the Equipment) are intended
namely the provision to Owner of a 14.38 MW (net, at Guarantee Conditions)
binary plant capable to operate safely and lawfully on the Site using
Owner-supplied Geothermal Fluid meeting the Design Range and capable of
dispatching electricity to the Grid interface with the Wairakei Station all in
accordance with the requirements set out in SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical
Requirements).
(e) Rectify defects in the Works as soon as practicable during
the Defects Correction Period in accordance with SUBSECTION 11.12.3 (Defects
Warranty); and
(f) Monitor on behalf of Owner as authorized in the Supply
Contract the manufacture and delivery of the Equipment by Supplier, arrange for
complete handling of all goods and material supplied under this EPC Contract and
for the Equipment after delivery under the Supply Contract including, but not
limited to inspection, expediting, shipping, unloading, receiving, customs
clearance and customs claims. In connection herewith, Owner hereby grants to
Contractor the authority to administer the Supply Contract and Contractor agrees
to administer the Supply Contract and to enforce on behalf of Owner the
Supplier's obligations there under, and Contractor shall administer the Supply
Contract in the same way as if the Supplier was a Subcontractor under this EPC
Contract. As between Owner and Contractor, Contractor shall be responsible for
its acts or omissions in relation to its administration of the Supply
14
Contract, and shall be responsible for enforcing and obtaining performance by
the Supplier of Supplier's obligations under the Supply Contract.
(g) Commission, start-up and performance test the Permanent
Works in accordance with the Performance Tests.
(h) Comply in all material respects with all applicable
Standards (including those described in SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical
Requirements) and SCHEDULE B (Contractor's Technical Proposal) and with all
applicable Laws and Consents, relating to the Plant and the performance of the
Works and be responsible for the adequacy and safety of all Site operations and
of all methods of construction.
(i) Procure all Consents required for the Works, other than
the Owner's Consents, and comply in all material respects with all Consents.
Contractor shall not, without Owner's approval, seek to vary or modify any of
the Owner's Consents or any of the conditions attaching to them, or to obtain
any Consent which is inconsistent in any respect with any of the Owner's
Consents or communicate with consent authorities in relation to the Owner's
Consents. If it appears that any Consent that Contractor is in the process of
obtaining may be issued subject to conditions that will affect the ability of
Contractor to comply with any of its obligations under this EPC Contract
including on Owner's ability to lawfully and conveniently use the Binary Plant
and/or the Wairakei Station, Contractor must notify Owner as soon as reasonably
practicable to enable Owner, if Owner elects, to confer with the authorities
regarding such possible conditions. Such action by Owner shall not relieve
Contractor of any of its obligations under this EPC Contract.
(j) complete the Works so the Binary Plant:
(i) is capable of being operated in all modes
within the Design Range in compliance with the Consents; and
(ii) will not hinder or interfere with the
ability of the Wairakei Station to operate in accordance with the resource
Consents or other statutory or regulatory Consents applicable to the Wairakei
Station and in force at the Base Date.
15
(k) If Contractor becomes aware that an act or omission of
Contractor related to the Works is, or is likely to breach any applicable Law,
or result in any fine, sanction or enforcement action (whether under the
Resource Management Xxx 0000 or any other law), then Contractor shall
immediately notify Owner and Owner may, in its reasonable discretion and without
relieving the Contractor of any responsibility in respect of that event issue
instructions to Contractor as it reasonably considers appropriate to mitigate
the risk identified and Contractor shall comply with such instructions issued by
Owner at the expense in all respects of Contractor.
(l) Provide all temporary and permanent construction
materials, equipment and supplies necessary for commissioning and testing of the
Permanent Works until Take Over.
(m) Pay for construction utilities (electricity only) required
to achieve Take Over except for any initial connection and disconnection costs.
(n) Train up to 25 operating and maintenance personnel, of
whom up to 5 are senior personnel, designated by Owner at the Site over the time
periods identified in SECTION 4.1(I) and during the commissioning and start-up
phase of the Binary Plant construction. Such training shall be in conjunction
with the normal commissioning and start-up activities employed by Contractor.
Each person designated for training by Owner shall be a qualified for their role
at the site and shall not be deemed employees or Subcontractors of Contractor.
Training shall be conducted as described in section 1.12 of SCHEDULE A (Owner's
Technical Requirements).
(o) Have a quality system/s that meets the requirements of the
ISO9000 series of standards or equivalent in relation to the Works, provide
copies and details of that system/s to Owner upon request from time to time and
for review and acceptability prior to Take Over, ensure compliance by all
Subcontractors with the quality system/s, and implement a system/s that ensures
traceability of all critical parts and components of the supplied Plant and
equipment and the associated quality records.
16
(p) Prepare detailed monthly progress reports on progress of
the Works for the period ended on the last day of the previous month to Owner as
reasonably required by Owner. Such reports shall include without limitation:
(i) all work achieved during the preceding month
including Milestones achieved;
(ii) any significant events or achievements in the
Works including the results of any tests;
(iii) significant events planned for the following
month;
(iv) progress of the Works against programme,
identifying any actual or potential slips in progress against programme and the
likelihood that Take Over will be achieved by the Scheduled Take Over Date;
(v) means of rectifying any delay;
(vi) any notices of non-conformance and the extent to
which there is any outstanding non-conformance.
(q) Provide special tools, and operating and commissioning
supplies which are required for commissioning, start-up, and performance testing
of the Permanent Works until Take Over.
(r) Not less than six (6) months prior to the Scheduled Take
Over Date, provide to Owner draft operation and maintenance manuals (which shall
incorporate the manuals of the Equipment) and prior to Take Over, provide at
least two (2) copies of job books, operation and maintenance manuals (which
shall incorporate manuals of the Equipment), operating data and Draft As-Built
Drawings to Owner in a sufficient state of completion and containing sufficient
detail to enable Owner to operate and maintain the Binary Plant properly,
safely, lawfully and without hindrance and without reliance in any way on
Contractor and not later than six (6) months after Take Over, provide to Owner
four copies of the final operation and maintenance manuals (which shall
incorporate
17
manuals of the Equipment), operating data and detailed as-built Drawings and
specifications.
(s) Exercise, in the design and specification of the Works and
the verification of the adequacy of the specifications of the Equipment, and
generally in connection with Contractor's responsibilities under this EPC
Contract the skill and care to be expected of a qualified and competent
designer, engineer and contractor experienced in work of similar nature and
scope as the Binary Plant.
(t) Design, install, construct, commission, test and complete
the Binary Plant using proven up to date good practices and which are consistent
with the provisions of the Supply Contract and this EPC Contract.
(v) At Owner's request, at any reasonable time up to Take
Over, Contractor shall participate in the conceptual design review and in the
subsequent Site located dedicated design review with Owner's Personnel regarding
the design of the means of integrating the Binary Plant with Owner's existing
Wairakei Station HMI system, and provide at the Site one control engineer for a
period of up to one week in the 12 months following Take Over to assist and
advise Owner regarding Owner's coordination and integration of the Binary Plant
with the existing Wairakei Station HMI system.
3.2 EMERGENCIES
In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the
Work, Contractor, without special instruction or authorization from Owner, may
take all reasonable actions to prevent such threatened damage, injury, or loss.
This provision is not intended to limit Contractor's rights under any other
provisions hereof, including, without limitation, ARTICLE 8 (Changes).
3.3 HEALTH AND SAFETY IN EMPLOYMENT ACT ("HSEA")
3.3.1 Contractor warrants to Owner that during Contractor's
activity on the Site, up to and including Take Over of the Binary Plant,
Contractor shall ensure that no act or omission by Contractor:
18
(a) in contravention of the HSEA causes a significant
hazard, harm or serious harm to any employee of Contractor or any person at or
in the immediate vicinity of the Site; or
(b) is a breach of any duty or obligation of
Contractor under the HSEA; or
(c) does or is likely to give rise to the issue of an
improvement or prohibition notice, enforcement proceedings or a prosecution
under the HSEA against Owner, Contractor, or the Subcontractor.
The words and phrases used in this clause shall have the same meaning as is
ascribed to them in the HSEA.
3.3.2 Contractor undertakes that before a Subcontractor
commences work on the Site Contractor shall obtain similar warranties as those
stated in SUBSECTION 3.3.1 from that Subcontractor in relation to the
subcontracted Work.
3.3.3 Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified Owner
from all costs, damages, fines, penalties and expense incurred or suffered by
Owner in respect of any breach of the HSEA and/or conviction or proceedings
instigated against Owner pursuant to the HSEA directly or indirectly related to
a breach by Contractor of any of the warranties set out in SUBSECTION 3.3.1.
3.3.4 If Contractor becomes aware that it is or may be in
breach, or is likely to be in breach of any of the warranties in SUBSECTION
3.3.1 or any Subcontractor is or may be in breach of or is likely to breach the
matters set out in the agreement between Contractor and Subcontractors pursuant
to SUBSECTION 3.3.2, then Contractor shall immediately notify Owner of such a
breach or anticipated breach and, in relation to any breach or anticipated
breach in relation to any of the Work or subcontracted Work, Contractor shall
consult with the Owner's Representative to avoid, remedy or mitigate such breach
or anticipated breach.
3.3.5 Contractor, pursuant to the warranties given in
SUBSECTION 3.3.1, shall have regard to the contents of the safety programme
agreed
19
between Owner and Contractor in accordance with SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical
Requirements). The safety plan submitted shall meet the requirements of HSEA and
any other applicable Laws, be suitable for the conditions of the Site, the
Works, the Wairakei Station and be consistent with Owner's site and safety
rules. A copy of the agreed safety programme shall be kept at the office of
Contractor.
3.3.6 Contractor shall nominate a safety officer who shall be
approved by Owner, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, to be
responsible for the safety at the Site and in respect of Contractor's operations
in the Wairakei Station, and such officer shall be available or be represented
by a designee on the Site during business hours after the commencement of the
Works at the Site and on call after hours.
3.3.7 If Contractor fails to comply with the obligations set
out in this clause, Owner may require Contractor to suspend the Works until the
failure is rectified. In the event of such suspension Contractor shall comply
with its obligations under ARTICLE 20 (Suspension) but Contractor shall not be
entitled to any extension of time under SECTION 5.1 (Extension of Time) or
otherwise, payment of any costs (including Cost) or any adjustment of the EPC
Contract Price as a result of such suspension.
3.3.8 Contractor shall ensure that all its employees and
Subcontractors that will be working in the Wairakei Station:
(i) attend the local induction course and receive training
on Owner's safety procedures;
(ii) are advised of any revision to Owner's safety
procedures that are provided to Contractor;
(iii) comply at all times with Owner's safety procedures;
and
(iv) request clarification of any of Owner's safety
procedures, including all access authorisations, that
they do not understand.
20
If Owner reasonably considers any person employed by Contractor or any
Subcontractor is not complying with Owner's site safety procedures, Owner may,
or may require Contractor to, remove that person from the Wairakei Station.
3.4 PROJECT REPRESENTATION
Contractor has reviewed the provisions of the Supply Contract and
warrants that the combination of the Works and the Equipment are adequate so
that the Permanent Works, when completed in accordance with this EPC Contract,
will meet the Owner's Technical Requirements.
3.5 ACCESS CONDITIONS
(a) Contractor shall have investigated and satisfied itself as to the
suitability and availability of access routes to the Site and the Wairakei
Station.
(b) Where Contractor wishes to have other access or intrusion onto or
over land adjoining either the Site or the Wairakei Station, then arrangements
must be made by Contractor and such access or intrusion will be entirely at
Contractor's risk and cost. Contractor shall keep Owner informed in respect of
negotiations for any such arrangements and Owner's consent shall be required for
any such arrangements (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).
3.6 CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE CARRYING OUT OF THE WORKS
(a) Contractor shall be deemed to have:
(i) inspected the Site and surrounding locations,
including surface conditions to the extent a
qualified and competent designer, engineer, and
contractor experienced in works in similar nature and
scope as the Binary Plant would have; and
(ii) familiarised and satisfied itself with respect to:
(1) the nature of the Works and the areas where
the Works is to be carried out;
21
(2) the Designation and the effect that it will
have on the Wairakei Station, the Site and
the Works;
(3) the general and local conditions with
respect to weather, environment,
transportation, access, waste disposal, lay
down areas, handling and storage of
materials and residue, availability and
conditions of roads, climatic conditions and
seasons, surface physical conditions at the
Site, the Wairakei Station and the
surrounding area;
(4) the location of all pipes, cables, utilities
works and similar hazards on or about the
Site, the Wairakei Station and the
surrounding area; and
(5) hydrological and geotechnical matters as
identified in Site hydrological and
geotechnical studies which may affect the
carrying out of the Works,
in existence at or before the Commencement Date and to have
taken all such matters into account in the EPC Contract Price
such as qualified and competent designer, engineer, and
contractor experienced in works in similar nature and scope as
the Binary Plant would have.
(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided for in clause (c) below and
elsewhere in this EPC Contract, Contractor shall not be entitled to an extension
of time under SECTION 5.1 (Extension of Time) or otherwise, payment of any costs
(including Cost) or to any adjustment of the EPC Contract Price as a result of
any unforeseen difficulties or costs.
(c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b), Contractor shall have no
responsibility for, and shall be entitled to an Owner's Change under ARTICLE 8
(Changes) for, any material delays or costs resulting from the discovery of
subsurface conditions being materially different from that ordinarily and
reasonably expected at the Site, including load bearing of the subsoil being
materially less than one would ordinarily and reasonably expect in the locality
of the Site, or for unforeseen obstructions, or for the
22
presence of any hazardous materials, or from any material inaccuracy in any
material designs, drawings or other information provided by Owner; provided,
however, that if such event would also constitutes an event of Force Majeure
then Owner may elect to not proceed with the Owner's Change in having Contractor
remedy the consequences of such event and instead deal with impact of such event
in accordance with the provisions of ARTICLE 22 (Force Majeure). For the
avoidance of doubt, based upon the September 26, 2003 geotech study of the Site
provided by Owner, Supplier and Owner acknowledge that Site ground stabilization
work (e.g., pilings) is required to remedy the soil and subsurface conditions
identified in that report and that such Works will be performed by Contractor as
an Owner's Change to be implemented pursuant to ARTICLE 8 (Changes) (except that
Contractor notes that there will be no change to the Scheduled Take Over Date)
on an open book basis (both as to Costs and scope of work) with Owner paying
Contractor its Costs for such Works plus 10% plus GST in accordance with SECTION
8.5 (Adjustments), which amounts shall be in addition to the EPC Contract Price
specified in SECTION 6.1 (EPC Contract Price).
3.7 [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]
3.8 PROJECT SCHEDULE
(a) Contractor shall maintain the relationship between progress and
payment established by Contractor's draft Project Schedule contained in SCHEDULE
E (Project Schedule) and the Milestone Payment Schedule contained in SCHEDULE C
(Milestone Payment Schedule).
(b) At the end of the first month after the date of this EPC Contract
and monthly after that, Contractor shall submit to Owner in terms of SECTION 9.4
(Design and other Information Review) a three month rolling Project Schedule
detailing the work to be carried out during the following three months. The
initial updated Project Schedule shall reflect the Scheduled Take Over Date and
other dates specified in this EPC Contract. In addition, all Project Schedule
updates shall, without limitation, show significant events for the following
three months, reflect the timing of Contractor's planned interfaces with the
various interface points identified in SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical
Requirements), demonstrate how any delay is to be recovered and show activities
for rectifying any
23
defects and addressing any relevant matters raised in Contractor's monthly
progress report under SECTION 3.1(P).
(c) In the event that:
(i) the Scheduled Take Over Date is extended in terms of
SECTION 5.1 (Extension of Time) or
(ii) Owner instructs an Owner's Change in terms of ARTICLE 8
(Changes); or
(iii) Contractor or Owner considers for any reason that there
is or will be a significant deviation between the actual or
anticipated progress of the Works and the Project Schedule,
Contractor shall submit a further Project Schedule to Owner (subject, with
respect to schedule issues arising out of clause (iii) above, to review by Owner
pursuant to SECTION 9.4 (Design and Other Information)) revised to take account
of such circumstance. Such revised Project Schedule shall identify the likely
dates upon which the Project Works will be completed, Milestones achieved and
how Contractor proposes to achieve Take Over in terms of Section 7.2 (Take Over)
by the Scheduled Take Over Date.
3.9 HAZOP REVIEW
(a) Contractor shall:
(i) conduct a Hazop Review after the conceptual design
and layout stage, and before the issue of process and
instrumentation diagrams and single line drawings for
construction;
(ii) engage appropriately qualified third parties to:
(1) train personnel participating in the
Hazop Review in the methodology of a Hazop
Review; and
(2) facilitate the Hazop Review;
24
(b) Owner will make available, at its cost and in good time as required
to permit Contractor to proceed with the Hazop Review in accordance with the
Project Schedule, appropriate Owner's Personnel to participate in the training
in the Hazop Review methodology and in the Hazop Review. Contractor shall bear
all other costs of the Hazop Review and shall make any changes in design
identified by the Hazop Review as being required.
(c) The participation of the Owner's Personnel in terms of this SECTION
3.9 shall under no circumstances give rise to an entitlement to Cost, an
adjustment to the EPC Contract Price or the extension of time under ARTICLE 5
(Extension of Time) or otherwise, nor shall it give rise to any entitlement to a
Change.
3.10 INFORMATION TO BE SUPPLIED BY CONTRACTOR
(a) Contractor shall keep Owner informed, as reasonably required by
Owner, on matters relating to the Works.
(b) Until issue of the Take Over Certificate, Contractor shall promptly
answer all enquiries reasonably made by and received from Owner, and thereafter
through Final Acceptance use reasonable endeavors to assist Owner in any matter
which may affect the operation and maintenance of the Binary Plant, if requested
to do so by Owner, and at the reasonable cost of Owner unless such matter is
part of the Works.
3.11 RETENTION OF DOCUMENTS AND INSPECTION
(a) Contractor shall ensure that adequate records are kept to verify
that the Works are being carried out in accordance with this EPC Contract,
including in accordance with all applicable Laws, Consents and Standards.
(b) Contractor shall maintain on the Site until Take Over all material
documents in relation to the carrying out of the Works. In addition, Contractor
shall retain all such documents for a period of 10 years following Take Over.
(c) Contractor acknowledges Owner's right, at Owner's expense and upon
reasonable coordination with Contractor, to inspect and take copies of any of
the
25
documents referred to in paragraph (b) for any reason in connection with this
EPC Contract, and shall assist Owner, its representatives and any authorised
public officers to inspect such documents and shall answer queries or supply
information that is reasonably requested by such persons.
(d) To the extent that any documents referred to in this SECTION 3.11
are maintained on computer or other electronic storage device, then Contractor
shall agree with Owner and adhere to a procedure for backup and off the Site
storage of copies of such documents, in an electronic format accessible by
Owner.
3.12 INSTRUCTIONS
Contractor shall comply with Owner's instructions, directions and
notices reasonably in relation to the Works. If Contractor forms the view that
any such instruction, direction or notice comprises an Owner's Change under this
EPC Contract or a change under the Supply Contract then Contractor shall notify
Owner promptly in terms of ARTICLE 8 (Changes) and in any event before giving
effect to such instructions. To avoid doubt, no instruction, direction or notice
by Owner that is not an Owner's Change shall give rise to an entitlement to any
costs (including Cost), an adjustment to the EPC Contract Price or an extension
of time under ARTICLE 5 (Extension of Time) or otherwise.
3.13 ATTENDANCE AT MEETINGS
Contractor shall attend or be represented (by such on-Site personnel
reasonably requested by Owner) at all meetings described in the Schedules (if
any) and at all other meetings prior to Take Over reasonably convened by Owner
to which Contractor may be summoned. Such meetings will be held as reasonably
requested by Owner and coordinated with Contractor to avoid unreasonably
interference in the performance of the Works, but not less frequently than once
a month. At such meetings Contractor shall advise Owner on all material matters
relating to the Works.
3.14 CONSENT OF XXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXX & XXXXXXX XXX XXXXXXX
(a) Contractor acknowledges that one of the Owner's Consents required
is the approval of the Taupo District Council to Contractor's proposal setting
out the exact
26
location, design and construction methods expected to be required for Geothermal
Fluid pipelines to cross the area of the ETA in order to connect the Binary
Plant to the existing reinjection system. This approval will also be required
for any other Works that may be proposed upon the ETA.
(b) Provided that Contractor has fulfilled in all material respects its
obligations in the Schedules to assist Owner in gaining the required approval
for Contractor's proposal and Owner has failed to secure that approval from the
Taupo District Council by the deadline specified for such item in the Project
Schedule, such matter shall be treated as an Owner's Change pursuant to SECTION
8.4 (Owner's Change).
3.15 COMMUNICATION
Contractor shall direct all of the following communications (whether
written or oral) through Owner:
(a) communications with Waikato Regional Council and Taupo District
Council or other Third Parties relating to the Owner's Consents
and where the Works may affect or be affected by the proposed
ETA;
(b) communications with Transpower relating to the Works, the Site
and/or the Binary Plant (including in relation to dispatch of
electricity from the Binary Plant);
(c) communications with Transit New Zealand relating to the Works,
(except for matters or permits associated with the transportation
of equipment to the Site).
(d) communications relating to the Works, the Site and/or the Binary
Plant with any other person or entity reasonably designated by
the Owner from time to time where the Owner (acting reasonably)
considers that such communications may affect the Owner's
interests.
Owner shall use its Best Endeavors to promptly and diligently conduct
such communications with such Third Parties in good time as required to
permit Contractor to proceed with the Works in accordance with the
Project Schedule.
27
3.16 EMERGENCY ACTION
(a) If any emergency arises in relation to the Works and Contractor
cannot be contacted or is unable or unwilling to take appropriate and timely
remedial action, Owner may take any emergency action it considers necessary.
(b) Where Contractor was obliged, under this EPC Contract or otherwise,
to take emergency action and Owner takes such action on Contractor's behalf as a
result of Contractor's failure to take such action as described in paragraph
(a), such action by Owner shall not relieve Contractor of any such obligations
and the cost of taking such action shall be recoverable by Owner as a debt due
from Contractor.
3.17 CO-EXISTING USE OF THE WAIRAKEI STATION
(a) Contractor acknowledges that:
(i) Contractor is required to carry out part of the Works
in the vicinity of the Site and in the Wairakei
Station; and
(ii) the Wairakei Station and Owner's power stations at
Wairakei, Ohaaki and Poihipi, which are controlled from
the GGC, are in use by Owner for the generation and
dispatch of electricity onto the Grid, disruption to
which has the potential to cause loss to Owner and
impose material financial and social costs on others;
and
(iii) Third Parties rely on Wairakei Station and its environs
to provide goods and services including prawn farming
and tourism, disruption to which has the potential to
have adverse implications for Owner and/or those Third
Parties.
(b) Contractor shall not interfere with or disrupt Owner's, or the
Third Parties' (referred to above), use of the Wairakei Station, which includes
an obligation not to interfere with or disrupt the Owner's use of its power
stations at Wairakei, Ohaaki and Poihipi, given that the GGC is used to operate
those power stations remotely. Without limitation, where any work under this EPC
Contract may reasonably interfere with or
28
disrupt Owner's use of the Wairakei Station, Contractor shall only carry out
such work during a planned outage in terms of the Owner's Planned Outage
Schedule; provided, however, that Owner shall develop the Owner's Planned Outage
Schedule in a manner so as to reasonably permit Contractor to proceed with such
Works in accordance with the Project Schedule. If Owner makes any changes to
Owner's Planned Outage Schedule and Contractor suffers delay or incurs Cost as a
result, Contractor shall be entitled to an Owner's Change therefor pursuant to
ARTICLE 8 (Changes):
(c) Contractor shall give Owner 7 days notice of Contractor's
intention to undertake any activities in the Wairakei Station or to undertake
any activities which may reasonably impact on the use or operation of the
Wairakei Station, including details of such intended activities.
(d) Contractor shall keep Owner updated on a daily basis as to:
(i) any changes to Contractor's intentions notified under
paragraph (c) (any material changes shall require a
further 5 days notice under paragraph (c)); and
(ii) once Contractor commences such activities, the progress
of such activities.
(e) Owner shall be entitled to have an observer present during the
carrying out of activities required to be notified by Contractor under
paragraph (c);
(f) if Owner reasonably considers that there is a real risk that
an act or omission by Contractor may disrupt or interfere with Owner's use of
the Wairakei Station, and/or Owner's use of its power stations at Wairakei,
Ohaaki or Poihipi, given that the GGC is used to operate those power stations
remotely, or the dispatch of electricity into the Grid:
(i) Owner may instruct Contractor to do or omit anything
that Owner, acting reasonably, considers is required in
order to overcome such potential disruption or
interference. Such instruction may include an
29
instruction to cease all work, to remove any part of
the Works and/or to undertake any work;
(ii) Contractor shall immediately comply with any such
instruction; and
(iii) such instruction shall, if appropriate in the
circumstances, be treated as an Owner's Change for the
purposes of ARTICLE 8 (Changes).
3.18 CO-EXISTING USE OF THE GGC
Without limiting SECTION 3.17 (Co-existing use of the Wairakei
Station), Contractor:
(a) acknowledges that the Owner will be integrating and connecting the
Binary Plant to the GGC, and that eventually the Binary Plant will be controlled
from the GGC;
(b) acknowledges that the GGC is also used to control Owner's power
stations at Wairakei, Ohaaki, and Poihipi so that disruption of the GGC has the
potential to cause material financial loss to, and have other adverse
implications on, Owner;
(c) will avoid any interference with or disruption to Owner's remote
control of the Wairakei, Ohaaki and Poihipi power stations from the GGC;
(d) will co-operate with Owner and comply with the Schedules in
relation to any activities it carries out at or in relation to, the GGC;
(e) use competent employees, contractors and Subcontractors who are
experienced in work of a similar nature and scope in carrying out all activities
at, or in relation to, the GGC. Without limitation to ARTICLE 19
(Subcontractors), Owner will have the right to reasonably approve all such
employees, contractors and subcontractors at any time.
3.19 CO-OPERATION
(a) Contractor acknowledges that during the carrying out of the Works
Owner or a Third Party may wish to carry out work on or adjacent to the Site
and/or the Wairakei Station. Contractor shall co-operate and co-ordinate with
Owner and any such Third
30
Party to allow them the reasonable opportunity to carry out any such work with
the approval of Owner, provided, however, that Contractor shall not be obligated
under this clause to undertake any activity that will unreasonably interfere
with Contractor's performance and completion of the Works in accordance with the
Project Schedule.
(b) Contractor acknowledges that:
(i) Xxxxx Xxxxxxxx Xxxxxxx xxx/xx Xxxxxxx Xxx Xxxxxxx may
wish to construct the ETA in future adjacent to the
Site as shown on Site Drawing number WRK 0262 in
exhibit A3 of SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical
Requirements) and as described in the Designation. The
designating authority or its contractors or agents may
therefore wish to undertake investigations, design or
construction works for the proposed road at the same
time as Contractor is carrying out the Works;
(ii) concessionaires and others may from time to time
undertake improvements to their facilities on
neighbouring lands including neighbouring Wairakei
Tourist Park land at the same time as Contractor is
carrying out the Works;
(iii) and in all cases Contractor shall co-operate with and
co-ordinate its activities with Owner and with Third
Parties as appropriate and take such actions as are set
out in the Schedules or as are reasonable to
accommodate these requirements with the approval of
Owner.
(c) Any Change required by Contractor as a result of complying
with its obligations under paragraphs (a) or (b) shall be treated as an Owner's
Change pursuant to ARTICLE 8 (Changes).
(d) If the Binary Plant is capable of producing electricity prior
to Take Over then:
(i) Contractor shall either (at Owner's option) allow Owner
to generate and dispatch electricity from the Binary
Plant onto the Grid, or shall
31
comply with Owner's instructions in relation to
generation and dispatch of electricity from the Binary
Plant; and
(ii) if Contractor suffers delay or incurs Cost as a result,
Contractor shall be entitled to an Owner's Change
therefor pursuant ARTICLE 8 (Changes).
3.20 SECURITY
Contractor shall be responsible for security of the Site prior to Take
Over. This obligation includes keeping unauthorised persons off the Site.
3.21 CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS ON THE SITE AND WAIRAKEI STATION
(a) Contractor shall confine all of its operations (including
Contractor's Equipment and all its personnel) to the Site and, only to the
extent necessary for carrying out the Works, the Wairakei Station.
(b) Contractor shall comply with all reasonable security
requirements of Owner in relation to the Wairakei Station.
(c) During the carrying out of the Works Contractor shall keep the
Site and the Wairakei Station free from all wreckage, rubbish, unnecessary
obstruction, and shall store or remove from the Site and the Wairakei Station
any Contractor's Equipment, surplus materials and Temporary Works which are no
longer required.
(d) Upon the issue of the Take Over Certificate and as part of the
Post-Take Over Works, Contractor shall:
(i) clear away and remove all Contractor's Equipment,
surplus materials, wreckage, rubbish and Temporary
Works relating to the Works;
(ii) leave the Site and the Binary Plant, and with respect
to the Works, the Wairakei Station, in a clean and safe
condition; and
(iii) reinstate all construction/laydown areas relating to
the Works.
32
However, Contractor may retain on the Site, in a tidy and orderly manner in a
place designated by Owner for the duration of the Defects Correction Period,
such Contractor's Equipment as is required for Contractor to fulfill its
obligations under this EPC Contract.
ARTICLE 4 - OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1 GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES
Owner shall, at Owner's cost and expense and not as part of the EPC
Contract Price payable to Contractor:
(a) Be responsible for making any and all arrangements for any
sale and purchase of electricity to be generated by the Binary Plant, and for
ensuring that Transpower enters into agreements allowing for the connection of
the Binary Plant and the delivery of electricity generated by the Binary Plant
at the high voltage interface point specified in SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical
Requirements) in good time to permit commissioning, start-up, testing and
operation of the Binary Plant in accordance with the Project Schedule.
(b) Arrange for and obtain all Owner's Consents in good time
as required by Contractor to permit Contractor to proceed with the Work in
accordance with the Project Schedule, on terms acceptable to Owner, and in
accordance with the terms of this EPC Contract, and to pay for all fees
associated therewith. Without derogating from the aforesaid, Contractor, upon
Owner's specific request, will provide all necessary technical information to
Owner regarding the Works to aid Owner in its efforts to obtain such consents
and permits.
(c) Provide the Site, including space for all construction
facilities, lay-down, storage and disposal areas, roads and other means of
access to Contractor in good time to permit Contractor to proceed with the Work
in accordance with the Project Schedule, subject to ARTICLE 3 (Contractor
Responsibilities) and in particular SECTION 3.5 (Access Conditions) and SECTION
3.6 (Condition affecting the carrying out of the Works).
(d) Obtain and provide the supply of Geothermal Fluid in
accordance with the Design Range to the Geothermal Fluid Terminal Point after
being given the
33
requisite 3 day prior notice of testing under SECTION 10.2 (Notice of Testing)
and in good time to permit commissioning, start-up, testing and operation of the
Binary Plant in accordance with the Project Schedule. If Contractor notified
Owner in its Commissioning and Performance Testing PLAN provided pursuant to
paragraph 1.2.1 of SCHEDULE D (Performance Tests) that it requires Geothermal
Fluid in addition to the volume per hour specified in the Design Range and Owner
has confirmed to Contractor the technical feasibility and cost of making the
additional supply if any, Owner shall on demand of Contractor supply up to the
agreed additional volume of Geothermal Fluid and Contractor shall pay Owner the
agreed cost of providing it. Owner shall be entitled to interrupt the supply of
Geothermal Fluid but such interruption shall be treated as an Owner's Change
pursuant to ARTICLE 8 (Changes).
(e) Accept the Geothermal Fluid for return to the reinjection
system or other disposition following its use by Contractor at the Terminal
Point, provided the temperature exceeds the minimum Brine Return Temperature of
85(Degree) C.
(f) Perform the obligations of Owner under the Supply Contract
so that Supplier can make available the Equipment furnished by Supplier in
accordance with the Supply Agreement to Contractor (on behalf of Owner), for
incorporation in the Works.
(g) Provide access to electricity, water and communications at
the Terminal Points specified in SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical Requirements) in
good time to permit construction, commissioning, start-up, testing and operation
of the Binary Plant in accordance with the Project Schedule.
(h) Designate an Owner's Representative who shall act as a
single point of contact with Contractor in all matters on behalf of Owner.
Contractor may require replacement of Owner's Representative on reasonable
grounds, which shall be described to Owner. Owner may from time to time appoint
alternative or additional persons to act in place of the Owner's Representative
and shall give Contractor written notice of such appointment. Contractor shall
act on the instructions of the following people, and no others:
34
(i) the Owner's Representative (or any alternate or
additional persons notified by Owner to
Contractor under this clause); and
(ii) in relation to any matter which may affect the
Wairakei Station, the Station Controller or the
Owner's Representative (or any alternate or
additional persons notified by Owner to
Contractor under this clause).
(i) At least four (4) months prior to commencement of Contractor's
commissioning activities, provide up to 5 senior operating and maintenance
personnel and at least two (2) months prior to commencement of Contractor's
commissioning activities, provide up to 25 regular operating and maintenance
personnel, all for training by Contractor as provided pursuant to SECTION
3.1(N), and for commissioning, start-up, performance testing, and operation
through Take Over. Owner and Owner's operation and maintenance personnel shall
provide reasonable cooperation with Contractor in allowing Contractor to conduct
all testing activities, including the Performance Tests, to complete the Work
and to perform all of Contractor's warranty obligations in a timely and cost
efficient manner.
(j) Promptly (but not later than ten (10) days from delivery) approve,
or provide written comments to the extent necessary to, all Design and Other
Information submitted to Owner for approval or comment pursuant to ARTICLE 9
(Access and Review by Owner).
(k) Owner shall be the importer of record and consignee for all goods
and materials supplied under this EPC Contract and the Equipment and shall be
responsible for all New Zealand taxes, duties and levies associated therewith.
Owner hereby grants to Contractor the right to act as Owner's agent, including
executing documentation on Owner's behalf, for purposes of accomplishing the
importation of all goods and materials for the Binary Plant into New Zealand
under this EPC Contract and the Supply Contract, including the Equipment, and
the processing of such goods and materials through customs.
35
4.2 RESPONSIBILITIES OF OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
The Owner's Representative is authorized to:
(a) give a decision, opinion or consent; or
(b) express satisfaction or disapproval; or
(c) determine value; or
(d) otherwise take action which may affect the rights and
obligations of Owner or Contractor.
The Owner's Representative shall consult with Contractor in an endeavour to
reach an agreement before exercising such authority. If agreement is not
achieved, the Owner's Representative shall exercise such authority reasonably.
If Contractor has a Dispute with the determination made by the Owner's
Representative, such Dispute shall be resolved as provided in ARTICLE 16
(Dispute Resolution). Until any contrary determination is made pursuant to
ARTICLE 16 (Dispute Resolution), Contractor shall proceed with the decisions and
instructions given by the Owner's Representative.
Owner shall be entitled to replace the Owner's Representative from time
to time upon giving prior written notice to Contractor.
ARTICLE 5 - EXTENSION OF TIME
5.1 EXTENSION OF TIME
5.1.1 In addition to any of its rights to recover additional
Costs it incurs upon the occurrence of the following events as provided in other
provisions of this EPC Contract, Contractor shall be entitled to an extension to
the Scheduled Take Over Date and other dates in this EPC Contract to the extent
that Contractor is or will be delayed either before or after such dates by any
of the following causes:
(a) an Owner's Change;
36
(b) a Change in Law;
(c) a Force Majeure event;
(d) subject to ARTICLE 3 (Contractor Responsibilities),
physical conditions or circumstances at the Site,
which are materially adverse and would not be
reasonably foreseeable by an experienced contractor;
(e) delay to any tests required for Take Over as a result
of:
(i) the failure of Owner to provide the
Geothermal Fluid that meets the Design Range
or to accept Geothermal Fluid not less than
85(Degree) C after it has been run through
the Binary Plant for reinjection or other
disposal; or
(ii) the failure by Transpower (arising other
than as a result of a breach or failure by
Contractor or Supplier to comply with their
respective obligations under this EPC
Contract and Supply Contract, as
appropriate) to transport and/or take the
electrical power generated by the Binary
Plant as a result of carrying out such tests
or Binary Plant commissioning;
(f) any unreasonable delay, impediment or prevention by
Owner other than the exercise of Owner's rights under
this EPC Contract or the Supply Contract;
(h) a delay to Supplier for which Supplier is entitled to
an extension of its Delivery Schedule pursuant to
Section 5.1 of the Supply Contract,
provided that:
(i) the delay does not arise as a result of a default or
failure by Contractor or Supplier;
37
(ii) the ability of Contractor to achieve Take Over by the
Scheduled Take Over Date is actually affected by the
delay. Contractor will only be entitled to an
extension of the Scheduled Take Over Date to the
extent of such effect;
(iii) the delay could not have been prevented or overcome by
the exercise of foresight, care and diligence of a
professionally qualified and competent contractor
experienced in work of a similar nature and scope as
the Works;
(iv) Contractor and/or Supplier as the case may be has used
its Best Endeavours to mitigate the delay, including
making such reasonable changes to the timing, method,
and sequence of the Project as Owner may propose and
finding alternative suppliers, and offering them
assistance; and
(v) Contractor and/or Supplier as the case may be has
advised Owner of the potential for delay as soon as
the potential became apparent, or would have become
apparent to a qualified and competent contractor
experienced in work of a similar nature and scope to
the particular work in question.
Notwithstanding that Contractor has not claimed an extension
of time, Owner may at any time and from time to time by notice
to Contractor as an Owner's Change pursuant to ARTICLE 8
(Changes) extend the Scheduled Take Over Date.
5.1.2 If Contractor believes that it is entitled to an
extension of time under this SECTION 5.1, Contractor shall give notice to the
Owner's Representative of the same as soon as reasonably practicable and in any
event within 5 days of the day when Contractor learns of the delay. Contractor
shall keep such contemporary records as may be reasonably necessary and feasible
to substantiate such delay, either at the Site or at another location reasonably
acceptable to the Owner's Representative and shall provide such information to
the Owner's Representative as he or she shall reasonably require.
38
Contractor shall permit the Owner's Representative to inspect such records
during Contractor's normal business hours, and shall (if requested) provide the
Owner's Representative with a copy of such records
5.1.3 Within 14 days of such notice (or such other period as
may be agreed by the Owner's Representative), Contractor shall submit supporting
details of the delay. Except that, if Contractor cannot submit all relevant
details within such period because the cause of delay is continuing or such
details are not yet reasonably available, Contractor shall submit interim
details at intervals of not more than 14 days (from the first day of such delay)
and final supporting details of its application within 14 days of the last day
of delay. If Contractor fails to meet any such time periods, Contractor shall
notify Owner as soon as reasonably practicable. Contractor's failure to meet the
time periods specified in this SECTION 5.1 shall not affect Contractor's right
to the extension of time unless such failure has materially prejudiced the
ability of Owner to rectify or mitigate the causes or consequences of the delay
in which case the extension of time granted to Contractor shall not include any
periods of delay that could reasonably have been avoided if not for such failure
to give notice.
5.1.4 The Owner's Representative shall proceed to agree upon
or determine such extension of time as may be due. The Owner's Representative
shall promptly notify Contractor accordingly.
ARTICLE 6 - COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT
6.1 EPC CONTRACT PRICE
6.1.1 For the performance of the Work, Owner shall pay
Contractor, in the manner and at the times hereinafter specified, the EPC
Contract Price in the amount of Eight Hundred Thirty Thousand United States
Dollars (U.S. $830,000) and Seven Million Five Hundred Twenty-Two Thousand Four
Hundred Forty-Seven New Zealand Dollars (NZ$7,522,447). The EPC Contract Price
is net of all applicable New Zealand taxes (other than the New Zealand income
taxes of Contractor, and New Zealand employee-related taxes of Contractor, all
of which the Contractor shall be responsible to pay), duties and levies
including without limitation any New Zealand property taxes such as rates
39
assessed against the Works or the Plant and the payment of any such taxes,
duties and levies (other than the New Zealand income taxes, and New Zealand
employee-related taxes, of Contractor) shall be the responsibility of Owner.
Contractor shall provide reasonable cooperation to Owner to reduce Owner's
exposure to any tax, duty or levy.
6.1.2 The EPC Contract Price (plus any GST, and less any
withholding required by law) shall be full payment for performance of all of
Contractor's obligations under and in connection with this EPC Contract, and
Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself as to the correctness and
sufficiency of the EPC Contract Price. The EPC Contract Price includes
Contractor's income taxes and employee-related taxes of the Contractor and
withholding taxes that Owner may be required by law to withhold from any payment
due to Contractor.
6.1.3 The EPC Contract Price shall be adjusted only as
expressly provided for in this EPC Contract and shall not be adjusted for other
changes in the cost of equipment, materials, labour or other inputs or currency
exchange rates.
6.1.4 The parties agree:
(a) That they are independent parties dealing at arm's length
with each other in relation to the matters contemplated by this Contract.
(b) For the purposes of Division 2 of Subpart EH of the Income
Tax Xxx 0000, the parties confirm that the EPC Contract Price does not include
any capitalised interest and it is the consideration the parties would have
agreed, on the Commencement Date, if payment was required in full at the time
the first right in the contracted property was transferred or the services were
provided.
6.1.5 For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge and
agree that:
(a) any interest on overdue payments is separate from and does
not form part of the EPC Contract Price; and
40
(b) the gross EPC Contract Price includes any early completion
payment under SECTION 6.5 (Early Completion Payment), taxes, levies or duties
paid by the Owner under this Contract.
6.2 PAYMENT
6.2.1 Schedule C hereto sets forth the Milestone Payment
Schedule, which is intended to cause payments to approximate the value of Works
performed by Contractor. Contractor shall invoice Owner on achievement of
Milestones in accordance with the Milestone Payment Schedule. Each payment shall
be allocated pro rata between the United States Dollar and the New Zealand
Dollar portions of the EPC Contract Price (and paid in such currency).
6.2.2 Upon the execution of this EPC Contract by the parties,
Contractor may issue its first invoice for payment of the first milestone under
the Milestone Payment Schedule. Thereafter on or before the tenth (10th) day of
each month, Contractor shall furnish Owner's Representative a detailed progress
invoice for payment based on Milestones achieved or due under SECTION 6.5 (Early
Completion Payment), during the period ending on the last day of the previous
month accompanied by the documents described under the Milestone Payment
Schedule for which payment is demanded and any other documents as required under
SECTION 6.4 (Preconditions to Milestone payments) (such invoice, and each
invoice under this contract, is to include Contractor's New Zealand registration
number for GST purposes, and other information to comply with the requirements
for a "tax invoice" in section 24 of the Goods and Services Tax Act 1985).
6.2.3 Upon accomplishment of the Milestone entitled "Delivery
of Final Documentation" in the Milestone Payment Schedule, Contractor shall
submit an invoice to Owner's Representative, summarizing and reconciling all
previous invoices and payments in the amount of the EPC Contract Price less
payments to date. Owner shall pay the amount of the EPC Contract Price
outstanding in full within ten (10) days of receipt of such invoice, subject to
SUBSECTIONS 6.2.4 and 6.2.5 below.
6.2.4 Owner's Representative shall verify that the invoices
submitted under SUBSECTION 6.2.2 OR 6.2.3 and the documents submitted pursuant
to
41
SUBSECTION 6.2.2 in support of the claim for payment, and shall, within ten (10)
days of their receipt, either approve said invoice or give written notice within
such period of errors or disputes with said documentation. Contractor shall be
entitled to payment of an instalment only when it has met the applicable
pre-conditions, if any, in SECTION 6.4 (Preconditions to Milestone Payments) and
achieved all of the requirements of the relevant Milestone in conformity with
the requirements of this EPC Contract. If Owner's Representative fails to
approve the invoice for release of the Milestone payment or to provide the
notice regarding errors or Disputes in the documentation within such period, in
the absence of the invoice and the documents being patently false or inaccurate,
the invoice and the accompanying documentation shall be deemed conclusive
evidence sufficient for the release of such Milestone payment. In the case
Owner's Representative provides written notice of errors or Disputes in said
documentation within the period described herein Contractor shall resubmit the
corrected progress invoice and/or documentation, and the above described
approval process shall reapply.
6.2.5 Subject to meeting the requirements of SECTION 6.4(A)
and (B), Owner shall pay Contractor the first payment due under the Milestone
Payment Schedule within ten (10) days of the receipt of Contractor's invoice.
With respect to all invoices thereafter, Owner shall pay Contractor on or before
the 5th business day following Owner's approval or deemed approval of the
invoice or any undisputed portion thereof pursuant to SUBSECTION 6.2.4 plus the
GST, less any set-off for amounts which are due and owing to Owner from
Contractor under this EPC Contract. When a set-off sum is in Dispute the parties
shall promptly refer the matter for determination under the Disputes resolution
procedure set forth in ARTICLE 16 (Dispute Resolution) and any moneys set-off
and subsequently determined to be payable shall thereupon be paid together with
interest for late payment.
6.2.6 If any Punchlist items remain to be completed upon Take
Over, Owner's Representative may determine to withhold an amount from the
remaining Milestone payments equal to up to one and a half times the reasonably
estimated value of all Punchlist items remaining on an agreed upon punch list,
with each such withheld amount to be paid to Contractor upon satisfactory
completion of each such Punchlist item,
42
Contractor to accumulate claims and send invoices to Owner therefor no more
frequently than on a monthly basis.
6.2.7 If there is any Dispute about amounts invoiced and not
paid, and the Dispute is not resolved within ten (10) days of notice by
Contractor of such Dispute, the parties shall promptly refer the matter for
determination under the disputes procedure in this EPC Contract and any moneys
set-off and subsequently determined to be payable shall thereupon be paid
together with interest for late payment from the date payment was originally due
to the date of payment at the Default Rate.
6.3 INTEREST
All monies not paid under this EPC Contract (including liquidated
damages) by the due date for payment shall bear a late payment charge from the
date payment was due to the date of payment at the Default Rate, unless such
payment has been disputed and the Dispute has been resolved in favour of the
paying party.
6.4 PRECONDITIONS TO MILESTONE PAYMENTS
The preconditions referred to in SUBSECTION 6.2.4 are:
(a) Contractor must have provided to Owner prior to the first
Milestone payment the NZ$ Denominated L/C and the US$
Denominated L/C and the parent company guaranty to Owner as
provided in ARTICLE 13 (Securities);
(b) Contractor must have produced to Owner evidence confirming
that Contractor has in place the insurances required in
SECTION 15.1(A) (Contractor's Insurances) prior to the
payment of the first Milestone payment, evidence that
Contractor has in place the insurance required in SECTION
15.1(B) prior to the payment of Milestone payments occurring
immediately prior to the date that Supplier is scheduled to
first deliver Equipment to Owner FOB (Incoterms 2000)
pursuant to the Supply Contract and evidence that Contractor
has in place the insurance required in SECTION 15.1(C) and
(D) prior to the payment of Milestone payments
43
occurring after Contractor has commenced performance of the
Works at the Site; and
(c) Contractor is current in providing the monthly progress
reports pursuant to SECTION 3.1(Q), provided, however, that
any issues regarding the adequacy of the contents of such
reports shall be resolved pursuant to ARTICLE 16 (Dispute
Resolution) or other provisions of this EPC Contract and shall
not be a basis for withholding or delaying payment of any
Milestone.
6.5 EARLY COMPLETION PAYMENT
In addition to the EPC Contract Price, Owner shall pay to Contractor
upon the successful completion of the Reliability Run the sum of One Hundred
Eighty Nine Thousand New Zealand Dollars (NZ$189,000) (plus GST if any and less
any withholding required by law)if Contractor commences a Reliability Run prior
to May 1, 2005 (as that date may be extended pursuant to ARTICLE 5 (Extension of
Time) or ARTICLE 8 (Changes)) and successfully completes that Reliability Run.
For purposes of this SECTION 6.5, Contractor may commence the Reliability Run
when it has successfully accomplished the handling trials, satisfied the
Performance Guarantees for the net power output and brine pressure drop output
performance tests described in SUBSECTION 1.5.9 of SCHEDULE D (Performance
Tests), and the Binary Plant can be operated lawfully, provided, however, that
the noise test set forth in SECTION 1.5.13 of SCHEDULE D (Performance Tests)
does not need to be completed prior to the commencement of the Reliability Run.
ARTICLE 7 - COMMISSIONING AND TAKE OVER
7.1 COMMISSIONING
7.1.1 READINESS FOR COMMISSIONING
Not earlier than 7 days (but not later than 4 days) before
Contractor considers the Binary Plant will be ready for commissioning,
Contractor shall give notice to Owner indicating the date on which Contractor
believes the Binary Plant will be ready for commissioning. The Binary Plant is
ready for commissioning when:
44
(a) Contractor has completed the Works up to commissioning in
accordance with this EPC Contract, apart from completion of insulation,
painting, final grading and gravel, drainage or any other incomplete or
defective items which do not affect the mechanical, electrical or structural
integrity, or the safe and lawful operation, of the Binary Plant. Contractor
shall participate in an inspection of the Works with Owner in order to jointly
identify such incomplete or defective items;
(b) Contractor has included the incomplete or defective items
referred to in paragraph (a) in an initial Punchlist and Owner has approved (in
its reasonable discretion) the initial Punchlist (the same time period and
procedure set forth in SECTION 9.4 shall apply to Owner's review, approval or
objections to the initial Punchlist proposed by Contractor);
(c) the Binary Plant may be operated in accordance with all
applicable Laws, Consents and Standards, and without damage to the Works
generally (including the Binary Plant itself), the Grid, the Wairakei Station,
or anything else on or off the Site, and without injury to any person;
(d) Contractor has complied with its obligations under
SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical Requirements) in relation to commissioning;
(e) the Binary Plant is ready for initial operation,
adjustment and testing;
(f) Contractor has submitted, in accordance with SECTION 9.4
(Design and Other Information Review), a detailed Commissioning and Performance
Testing Plan pursuant to paragraph 1.2.1 of SCHEDULE D (Performance Tests),
including Contractor's requirements regarding the volume of Geothermal Fluid to
be supplied by Owner at specified times, and Owner has issued or pursuant to
SECTION 9.4.3 is deemed to have issued a notice of no objection in respect of
it; and
(g) Contractor has provided to Owner all test certificates,
approvals and the like required from statutory or regulatory authorities before
the Binary Plant may be commissioned.
45
7.1.2 NOTICE BY OWNER
Within 7 days after receipt of notice pursuant to SUBSECTION
7.1.1 (Readiness for commissioning), Owner shall give notice to Contractor
advising either that Owner:
(a) has no objection to Contractor commissioning the Binary
Plant (with or without conditions); or
(b) objects to Contractor commissioning the Binary Plant
because any of the conditions in SUBSECTION 7.1.1 (Readiness for commissioning)
have not been satisfied and specifying the conditions objected to and the basis
for such objection.
If Owner fails to provide such notice within such 7 day period, Owner shall be
deemed to have no objection to Contractor commissioning the Binary Plant (with
or without conditions).
7.1.3 COMMISSIONING/CORRECTIVE MEASURES
(a) If Owner gives or is deemed pursuant to SUBSECTION 7.1.2
(Notice by Owner) to have given notice that it has no objection to Contractor
commissioning the Binary Plant, Contractor shall proceed to commission the
Binary Plant in accordance with any conditions attaching to the notice and the
Commissioning and Performance Testing Plan.
(b) If Owner gives notice that it objects to Contractor
commissioning the Binary Plant, Contractor shall undertake corrective measures
and/or perform any work required to comply with the conditions of SUBSECTION
7.1.1 (Readiness for commissioning), then give notice to Owner again under
SUBSECTION 7.1.1 (Readiness for commissioning).
7.2 TAKE OVER
The Binary Plant shall be ready for Take Over when:
46
(a) Contractor has completed all Performance Tests and the results
are within or better than the thresholds for performance
identified in SECTION 10.5 (Failure to pass the Performance
Tests);
(b) Contractor has completed the Binary Plant, except for (i) the
Post-Take Over Works, (ii) completion of the final as-built
drawings and operation and maintenance manuals; and (iii) any
construction that cannot reasonably be completed due to the
occurrence of any of the events described in SUBSECTION
5.1.1(E) OR (F) (Extension of Time);
(c) the Binary Plant can be used for its intended purposes and
operated properly and conveniently by Owner, without further
reliance on Contractor and in accordance with all applicable
Laws, Consents and Standards;
(d) Contractor has furnished Owner with or has obtained such
Consents or waivers from governmental authorities having
jurisdiction that permit Owner under applicable Law, Consents,
and Standards to operate the Binary Plant
(e) Contractor has paid all delay and performance related
liquidated damages to Owner due in terms of ARTICLE 12
(Remedies) save only those subject to a Dispute then submitted
for resolution pursuant to ARTICLE 16 (Dispute Resolution)
and, if the Binary Plant has been accepted under SECTION
10.5(A)(3) (Failure to pass the Performance Tests), Contractor
has paid to Owner any amount due to Owner to reflect the
adjustment to the EPC Contract Price under SECTION 10.5(B)
(Failure to pass the Performance Tests);
(f) Contractor has trained all operation and maintenance personnel
as required under SECTION 3.1(N);
(g) Contractor has given Owner the following documents and
information:
(i) draft operating and maintenance manuals;
47
(ii) training manuals;
(iii) software end user licences, passwords, codes and
other similar items necessary for the operation and
maintenance of the Binary Plant;
(iv) Draft As-Built Drawings; and
(v) documents required to satisfy all applicable
regulatory approvals necessary for Owner's operation
of the Binary Plant;
(h) The Hazop Review has been carried out and any issues
identified have been rectified.
7.3 REQUEST FOR TAKE OVER CERTIFICATE
7.3.1 Not earlier than 7 days before Contractor considers the
provisions of SECTION 7.2 (Take Over) will be met, Contractor shall give notice
to Owner requesting a Take Over Certificate. Such request shall contain all such
documentary evidence and other information in sufficient detail to enable Owner
to determine whether the provisions of SECTION 7.2 (Take Over) have or will be
(as applicable) met.
7.3.2 Owner shall within 7 days after receiving Contractor's
request:
(a) if Contractor has met all of the requirements of
SECTION 7.2 (Take Over), issue a Take Over
Certificate to Contractor stating the date on which
Contractor met the requirements of SECTION 7.2 (Take
Over);
(b) if Contractor has not met one or more of the
requirements of SECTION 7.2 (Take Over), reject the
request, giving reasons and identifying the work
required to be done by Contractor to enable the Take
Over Certificate to be issued. Contractor shall then
complete this work before issuing a further notice
under SECTION 7.3 (Request for Take Over
Certificate); or
48
(c) if Contractor has not met all of the requirements of
SECTION 7.2 (Take Over) but Owner wishes to take over
the Permanent Works notwithstanding such failure,
Owner may issue a Take Over Certificate stating the
date on which the Owner took over the Permanent Works
identifying those requirements of SECTION 7.2 (Take
Over) which remain outstanding. In the event of Take
Over in these circumstances, Contractor shall not be
relieved of the obligation to meet all of the
requirements of SECTION 7.2 (Take Over) and shall
meet such requirements as soon as practicable
following Take Over.
7.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE PERMANENT WORKS
Owner shall take complete possession and control of the Permanent Works
and assume responsibility for the daily operation of the Binary Plant upon Take
Over. Owner and Contractor shall reasonably coordinate and cooperate with each
other to provide Contractor access to the Site at reasonable times to avoid
unreasonable interference with Owner's operation and maintenance of the Binary
Plant for the purpose of completing Punchlist items, remedying any defects,
fulfilling any other outstanding obligations of Contractor under this EPC
Contract or performing the corrective work described in SECTION 12.8 (Make Right
Obligation).
7.5 DELAYED TESTS
(a) If the Performance Tests are not satisfactorily completed by the
Scheduled Take Over Date due to the occurrence of any of the events described in
SUBSECTION 5.1.1(D) OR (E) (Extension of Time) (solely for purposes of this
Section, the term "Scheduled Take Over Date" shall not be extended due to the
occurrence of such SUBSECTION 5.1.1(D) OR (E) events, but shall reflect any
other extensions thereof made pursuant to the other provisions of this EPC
Contract) then Contractor shall be entitled to issue a notice to Owner under
SECTION 8.5 as if the failure to complete the tests was an Owner's Change.
49
(b) In the event that SUBSECTION 5.1.1(E) or (F) applies and the Owner
fails or refuses to remedy the relevant SUBSECTION 5.1.1(E) or (F) event within
30 days of such Scheduled Take Over Date then Contractor shall be entitled to
payment of the relevant Milestone(s) as if the Performance Tests had been
successfully completed and Take Over had occurred. If Owner is able to remedy
the relevant event within 90 days of such Scheduled Take Over Date, Contractor
shall, subject to SECTION 7.6 (Binary Plant Degradation) and upon Owner's
request, conduct the delayed Performance Tests and otherwise comply with the
provisions of SECTION 7.2 (Take Over) and ARTICLE 10 (Testing). If Contractor is
required to incur additional Costs as a result of maintaining personnel and
equipment on standby to do so it shall be entitled to claim for reasonable
reimbursement of those Costs as an Owner's Change pursuant to ARTICLE 8
(Changes). In the event that Owner is unable to remedy the relevant event within
90 days of the Scheduled Take Over Date then Take Over and the successful full
completion of all of the Performance Tests shall be deemed to have occurred and
Contractor shall be entitled to payment of the relevant Milestone(s) for Take
Over, the accomplishment of such Performance Tests and related matters.
7.6 BINARY PLANT DEGRADATION
(a) If geothermal fluid has been run through any part of the Binary
Plant due to a request by Owner to operate the Binary Plant under SECTION
3.19(D) resulting in a cumulative operating period of more than six (6) weeks,
Contractor may require that the parties jointly open and inspect the Binary
Plant prior to the Performance Tests being carried out.
Subsequent to the inspection:
(i) if the Binary Plant is in good, clean and reasonably
as-installed condition, Contractor will proceed
within a reasonable period of time to conduct the
Performance Tests not previously completed; or
(ii) if the Binary Plant is not in good, clean and
reasonably as-installed condition, prior to the
conduct of the Performance Tests,
50
Contractor will notify Owner accordingly and with the
agreement of Owner (not to be unreasonably withheld)
within a reasonable period of time clean and repair
the Binary Plant (as Contractor reasonably deems
appropriate) at Owner's expense and then conduct such
tests; and
(iii) if the Parties agree that the Binary Plant can not be
cleaned and/or repaired to a standard to enable the
Performance Tests to be carried out, the testing
protocols and requirements shall be revised
accordingly to adjust for the constraints which
prevent such tests from being performed as originally
defined and within a reasonable period of time
Contractor shall conduct such revised tests.
7.7 REPLACEMENT PERFORMANCE BOND
Upon Take Over Contractor may submit to Owner a replacement
performance bond issued by the same bank, provided that it has the same or
better credit rating, or other financial institution meeting the criteria
specified in SECTION 13.1 (Security Provided on Behalf of Contractor) and in the
same form as the performance bonds issued under SECTIONS 13.1(A) and 13.1(B) but
for an amount representing 5% of the sum of the EPC Contract Price and the
Supply Contract Price at Take Over. Upon receipt of such bond, Owner shall
release the NZ$ Denominated L/C and the US$ Denominated L/C issued under
SECTIONS 13.1(A) and 13.1(B).
7.8 INDUSTRY AND GRID REQUIREMENTS
If the Binary Plant upon Take Over does not satisfy the
technical requirements of all Industry Arrangements Contractor shall, if
requested by Owner, provide all information necessary for Owner to seek an
equivalence arrangement or dispensation. Contractor shall also reimburse all
Owner's reasonable out-of-pocket costs associated with both any application for
an equivalence arrangement or dispensation and any charges imposed thereafter.
Owner shall not be obliged to apply for an equivalence arrangement or
dispensation and any application, or decision not to apply for an equivalence
arrangement or dispensation shall not limit Owner's rights or remedies.
51
7.9 POST-TAKE OVER WORKS
After Take Over, Contractor shall promptly and diligently perform the
following Works to completion:
(a) Upon Take Over, Contractor shall prepare a final Punchlist
that identifies all incomplete or defective items of the
Works and present the same for approval by Owner (acting
reasonably) applying the same time period and approval
procedure set forth in SUBSECTION 7.1.2 to the final
Punchlist proposed by Contractor and the parties referring
any Dispute over the composition of the final Punchlist for
resolution pursuant to ARTICLE 16 (Dispute Resolution)
without delaying Take Over. Approval by Owner of the
Punchlist shall not relieve Contractor of any of its
obligations under this EPC Contract and Contractor shall
promptly and diligently complete all items of the Works
included in the final Punchlist approved by Owner as
provided above.
(b) Contractor shall transfer all applicable Consents related to
the Works and Binary Plant to Owner in a form which enables
the benefit of them to be used by Owner, including:
(i) Xxxxxxxx Xxx 0000 code compliance certificate(s);
(ii) all certification under the Electricity Xxx 0000 and
Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Xxx 0000;
(iii) all certification of pressure equipment and cranes;
and
(iv) all other certificates required for operation or
maintenance of the Works which are within
Contractor's obligations;
(h) Contractor shall give Owner all documents and information
required to be provided under this EPC Contract, including:
(i) all documents required by the Schedules; and
52
(ii) Plant specifications and descriptions.
(i) Contractor shall provide to Owner all special tools identified
in the Contractor's Technical Proposal;
(j) Contractor shall remove all Contractor's and Subcontractor's
personnel, supplies, equipment, waste materials, rubbish and
temporary facilities, except those reasonably required for
performance of correction work during the Defects Correction
Period, from the Site and the Wairakei Station;
(k) Contractor shall give Owner all information required as
specified in SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical Requirements) for
Owner's final fixed asset register with respect to the Binary
Plant;
7.10 FINAL DOCUMENTATION
Not later than six (6) months after Take Over, Contractor shall provide
to Owner four copies of the final operation and maintenance manuals (which shall
incorporate manuals of the Equipment) and detailed as-built Drawings and
specifications for the Binary Plant.
ARTICLE 8 - CHANGES
8.1 CHANGE
All Changes shall be recorded in a written instrument signed by the
Owner's Representative and Contractor and shall not be implemented by Contractor
without such written instrument.
8.2 EFFECT OF CHANGE
No Change shall in any way vitiate or invalidate this EPC Contract.
53
8.3 REQUEST
Either party may request a Change under this ARTICLE 8 (Changes) by
written request to the other party, provided however, that neither party may
request or require changes or deletions which, in the aggregate, reduce the
combined EPC and Supply Contract Prices by more than fifteen percent (15%).
8.4 OWNER'S CHANGES
(a) At any time prior to issuing the Take Over Certificate, Owner
may instruct Owner's Changes. Contractor shall promptly implement any such
Owner's Change.
(b) If Owner requests a proposal in respect of a contemplated
Owner's Change, or if Contractor is of the view that an instruction given by
Owner comprises an Owner's Change, the following provisions shall apply:
(i) within 14 days after Owner's request, or such longer
period as Owner allows, Contractor shall prepare and
submit to Owner a detailed proposal relating to the
contemplated Owner's Change, including:
(1) a description of how the Change would be
implemented, including (where relevant)
the proposed design and/or work to be
performed;
(2) any additional Cost or Cost saving and
Contractor's proposal for any adjustment to
the EPC Contract Price for such Cost (and if
relevant Supplier's proposal for any
adjustment in the Supply Contact Price under
the Supply Contract) as a result;
(3) any additional time that would be involved
or any time saving and Contractor's proposal
for any adjustment to the Scheduled Take
Over Date as a result;
54
(4) Contractor's proposal for any consequential
adjustment to the programme, construction
method statement and the Milestone Payment
Schedule; and
(5) advice as to the effect of the Owner's
Change on the ability of Contractor to
perform its obligations under this EPC
Contract;
(6) advice as to the effect of the Owner's
Change on the Supply Contract and/or the
Equipment;
(ii) Contractor and Owner shall then take reasonable steps
to reach agreement on the Owner's Change. Upon
agreement being reached Owner may then issue an
instruction to Contractor to implement the Owner's
Change. Any such agreement shall be conditional upon
Owner being able to reach an agreement with the
Supplier for any related change under the Supply
Agreement and upon terms acceptable to Owner (acting
reasonably);
(iii) no agreement between Owner and Contractor as to the
terms upon which an Owner's Change may be implemented
shall have any contractual or other legal effect
unless it is in writing and a written instruction to
implement the Owner's Change has been issued pursuant
to this clause;
(iv) any such written agreement shall be binding upon
Contractor and Owner according to its terms and
Contractor will have no further or other entitlement
under this EPC Contract in respect of such Owner's
Change;
(v) if the parties fail to reach agreement within 7 days
Owner may either:
(1) instruct Contractor under paragraph (a) to
implement the Owner's Change in which case
the parties shall resolve any
55
Dispute regarding the extension of time,
compensation or other issues regarding such
Change in accordance with ARTICLE 16
(Dispute Resolution); or
(2) choose not to proceed with the Owner's
Change, in which event Contractor shall have
no claim of any kind whatsoever arising out
of or in connection with the request for the
proposal. If Owner elects to not proceed
with the Owner's Change, Owner reserves the
right, subject to the terms of this EPC
Contract, to proceed with the work behind
the proposed Change directly or through a
third party.
8.5 ADJUSTMENTS
Should any Owner's Change or the occurrence of an event described in
SUBSECTION 5.1.1 (other than where the occurrence of such event is due to an
event of Force Majeure and Owner elects to address such failure pursuant to the
terms of ARTICLE 22 (Force Majeure)) cause a material increase or decrease in
the Cost of or time required for Contractor's performance of this EPC Contract
or otherwise affect any provision of this EPC Contract, then after Contractor
has given to Owner the required information under SECTION 8.4 of the likely
effect of the Change and corresponding proposed adjustments, and Owner elects to
continue with the proposed Change then the Scheduled Take Over Date and other
dates in this EPC Contract shall be adjusted as provided in ARTICLE 5 (Extension
of Time) and an adjustment that is reasonable in the circumstances will be made
to the EPC Contract Price for the Costs of such Change plus a ten percent
allowance thereon for overhead and profit (with regard to SUBSECTION 5.1.1
events, Contractor's rights under this SECTION 8.5 with regard to recovery of
Costs shall be subject to the conditions set forth in SUBSECTION 5.1.1(I),
(III), (IV) and (V) which provisions shall be read as if references to "delay"
refer to "Costs"), and to performance warranties (where performance of the Works
is attested and subject to SECTION 8.7 (Effect of Changes on Warranties and
Safety) and any other provision of this EPC Contract which is thereby affected.
Any increase in the EPC Contract Price due to such Change
56
shall be payable subject to a progress payment schedule to be submitted by
Contractor as part of the proposed written Change order. Any Dispute relating to
any such Change shall be determined in terms of ARTICLE 16 (Dispute Resolution),
but Contractor shall continue to implement any Owner's Change notwithstanding
the Dispute.
8.6 CONTRACTOR CHANGES
8.6.1 Notwithstanding the foregoing, or anything expressed or
implied in this EPC Contract, if Contractor requests a Change so as to make the
Binary Plant meet the Performance Guarantees, or to otherwise comply with its
obligations under this EPC Contract and such request does not involve any other
cause or event that would otherwise entitle Contractor to such Change under this
EPC Contract, such Change shall be at Contractor's own cost and expense and
shall be subject to the consent of the Owner's Representative (which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld). If the Owner's Representative withholds its
consent to such Change, and Contractor remains of the view that it is necessary
for the completion of the Work in accordance with this EPC Contract, then the
matter shall be referred for resolution under ARTICLE 16 (Dispute Resolution).
Provided always in no event shall Owner be obliged to accept a Contractor's
Change that Owner considers to be detrimental to Owner's overall interests in
relation to the Plant.
8.6.2 The requirements of SECTION 8.4(B) shall apply to every
request made by Contractor for a Change under this SECTION 8.6, and the
provisions of SECTION 8.4(B) shall be read as if references to "Owner's Change"
are to "Contractor's Change" and SECTION 8.4(B)(V) shall be read so that if the
parties fail to reach agreement within 7 days the Dispute shall be determined in
terms of ARTICLE 16 (Dispute Resolution).
8.7 EFFECT OF CHANGES ON WARRANTIES AND SAFETY
8.7.1 If Contractor reasonably believes that a proposed
Owner's Change will result in Contractor not being able to comply with any
express or implied warranty of the Works, Contractor shall serve Owner notice
within fourteen (14) days of the receipt of such proposal of its belief and the
believed effect together with such supporting technical data and other
information as is reasonably required to confirm to Owner (acting reasonably)
the predicted effect of the proposed change in the Works. If the parties are
57
unable to agree upon the Owner's Change and its predictive effect and Owner
wishes to proceed with the Owner's Change then the matter shall be referred for
immediate resolution by a suitably qualified expert either agreed by the parties
or appointed by the President or nominee of the Institute of Professional
Engineers of New Zealand within 7 days of being requested to do so under this
EPC Contract. The expert shall be required to make the determination within 7
days of appointment. If Owner insists, despite the expert determination to
require the execution of such proposal in circumstances where the expert
determines the change will result in Contractor not being able to comply with
any express or implied warranty of the Works, Contractor shall comply with
Owner's requirement to execute the proposal, but Contractor shall not be
responsible for the resulting non compliance with affected warranties or
performance guarantees, but only to the extent related to or derived from
Owner's proposal.
8.7.2 If a proposed Owner's Change will cause or result in an
unlawful activity or may negatively affect safety of the Binary Plant or persons
in its vicinity, Contractor shall serve Owner notice within fourteen (14) days
of such proposal of its belief and the believed effect, and Contractor shall not
be required by Owner to unlawfully execute such proposal.
8.8 OTHER PROVISIONS UNAFFECTED
Except to the extent a Change specifically amends one or more
provisions hereof, all provisions hereof shall apply to all Changes, and no
Change shall be implied as a result of any other Change.
ARTICLE 9 - ACCESS AND REVIEW BY OWNER
9.1 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DESIGN
Contractor shall be responsible for the development of all technical
data, design and other documentation required for the performance of the Works
(including the verification of the design specification of the Equipment) and
its suitability or otherwise to achieve Contractor's obligations in SECTION 3.1
(General Responsibilities), particularly relating to fitness for purpose as
described in SECTION 3.1(D).
58
9.2 INSPECTION OF WORK
(a) In addition to inspection and testing required elsewhere under this
EPC Contract (including those noted in section 1.7 of SCHEDULE A (Owner's
Technical Requirements)), Owner shall have the right at all reasonable times to
inspect and test, on the Site, any item of equipment, material, engineering,
service or workmanship to be provided as part of the Works and to inspect and
test any such major items that are being specially fabricated for Contractor in
New Zealand. Alternatively, Owner shall have the right to require Contractor to
demonstrate to Owner, by testing or otherwise, that any such work complies with
this EPC Contract or the Supply Contract as the case may be. Contractor shall,
at the request of Owner, arrange for any such inspection, testing or
demonstration at the relevant location. Owner shall coordinate such requested
inspections and tests with Contractor to avoid unnecessary duplication of
inspections and testing and interference with the performance of the Works.
Where any such matter inspected, tested or the subject of a demonstration under
this clause:
(i) does not conform with this EPC Contract or the Supply
Contract, Contractor shall be responsible for all
costs in respect of such inspection, testing or
demonstration and the Contractor shall not be
relieved of its obligations to carry out the Works in
accordance with the requirements of this EPC
Contract;
(ii) conforms with this EPC Contract or the Supply
Contract, such inspection, testing or demonstration
shall be treated as an Owner's Change pursuant to
ARTICLE 8 (Changes).
(b) Contractor shall be responsible for all costs in respect of any
inspection, testing or demonstration required by any authority, other statutory
or regulatory body or other authorised third party in relation to the Works
and/or the Site.
(c) Contractor shall give notice to Owner whenever any work is ready
for inspection or testing and before it is materially covered up, put out of
sight, or packaged for storage or transport. If Contractor fails to give notice
then notwithstanding
59
SECTION 9.2(A) (Inspection of Work) Contractor shall, if and when required by
Owner, uncover the work and thereafter reinstate and make good, all at
Contractor's cost.
9.3 ACCESS TO THE SITE
Owner shall have the right to access the Site at all times, shall have
the right, at Owner's expense, to be present during all on-site and off-site
test procedures and shall have the right to receive, upon request, a single hard
copy and electronic copy of inspection and test procedures, quality control
reports, and test reports and data. Contractor shall notify Owner at least ten
(10) days prior to the testing of major equipment items and systems at the Site.
While at the Site, Owner and its representatives shall comply with all of
Contractor's safety rules and other job site rules and regulations.
9.4 DESIGN AND OTHER INFORMATION REVIEW
9.4.1 Contractor shall submit to Owner for review 4 hard
copies or 1 electronic copy of the documents listed in Exhibit A01 of SCHEDULE A
(Owner's Technical Requirements) and any other information reasonably requested
by the Owner's Representative for the purposes of enabling commissioning and
Take Over of the Permanent Works.
9.4.2 Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative one
(4) hard or one (1) electronic copy of the Design and Other Information in
sufficient time to enable Owner's Representative to review such Design and Other
Information in accordance with this SECTION 9.4. In the event that a
re-submission of Design and Other Information is required as provided in this
SECTION 9.4, such re-submission shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable
after Contractor's receipt of the relevant statement of objections.
9.4.3 Following receipt of a submission of Design and Other
Information in accordance with SUBSECTION 9.4.2, the Owner's Representative
shall within ten (10) days from receipt return to the Contractor either:
(a) a notice stating that he/she has no objections to the Design
and Other Information as submitted (for the purposes of this
ARTICLE 9, a "notice of no objection"); or
60
(b) a statement of objections which shall identify with due
particularity the aspects of the Design and Other Information
which do not materially comply with the provisions of this EPC
Contract and/or accord in any material respect with any Design
and Other Information previously submitted by Contractor.
If the Owner's Representative fails to respond within the ten (10) day period,
then he/she will be deemed to have issued a notice of no objection.
9.4.4 If the Owner's Representative returns any Design and
Other Information under SUBSECTION 9.4.3(A) or is deemed to have issued a notice
of no objection under SUBSECTION 9.4.3, Contractor may, subject to SUBSECTION
9.4.5, proceed with the Works in accordance with this EPC Contract.
9.4.5 If the Owner's Representative considers that revisions
to a submission of Design and Other Information are appropriate, but that such
revisions are of minor design significance, the Owner's Representative may issue
a notice of no objection subject to an appended schedule of comments identifying
the relevant revisions. Subject to the restrictions set forth in SUBSECTION
9.4.6, Contractor shall cause such Design and Other Information to be revised in
accordance with such comments, but shall not be obliged to re-submit such Design
and Other Information solely on account of such revisions.
9.4.6 If the Owner's Representative returns any statement
under SUBSECTION 9.4.3(B), Contractor shall cause the Design and Other
Information to be revised so as to take account of the properly stated
objections and as soon as reasonably practicable shall re-submit such Design and
Other Information to Owner's Representative, provided, however, that Contractor
shall not be required to make any modifications or changes which are not in
accordance with this EPC Contract.
9.4.7 Submission of a document under SUBSECTION 9.4.1, and the
issue of notice of objection or the issue of a notice of no objection by Owner:
(a) does not in any way place responsibility for the
document or the matters to which the document relates
upon Owner or restrict any
61
remedy Owner would have otherwise have had with
respect to the relevant Works, or any other related
submission of a document by Contractor; and
(b) shall not relieve Contractor from any of its
obligations under this EPC Contract or any liability
arising from the document.
In particular, without limitation, Owner shall not be obliged to review
a document submitted under SUBSECTION 9.4.1 and a notice of objection
does not imply that Owner has undertaken such a review.
9.4.8 Neither a proper objection raised under SUBSECTION
9.4.3(B) nor a comment made under SUBSECTION 9.4.5 shall constitute a Change.
9.4.9 Except in the case of an Owner's Change or agreed
Contractor's Change, approved Design and Other Information shall not be departed
from.
9.4.10 Owner and/or Owner's Representative shall have the
right to inspect all of the Design and Other Information at Contractor's
premises, for any part of the Works, includes as contemplated in section 1.5.1
of SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical Requirements). Owner shall coordinate such
requested inspections with Contractor to avoid unnecessary duplication of
inspections and interference with the performance of the Works.
9.5 DRAWINGS NOT TO BE PROVIDED
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this EPC Contract, Contractor
shall not be required to provide shop drawings nor any of Contractor's or
Supplier's confidential manufacturing drawings, designs or know-how nor the
confidential details of manufacturing practices, processes or operations.
9.6 USE OF DRAWINGS
Documents, drawings and information supplied by Contractor may be used
by Owner, its representatives, assignees and transferees, only for the purposes
of completing, operating, maintaining, adjusting and repairing the Binary Plant.
No license is granted to
62
copy or use documents, drawings or information so supplied in order to make or
have made spare parts. Documents, drawings or information so supplied by
Contractor shall be subject to the confidentiality clause contained herein in
ARTICLE 23 (Confidentiality) and shall not be used, copied or communicated by
Owner to a third party otherwise than as strictly necessary and permitted under
this EPC Contract.
ARTICLE 10 - TESTING
10.1 TEST PROCEDURES
Once Contractor has achieved commissioning of the Plant as provided in
SECTION 7.1 (Commissioning), Contractor shall conduct the Performance Tests
described in SCHEDULE D (Performance Tests) hereto as described therein, and
test results shall be adjusted in accordance with the Correction Curves as
applied in accordance with SCHEDULE D (Performance Tests). Contractor shall
provide everything necessary to conduct the Performance Tests apart from the
obligations of Owner under this EPC Contract (e.g., supplying the Geothermal
Fluid).
10.2 NOTICE OF TESTING
Contractor shall give Owner's Representative at least three (3) days'
notice prior to the date(s) on which Contractor will be ready to perform the
initial Performance Tests under SCHEDULE D (Performance Tests); provided that
for any repeated test the notice period shall be at least twenty-four (24) hours
before the time established by Contractor for such test. Owner's Representative
shall be entitled to have, at its own cost, a suitably qualified independent
party present during all such tests. If Owner's Representative and/or such
independent party fails to attend at the time and place appointed for the tests,
Contractor shall be entitled to proceed with the tests in the Owner's
Representative's and/or such party's absence. The tests shall then be deemed to
have been made in the presence of the Owner's Representative and such party and
the results of the tests shall except for manifest error be accepted as
accurate. Reporting the results of the tests shall be in accordance with the
requirements of SCHEDULE D (Performance Tests).
63
If any aspect of the Works fails to pass any test, the Owner's
Representative may require such test to be repeated on the same terms and
conditions and such testing shall be executed by Contractor.
10.3 CONDUCT AND REPETITION OF TESTS
Contractor may at any time prior to Take Over repeat at its cost, one
or more times, any of the tests described in SCHEDULE D (Performance Tests)
where Contractor, in its sole discretion, believes that the results of the prior
tests are unsatisfactory. Further, Contractor may undertake remedial actions at
its cost in connection with such repeated tests, provided that such remedial
action does not depart from previously approved Design and Other Information
without the Owner's Representative's prior consent, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld and the response shall be given promptly but not later
than forty-eight (48) hours after Contractor's request.
10.4 POST PERFORMANCE TESTS ALTERATIONS
(a) If Contractor alters the setting, configuration or the like of the
Binary Plant during or after the successful completion of a Performance Test in
a manner that would materially affect the integrity of such Performance Test,
save where such alteration is part of the normal operating practice of the
Binary Plant or is approved/waived by Owner in its reasonable discretion, then
the results of such affected successful Performance Test shall, at the option of
Owner, be invalidated.
(b) Contractor shall notify Owner of any defects in the Binary Plant
discovered during the conduct of any Performance Test.
10.5 FAILURE TO PASS THE PERFORMANCE TESTS
(a) If:
(i) the Corrected Net Power Output in respect of the
final Performance Test for net power output set forth
in section 1.5.9 of SCHEDULE D (Performance Tests) is
less than 90% of the Guaranteed Net Power Output; or
64
(ii) the Corrected Pressure Drop in respect of the final
Performance Test for pressure drop set forth in
SCHEDULE D (Performance Tests) is greater than the
2.7 xxxx; or
(iii) the Binary Plant fails to pass the Reliability Run
(following any rescheduled run/s of the Reliability
Run permitted by SCHEDULE D (Performance Tests) or
this EPC Contract),
Owner shall be entitled to:
(1) order Contractor to carry out corrective work and a
repetition of the relevant Performance Test(s);
(2) reject the Binary Plant, in which event Owner shall,
without prejudice to any other rights or remedies
under this EPC Contract or otherwise have the same
remedies as are provided in SECTION 21.1 (Termination
for Cause), SUBSECTION 21.1.3 (Consequences of
Termination), and SUBSECTION 21.1.4 (Payment After
Termination); or
(3) accept the Binary Plant at the reduced performance
level, subject to reduction of the EPC Contract Price
in terms of paragraph (b) below.
(b) In the event Owner accepts the Binary Plant in terms of SECTION
10.5(A)(3) then the EPC Contract Price shall be reduced by the amount
appropriate to cover the reduced value of the Binary Plant to Owner (and SECTION
8.3 (Request) shall not apply) having regard to:
(i) an acceptable return to Owner on the revised EPC
Contract Price, having regard to the electricity that
can be generated from the Binary Plant and the cost
of its operation; and
(ii) any other matter which would be reasonably relevant
to Owner's consideration of the price it would be
prepared to pay for the
65
Binary Plant given its performance, economic life and
its whole of life cost,
provided always that if Owner accepts the Binary
Plant in terms of SECTION 10.5(A)(3) without having
agreed upon a revised EPC Contract Price with
Contractor, the EPC Contract Price shall be
determined in accordance with ARTICLE 16 (Dispute
Resolution). Upon the determination of the reduction
in the EPC Contract Price in accordance with ARTICLE
16 (Dispute Resolution), Owner shall be entitled to a
further opportunity to exercise either of the options
in SECTION 10.5(A)(1) or 10.5(A)(2) and not take over
the Binary Plant for the reduced price so determined.
(c) In the event Owner has already paid Contractor more than the
reduced EPC Contract Price, Owner may recover the amount of the overpayment as a
debt due from Contractor. The acceptance of the Binary Plant by Owner, and the
reduction of the EPC Contract Price shall not otherwise relieve Contractor of
its obligations under this EPC Contract, save in relation to those consequences
which necessarily arise as a result of the failure which gave rise to the
reduction in the EPC Contract Price; provided, however, that if Owner receives
any amount from Supplier for a similar claim under the Supply Contract, the
liability of Contractor under this clause shall be reduced accordingly .
(d) If the final applicable Performance Tests (which to avoid doubt
must be carried out prior to the Reliability Run that is the basis for Take
Over) establish that:
(i) the Corrected Net Power Output is less than 100% (but
not less than 90%) of the Guaranteed Net Power
Output; or
(ii) the Corrected Pressure Drop is more than the
Guaranteed Pressure Drop (but not more than the 2.7
xxxx),
Contractor shall pay liquidated damages in accordance with SECTION 12.2
(Liquidated Damages for Performance Deficiency).
66
ARTICLE 11 - WARRANTIES
11.1 GENERAL WARRANTY
Contractor warrants that:
(a) the Works and the Equipment shall conform in all
material respects to Laws, Owner's Consents, and the
other applicable descriptions, specifications and
criteria set forth in this EPC Contract and the
Supply Contract;
(b) the Works shall be performed in a workmanlike and
skilful manner;
(c) the Works and the Equipment shall be of good quality
and will, on Take Over, be free from defects in
workmanship, material, design and title and, as
specified in SECTION 3.1(D) (General
Responsibilities), fit for the purposes for which the
Works are intended, each in accordance with this EPC
Contract.
(d) All materials and other items when incorporated in
the Works and the Equipment shall be new and of a
suitable grade of its respective kind for its
intended use;
(e) it is a corporation duly organised, validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of its home
country, and has full power to engage in the business
it presently conducts and contemplates conducting,
and is and will be duly licensed or qualified and in
good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction in
which it transacts business;
(f) there are no actions, suits, proceedings or
investigations pending or, to Contractor's knowledge,
threatened against it, which individually or in the
aggregate could result in any materially adverse
effect on
67
Contractor or in any impairment of its ability to
perform its obligations under this EPC Contract;
(g) it has no knowledge of any violation or default with
respect to any order, writ, injunction or any decree
of any court or any governmental department
commission, board, agency or instrumentality which
may result in any such materially adverse effect or
such impairment;
(h) it owns or has the right to use all Intellectual
Property Rights necessary to perform this EPC
Contract and to carry on its business as presently
conducted and presently planned to be conducted
without conflict with the rights of others;
(i) it has knowledge of all of the legal requirements,
business practices and other matters specific to New
Zealand that must be followed or complied with in
performing this EPC Contract and this EPC Contract
will be performed in conformity with such
requirements and practices.
(j) it will employ, or contract with, suitably expert and
experienced employees and Subcontractors to strictly
discharge Contractor's obligations under this EPC
Contract;
(k) it has audited the Owner's Technical Requirements and
any design provided by Owner and is unaware of any
inaccuracy or defect in the same that should have
been apparent to a qualified and competent contractor
experienced in work of similar nature and scope as
the Works;
(l) it has exercised and will continue to exercise in the
design of the Works all the skill and care to be
expected of a professionally qualified and competent
designer experienced in work of similar nature and
scope as the Works;
68
(m) it understands the Owner's Technical Requirements and
the Works will, when completed, comply in all
respects with the Owner's Technical Requirements;
(n) the Binary Plant has been or will be designed and
constructed using proven up-to-date good practice and
to standards appropriate to the development which are
consistent with the Owner's Technical Requirements
and with the intended use of the Binary Plant;
(o) no goods or materials generally known to be
deleterious or otherwise not in accordance with good
engineering practice have been or will be specified
or selected by Contractor or any one acting on its
behalf and no goods or materials which, after their
specification or selection by or on behalf of
Contractor but before being incorporated into the
Binary Plant, become generally known to be
deleterious or otherwise not in accordance with good
engineering practice, will be incorporated into the
Works; and
(p) the design of the Permanent Works has taken or will
take full account of the effects of the intended
construction methods, Temporary Works and
Contractor's Equipment.
11.2 DEFECTS CORRECTION WARRANTY PERIOD
11.2.1 DURATION
The warranties set forth in SECTION 11.1 (General Warranty)
shall inure for the benefit of Owner and its successors and assigns and, except
as expressly provided below in this SECTION 11.2, the warranties set forth in
SECTION 11.1 (other than the warranties set forth in SECTION 11.1(D)-(I) and (K)
and (N) which are made and in effect as of the Commencement Date) shall be in
effect from Take Over for the duration of:
(a) twenty four (24) months; and
69
(b) thirty six (36) months for any defect in the Binary
Plant of the kind described in SECTION 11.1 (General
Warranty) that was caused by the gross misconduct of
Contractor and which would not have been disclosed by
a reasonable examination prior to the expiry of the
above described applicable warranty period (for
purposes of this paragraph, "gross misconduct" does
not comprise each and every lack of care or skill but
means an act or omission on the part of Contractor
which implies either a failure to pay due regard to
the serious consequences which a conscientious and
responsible contractor would normally foresee as
likely to ensue or a willful disregard of any
consequences of such act or omission);
the time periods specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) being the Defects
Correction Period.
The Defects Correction Period set forth in paragraph (a) above with respect to
any item of the Works that is repaired, replaced, modified, or otherwise altered
after Take Over by Contractor shall extend for a period of twenty four (24)
months from the date of completion of such alteration, provided, however, that
in no case shall the warranty extended hereunder exceed the maximum period of
thirty-six (36) months from Take Over.
11.2.2 PUNCHLIST AND DEFECTS
In order that the Permanent Works, including the Binary Plant,
and the documents to be provided by Contractor under this EPC Contract are in
the condition required by this EPC Contract by the expiry date of the Defects
Correction Period Contractor shall, as soon as practicable after the issue of
the Take Over Certificate and at its own risk and cost:
(a) complete all items on the Punchlist and any other
Works that is outstanding at Take Over; and
(b) execute all work required to remedy defects or damage
or other non-conformance in the Permanent Works,
provided that where such defect, damage or
non-conformance arises as a result of a
70
failure by Owner to comply with the operation and
maintenance manuals issued by Contractor under this
EPC Contract, in which event Owner shall reimburse
Contractor the Cost of such work plus a ten percent
allowance for overhead and profit.
11.2.3 DEFECTS WARRANTY
(a) If within the Defects Correction Period a defect in the
Works occurs and Owner notifies Contractor of the defect, Contractor will
promptly reperform, repair or replace, as Contractor (acting reasonably)
determines is appropriate under the circumstances, the portion of the Works that
has been determined to be defective. This warranty will not cover repairs or
alterations (not being normal maintenance work required to be carried out by
Owner under the operating and/or maintenance manuals provided by Contractor
under this EPC Contract) made by Owner or a third party without Contractor's
written consent. Owner shall cooperate to provide reasonable access thereto and
working and workshop spaces in order to enable the Contractor to perform the
repair. Further, if special rigging, cranes or heavy equipment or any labour
required in connection with operating such equipment is available at the Site
and necessary for the performance of such repairs, Owner shall provide
Contractor with access to such equipment and labour and Contractor shall pay
reasonable compensation therefor.
(b) The warranties in this EPC Contract do not extend or apply
to damage, deterioration or failure resulting after Take Over from:
(i) normal wear and tear but excluding any wear
and tear attributable to a defect in the Works;
(ii) abnormal environment over and above that
which would ordinarily be expected for the site in
which the Binary Plant is operated;
(iii) failure of Owner to store, operate and
maintain the Works in accordance with the Design
Range or the operation and maintenance manuals
furnished by Contractor in accordance
71
with SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical Requirements)
including, but not limited to, the fuel, lube oil
and water specifications; or
(iv) an event of Force Majeure.
11.2.4 FAILURE TO REMEDY DEFECTS
(a) If Contractor fails to remedy any defect and directly
resulting damage as soon as reasonably practicable, Owner may give written
notice to Contractor requiring Contractor to remedy the defect or damage within
a specified reasonable time.
(b) If Contractor fails to remedy the defect and directly
resulting damage by this notified date, the failure shall constitute a
fundamental breach of Contractor's obligations under this EPC Contract and Owner
may:
(i) carry out the work itself or by others and
the Contractor shall pay to the Owner the
costs reasonably incurred by the Owner in
remedying the defect or damage, or
(ii) if the defect and directly resulting damage
deprives the Owner of substantially the
whole benefit of the Works or any major part
of the Works, exercise the Owner's rights
under ARTICLE 21 (Termination).
(c) In connection with the warranty provisions set forth in
this ARTICLE 11 (Warranties), the parties shall comply with the provisions of
SCHEDULE F (Warranty Procedures).
11.2.5 REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If the defect or damage cannot be remedied expeditiously on
the Site and Owner gives consent, Contractor may remove from the Site for the
purposes of repair such items of the Works as are defective or damaged. As a
condition of such consent Owner may require Contractor to provide a performance
bond or other appropriate security.
72
11.2.6 FURTHER TESTS
As part of the work of remedying of any defect or damage after
Take Over, Owner (acting reasonably) may require Contractor to test the replaced
component or, where reasonably appropriate, related system or subsystem to
substantiate that such defect or damage has been properly remedied. The
requirement shall be made by notice within 28 days after the defect or damage is
remedied. The parties shall use reasonable endeavours to agree upon the nature
and extent of the testing reasonably required in the circumstances and in the
event that they are unable to agree either party may request the nature and
extent of the testing reasonably required in the circumstances be fixed by an
expert appointed by the President or nominee of the Institute of Professional
Engineers New Zealand and the determination of that expert shall be final and
binding upon the parties
The agreed or expert determined repeat tests shall be carried
out in accordance with the terms applicable to the previous tests at the risk
and cost of Contractor with due allowance for degradation as is appropriate. For
the avoidance of doubt ARTICLE 12 (Liquidated Damages) shall not apply.
11.2.7 FINAL ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE
(a) Owner shall issue the Final Acceptance Certificate within
10 days after the end of the Defects Correction Period (not taking into account
the period specified in SUBSECTION 11.2.1(B) but including any extension of the
period specified in SUBSECTION 11.2.1(A) as provided in SUBSECTION 11.2.1), or
within 10 days of Contractor completing all items on the Punchlist, remedying
any defects or damage and otherwise completing all of the Works required by this
EPC Contract, whichever is the later.
(b) On the issuance of the Final Acceptance Certificate Owner
shall release the replacement performance bond provided under SECTION 7.4
(Replacement Performance Bond) and the parent company guaranty provided under
SECTION 13.1(D) (Security Provided by Contractor). Further, upon the end of the
twenty-four month period after Take Over, the replacement performance bond shall
be reduced to the amount mutually agreed upon by the parties that reasonably
reflects the value of the Works that
73
were replaced or corrected by Contractor during the Defects Correction Period
prior to such date. If the parties are unable to agree upon such values, then
the parties shall promptly refer the matter for determination under the Disputes
resolution procedure set forth in ARTICLE 16 (Dispute Resolution).
11.2.8 REMEDIES
The guarantees and warranties provided in this EPC Contract
are exclusive and are given and accepted in lieu of:
(a) any and all other warranties and/or guarantees,
statutory, or implied (including, without limitation,
the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness
for a particular purpose, and all warranties arising
from course of dealing or usage of trade);
(b) any warranties or conditions implied by the Sale of
Goods Xxx 0000 relating to quality and suitability.
The remedies of Owner for any breach of guarantees and warranties shall be
limited to those permitted in this EPC Contract, to the exclusion of any and all
other remedies. No agreement varying or extending the foregoing guarantees,
warranties, remedies or limitations will be binding upon Contractor unless in
writing and signed by a duly authorized representative of Contractor.
11.2.9 CLEARANCE OF SITE
Within two weeks of receiving the Final Acceptance
Certificate, Contractor shall have removed any remaining Contractor's Equipment,
surplus material, wreckage, rubbish and Temporary Works from the Site.
11.3 DISCLAIMER AND RELEASE
11.3.1 EXCEPT FOR GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR FRAUD ON THE PART OF
CONTRACTOR:
74
(A) THE WARRANTIES, OBLIGATIONS AND LIABILITIES OF CONTRACTOR,
(B) AND RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF OWNER,
SET FORTH OR PERMITTED IN THIS EPC CONTRACT WITH RESPECT TO ANY NON-CONFORMANCE
OR DEFECT IN ANY WORKS OR EQUIPMENT ARE EXCLUSIVE.
11.3.2 OWNER HEREBY WAIVES, RELEASES AND RENOUNCES ALL OTHER
WARRANTIES, OBLIGATIONS, AND LIABILITIES ON THE PART OF CONTRACTOR, TOGETHER
WITH ALL OTHER RIGHTS, AND REMEDIES OF OWNER AGAINST CONTRACTOR, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, ARISING BY LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY:
(A) WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR
PURPOSE;
(B) WARRANTY ARISING FROM COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, COURSE OF
DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE;
(C) OBLIGATION, LIABILITY, RIGHT, CLAIM OR REMEDY IN TORT,
WHETHER OR NOT ARISING FROM THE NEGLIGENCE OF CONTRACTOR, ACTUAL, PASSIVE OR
IMPUTED;
(D) OBLIGATION, LIABILITY, RIGHT, CLAIM OR REMEDY FOR LOSS OF
OR DAMAGE TO ANY PRODUCT OR PART OF THE WORKS;
(E) LIABILITY OF OWNER TO ANY THIRD PARTY; AND
(F) INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
11.3.3 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY UNDER THIS EPC CONTRACT DOES NOT
APPLY TO ANY NON-CONFORMANCE OR DEFECT IN ANY PRODUCT, EQUIPMENT OR PART OF THE
PLANT, TO THE EXTENT SUCH
75
NON-CONFORMANCE OR DEFECT HAS BEEN DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY CAUSED BY ANY OTHER
NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF OWNER.
ARTICLE 12 - REMEDIES
12.1 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY IN TAKE OVER
12.1.1 After the Scheduled Take Over Date, Contractor shall
pay to Owner as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, for each day or part
of a day which shall elapse between the Scheduled Take Over Date and the date of
the Take Over a sum equal to NZ$18,000 (plus GST if any) per day; provided,
however, that if Take Over does not occur by the Scheduled Take Over Date, but
nevertheless the Binary Plant is generating electricity, then the liquidated
damages payable by Contractor under this SUBSECTION 12.1.1 shall be reduced (but
not to less than zero) by the amount of the net revenue (including payments
under any hedge agreement, to the extent such hedge agreement is applicable to
the Binary Plant) received by Owner until the date Take Over occurs.
12.1.2 Owner may, without prejudice to any other method of
recovery, deduct the amount of such liquidated damages from any monies due, or
to become due, to Contractor under this EPC Contract. The payment or deduction
of such damages shall not relieve Contractor from its obligation to complete the
Works, or from any other of its duties, obligations or responsibilities under
this EPC Contract.
12.1.3 If at any time after the Scheduled Take Over Date,
Contractor is delayed in carrying out the Works as a result of any event
identified in SUBSECTION 5.1.1 (Extension of Time) which would have entitled
Contractor to an extension of time had it occurred prior to the Scheduled Take
Over Date, Contractor's obligation to pay liquidated damages under SUBSECTION
12.1.1 shall be suspended for such period as represents the extension of time to
which Contractor would have been entitled had SUBSECTION 5.1.1 (Extension of
Time) applied.
76
12.2 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR PERFORMANCE DEFICIENCY
If:
(a) the Corrected Net Power Output in respect of the Net Power
Output Performance Test described in SCHEDULE D (Performance Tests) upon which
Take Over is based is less than 100% (but not less than 90%) of the Guaranteed
Net Power Output then Contractor shall pay Owner liquidated damages of NZ$4,575
(plus GST if any) per kilowatt for each kilowatt that the Corrected Net Power
Output is below 100% of the Guaranteed Net Power Output; and
(b) the Corrected Pressure Drop in respect of the Pressure
Drop Performance Tests described in SCHEDULE D (Performance Tests) upon which
Take Over is based is more than the Guaranteed Pressure Drop (but not more than
the 2.7 xxxx), then Contractor shall pay Owner liquidated damages of NZ$145,200
(plus GST if any) for each 0.1 xxxx that the Corrected Pressure Drop exceeds the
Guaranteed Pressure Drop.
12.3 MAXIMUM LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
In no event shall the aggregate amount of liquidated damages payable by
Contractor pursuant to SECTION 12.1 (Liquidated Damages for Delay in Take Over)
and SECTION 12.2 (Liquidated Damages for Performance Deficiency) exceed
twenty-five percent of the sum of the EPC Contract Price and the Supply Contract
Price (as that term is defined in the Supply Contract) provided however that if
Owner shall receive any liquidated damages from Supplier under the Supply
Contract, the aggregate amount of liquidated damages payable by Contractor as
specified above shall be reduced accordingly.
12.4 EVENT CHARGES
If at any time before Take Over, Owner incurs an instantaneous reserve
event charge (or like charge) under its Grid operator services arrangement with
Transpower (or equivalent arrangement from time to time) due to any act or
omission of Contractor or defect in the Works or the Equipment, Contractor shall
pay liquidated damages calculated in accordance with the calculation for such
instantaneous reserve event charge (net of any
77
rebates) in Transpower's posted terms for Grid operator services (or equivalent
document) from time to time.
12.5 PAYMENT
Owner shall be entitled to demand payment of any liquidated damages
which accrue under this ARTICLE 12 (Remedies) at any time after they have
accrued. Contractor shall pay the amount so demanded (plus GST if any) within 21
days after receipt of such notice.
12.6 GENUINE ESTIMATE
Contractor acknowledges that the liquidated damages under this ARTICLE
12 reflect genuine estimates of the losses Owner is likely to suffer in the
event of a default by Contractor of a type referred to in this ARTICLE 12.
12.7 EXCLUSIVE REMEDY
(a) Subject to paragraph (b) and to Owner's right to reject under
SECTION 10.5 (Failure to Pass the Performance Tests) and to recover losses
during retesting under SECTION 12.8 (Make Right Obligation]
(i) liquidated damages net of any net generation revenue
received from Owner under Section 12.1 (Liquidated
Damages for Delay in Take Over) shall be the only
damages payable by Contractor for failing to achieve
Take Over in terms of SECTION 7.2 (Take Over) by the
Scheduled Take Over Date, but shall not otherwise
limit the Owner's rights and remedies under this EPC
Contract for claims other than for delays, and
(ii) liquidated damages under SECTION 12.2 (Liquidated
Damages for Performance Deficiency) shall be Owner's
sole and exclusive remedy for failure by Contractor
to achieve the Guaranteed Net Power Output and the
Guaranteed Pressure Drop or other Binary Plant output
or operating performance.
78
(b) In the event the EPC Contract is terminated by Owner pursuant to
ARTICLE 21 (Termination), liquidated damages shall apply up to the date of such
termination and general damages shall apply from the date of such termination.
12.8 MAKE RIGHT OBLIGATION
Notwithstanding that Contractor may have paid liquidated damages for
the performance deficiency pursuant to SECTION 12.2 (Liquidated Damages for
Performance Deficiency):
(a) Contractor may carry out such remedial Work and repeat the
Net Power Output and/or Pressure Drop Performance Test, in accordance with
ARTICLE 10 (Testing), within 120 days following Take Over;
(b) if the results of the last such repeated Performance Test
show that such performance deficiency has been reduced or rectified or that the
liquidated damages payable thereon have been reduced, Owner shall refund ninety
percent of the difference between the amount of liquidated damages previously
paid by Contractor for such performance deficiency and the amount of liquidated
damages, if any, payable by Contractor under SECTION 12.2 (Liquidated Damages
for Performance Deficiency) based upon the results of such last repeated
Performance Test; and
(c) All such remedial Work and repeat tests shall be
coordinated with Owner and conducted by Contractor in such a way and at such
times as to minimize so far as reasonably possible interference or disruption to
the normal operation of the Binary Plant. To the extent that such remedial work
requires power generation from the Binary Plant to be reduced to effect the
remedial work, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for this lost generation on a
pro rata basis of NZ$18,000 per day /14.38 MW (plus GST if any) for each MW
lost.
12.9 GENERAL LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
(a) Without prejudice to the Contractor's liquidated damages
obligations in this Contract or its obligations in SECTION 12.9(C), Contractor
shall in no event be liable to Owner, by way of indemnity or by reason of any
breach of this EPC
79
Contract or in tort, including negligence and strict liability, or otherwise,
for loss of profit or revenues or similar, claims of the Owner's customers or
other damages or losses not being direct damages for losses.
(b) The total liability of Contractor to Owner on all claims
of any kind (other than under SECTION 17.3) shall in no case exceed the
aggregate of the EPC Contract Price and the Supply Contract Price (as that term
is defined in the Supply Contract) provided however that if Owner shall receive
any amount from Supplier directly for any claims under the Supply Contract, the
maximum liability of Contractor shall be reduced accordingly.
(c) Nothing in this SECTION 12.9 shall limit the liability of
Contractor for general damages in any case of fraud or gross misconduct.
ARTICLE 13 - SECURITIES
13.1 SECURITY PROVIDED ON BEHALF OF CONTRACTOR
(a) Contractor's obligations under this EPC Contract shall as
an essential term of this EPC Contract be secured by a performance bond in the
form of a standby letter of credit provided or confirmed by a reputable
investment grade surety company or financial institution as assessed by Xxxxx'x
Investors Service from time to time (reasonably acceptable in all respects to
Owner) substantially in the form attached hereto as SCHEDULE H-1 (any material
changes in such form shall be subject to the approval of Owner (acting
reasonably)) in the maximum amount equal to ten percent of the New Zealand
dollar portion of the EPC Contract Price (initially, Seven Hundred Fifty-Two
Thousand Two Hundred Forty-Five New Zealand Dollars (NZ$752,245)) (the "NZ$
Denominated L/C). The NZ$ Denominated L/C shall be provided prior to receipt of
the first NZ$ payment under the Milestone Payment Schedule, shall become
effective upon Contractor's receipt of the first NZ$ payment under the Milestone
Payment Schedule and shall be increased from time to time by the New Zealand
dollar amounts received by Contractor from Owner under the Milestone Payment
Schedule up to the foregoing maximum amount.
80
(b) Contractor's obligations under this EPC Contract and
Supplier's obligations to deliver Equipment under the Supply Contract shall as
an essential term of this EPC Contract be secured by a performance bond in the
form of a standby letter of credit provided or confirmed by a reputable
investment grade surety company or financial institution as assessed by Xxxxx'x
Investors Services from time to time (reasonably acceptable in all respects to
Owner) substantially in the form attached hereto as SCHEDULE H-2 (the "US$
Denominated L/C") (any material changes in such form shall be subject to the
approval of Owner (acting reasonably)) . The US$ Denominated L/C shall be
provided prior to receipt of the first US$ payment under either the Milestone
Payment Schedule of this EPC Contract or the Supply Contract, shall become
effective upon the earlier of Contractor's receipt of the first US$ payment
under this EPC Contract or Supplier's receipt of the first payment under the
Milestone Payment Schedule of the Supply Contract and shall be increased from
time to time by (i) the United States dollar amounts received by Contractor from
Owner under this EPC Contract up to a maximum of Eighty-Three Thousand United
States Dollars (US$83,000) plus (ii) the amounts received by Supplier from Owner
under the Supply Contract Milestone Payment Schedule for payment Milestones nos.
1-18. The US$ Denominated L/C shall be reduced from time to time upon Supplier's
delivery to the Site of Equipment or parts thereof under the Supply Contract as
evidenced by a delivery acknowledgment document (either a packing slip or other
delivery document from the carrier delivering such item to the Site) that is
countersigned by Owner's Representative or his designee (or if such individual
fails to countersign within 24 hours of Contractor's request, countersigned by
SGS New Zealand Limited or such other independent third party mutually agreed
upon by Owner and Supplier, with Contractor paying the expenses of such third
party) after such third party's confirmation of delivery by the applicable
Supply Contract Milestone Payment Schedule amounts for such delivered items;
provided, however, that the US$ Denominated L/C shall not be reduced below the
sum equal to ten percent of the sum of the U.S. Dollar portion of the EPC
Contract Price and the Supply Contract Price (initially, One Million Seven
Hundred Twenty-Nine Thousand Four Hundred Ninety United States Dollars
(US$1,729,490)). Contractor shall provide contemporaneous written notice to
Owner of each request that Contractor submits to the financial institution
issuing the US$ Denominated L/C for a reduction in the amount of the same as
provided above.
81
(c) Both the NZ$ Denominated L/C and the US$ Denominated L/C
shall remain valid until the earlier of (i) issue of the Take Over Certificate
or (ii) the termination of this EPC Contract; provided, however, that if at such
termination Owner has a Dispute with Contractor that is in the process of being
resolved in accordance with ARTICLE 16 (Dispute Resolution), then the release of
the NZ$ Denominated L/C and the US$ Denominated L/C shall be subject to
Contractor posting a replacement bond, letter of credit or other security
acceptable to Owner (acting reasonably) in an amount mutually agreed upon by the
parties that reasonably reflects the value of claim(s) of Owner that are the
subject of such Dispute. If the parties are unable to agree upon such amount,
then the parties shall promptly refer the matter for determination under the
Disputes resolution procedure set forth in ARTICLE 16 (Dispute Resolution) with
such replacement security being released upon resolution or satisfaction of such
Dispute. If the NZ$ Denominated L/C or the US$ Denominated L/C by its terms will
expire before the issue of the Take Over Certificate, then Contractor shall
provide to Owner evidence of the renewal or replacement of said performance bond
at least ten (10) business days before such expiration date.
(d) Contractor shall as an essential term of this EPC
Contract, procure that ORMAT Industries Ltd. shall provide a parent company
guaranty in the form in SCHEDULE G (ORMAT Industries Ltd. Guaranty) hereto upon
execution of this EPC Contract, to guarantee Contractor's obligations to perform
hereunder.
13.2 EPC CONTRACT AND SUPPLY CONTRACT
The Supply Contract shall be collateral to this EPC Contract to the
intent that:
(a) any default by Supplier under the Supply Contract shall be
a default by Contractor under this EPC Contract and the Owner may exercise its
rights on such default in respect of either or both of the Supply Contract and
this EPC Contract as Owner (acting reasonably) deems appropriate,
(b) any default by Owner under the Supply Contract shall be a
default by Owner under this EPC Contract and on such default Contractor may
exercise its rights under this EPC Contract, as Contractor (acting reasonably)
deems appropriate;
82
(c) any termination of the Supply Contract, whether for cause,
convenience, extended suspension or force majeure, shall unless otherwise agreed
upon by the parties be a similar termination of this EPC Contract; and
(d) Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate with Supplier so
that pursuant to the terms of this EPC Contract and the Supply Contract Owner is
provided at Take Over 14.38 MW (net, at Guarantee Conditions) binary plant
capable to operate safely and lawfully on the Site using Owner-supplied
Geothermal Fluid meeting the Design Range and capable of dispatching electricity
to the Grid interface with the Wairakei Station all in accordance with the
requirements set out in SCHEDULE A (Owner's Technical Requirements).
ARTICLE 14 - CARE OF THE WORK; TITLE
14.1 RISK OF LOSS
Contractor shall bear the risk of physical loss or destruction of or
damage to the Equipment from the point in time such items are delivered FOB
(Incoterms 2000) until Take Over Certificate is issued. Contractor shall bear
the risk of physical loss or destruction of or damage to the Works (excluding
Equipment) and shall retain care of the Works until the issue of the Take Over
Certificate.
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S CARE OF THE BINARY PLANT
(a) Contractor shall take full responsibility for the care of the
Binary Plant until the Take Over Certificate is issued when, subject to
paragraph (b), responsibility for the care of the Binary Plant shall pass to
Owner.
(b) Notwithstanding that responsibility may have passed to Owner under
paragraph (a), Contractor shall remain responsible for the repair of any aspect
of the Binary Plant which is defective or outstanding on the date stated in the
Take Over Certificate, until this defective or outstanding work has been
completed in accordance with this EPC Contract.
83
(c) If any loss or damage happens to the Binary Plant prior to the
issue of the Take Over Certificate, or if loss or damage happens to any aspect
of the Binary Plant for which Contractor remains responsible for the repair of
under paragraph (b), Contractor shall rectify the loss or damage at Contractor's
risk and cost, so that the Binary Plant is provided to Owner in accordance with
this EPC Contract.
(d) Contractor shall be liable for any loss or damage to the Works
caused by any act or omission of Contractor after the Take Over Certificate has
been issued until the later of Final Acceptance or the completion of
Contractor's performance of Works at the Site, except to the extent that the
same was caused by Owner. Contractor shall also be liable for any loss or damage
to the Works which occurs after the Take Over Certificate has been issued and
which arose from a previous event for which Contractor was liable, except to the
extent that such loss or damage was caused by Owner.
14.3 DELIVERY
Contractor shall be responsible to assure safe delivery of all
materials, equipment, tools, supplies and other items to the Site related to the
Works including all of the Equipment.
14.4 TITLE
Contractor warrants that it has good title to the Works and shall
procure that title to the Works shall pass to Owner free of all liens, claims,
charges, security interests (including security interests under the Personal
Property Securities Act 1999) and encumbrances upon the earlier of delivery to
the Site or payment to Contractor or Supplier as the case may be under this EPC
Contract or the Supply Contract for the applicable Works or Equipment.
14.5 TITLE TO ELECTRICITY
Owner has title to and is entitled to the commercial benefit of all
electricity produced from the Binary Plant, including electricity produced
during commissioning and testing.
84
ARTICLE 15 - INSURANCE
15.1 CONTRACTOR PROVIDED INSURANCE
Contractor shall provide the following insurance no later than the
times specified in SECTION 6.4(B) (Preconditions to Milestone payments) with the
indicated limits, with its insurance carriers, naming Owner as an additional
insured and shall maintain such insurance in full force and effect until Take
Over. In the event this insurance or any portion of it becomes commercially
unavailable on commercially reasonable rates and terms Owner and Contractor
shall cooperate in their efforts to obtain such replacement insurance as may be
available and this EPC Contract shall be modified accordingly:
(a) Comprehensive General Liability - with combined single
limits of NZ$10,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate;
(b) Equipment and Contractor's plant, goods and materials loss
in transit to the Site, including ocean marine shipment (replacement value);
(c) New Zealand Statutory Liability Insurance - NZ$1,000,000,
and
(d) Contract Works Insurance for the full value of the Works
including earthquake. Cover for earthquake, fire, collapse, flood and any other
catastrophic perils shall be in such sub-limits that are commercially available
at reasonable rates in the commercial insurance market.
15.2 POLICIES
All policies of insurance maintained pursuant to this ARTICLE 15 shall:
(a) require forty-five (45) days' prior notice to the
additional insured parties of cancellation, non-renewal or material change in
coverage;
(b) provide that such insurance is primary without right of
contribution from any other insurance which might otherwise be available to the
insured party;
85
(c) provide that, in the event of any loss payment under a
policy, the insurer shall waive any rights of subrogation against the insured
party and shall waive any setoff or counterclaim or any other deduction whether
by attachment or otherwise; and
(d) include a cross-liability endorsement providing that
inasmuch as the policies are written to cover more than one insured, all terms
and conditions, insuring agreements and endorsements, with the exception of
limits of liability, shall operate in the same manner as if there were a
separate policy covering each insured.
15.3 EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE
Upon request by Owner, Contractor shall furnish Owner with the policy
wording and a Certificate of Insurance, issued by the Insurer, as evidence that
Contractor provided insurance is being maintained..
ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION
16.1 RESOLUTION BY PARTIES
Owner and Contractor desire that this EPC Contract operate between them
fairly and reasonably. If during the term of this EPC Contract, a Dispute arises
between Owner and Contractor, or one party perceives the other as acting
unfairly or unreasonably, or a question of interpretation arises hereunder, then
either party identifying the Dispute shall serve notice on the other (a "Notice
of Dispute") stating the nature of the Dispute, together with brief particulars
of the facts and circumstances relied on by the party serving the Notice of
Dispute and the Owner's Representative and Contractor's Representative shall
then promptly confer and exert their best efforts in good faith to reach a
reasonable and equitable resolution of the Dispute. If the Owner's
Representative and the Contractor's Representative are unable to resolve the
Dispute (whether because of a disagreement between them or because they did not
communicate or respond) within five (5) business days after the Notice of
Dispute, the matter shall be referred after notice by either party to the other
within two (2) business days of the lapse of the aforementioned five (5)
business days to the parties' responsible corporate officers for resolution.
Neither party shall seek resolution by arbitration of any Dispute arising in
connection with this EPC Contract until at least ten (10) business days after
the above-referenced referral to the
86
parties' responsible corporate officers, who shall be identified by each party
from time to time, to provide them an opportunity during such period to resolve
the Dispute.
16.2 RESOLUTION BY ARBITRATION
If the Dispute is not resolved within the above described period for
resolution by the responsible corporate officers, then at the request of either
party Owner and Contractor shall enter into binding arbitration as set forth
herein. Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be delivered to the other
party and the Dispute shall be referred to three arbitrators, one each appointed
the parties and the third appointed by the parties' appointees by agreement
between the parties' appointees or if they are not able to agree within ten (10)
business days of service of notice referring the dispute to arbitration, then by
the President of the New Zealand District Law Society on request of either
party.
The parties shall proceed with the arbitration expeditiously and shall
conclude all proceedings there under in order that a decision may be rendered
within forty (40) days from service of the demand for arbitration.
Each party shall bear its own expenses in connection with any
arbitration, including but not limited to counsel fees, and all joint expenses
shall be apportioned in the award of the arbitrators.
Any arbitration shall be conducted in Wellington, New Zealand in
accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration Xxx 0000 (as amended or
substituted from time to time).
16.3 URGENT RELIEF
Nothing in this ARTICLE 16 shall preclude either party from bringing
court proceedings seeking urgent interlocutory relief.
16.4 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
Each step in the Dispute resolution process in this ARTICLE 16 shall be
a condition precedent to proceeding to the next step. In particular, a party may
not commence arbitration in respect of a Dispute unless that Dispute has first
been negotiated, mediated
87
and discussed by the parties' responsible corporate officer in accordance with
SECTION 16.1 (Resolution by Parties). The parties may, however, agree otherwise
in relation to any particular Dispute.
16.5 CONTINUED PERFORMANCE
The parties shall continue to perform their obligations under this EPC
Contract pending the final settlement or determination of any dispute.
ARTICLE 17 - INDEMNIFICATION
17.1 CONTRACTOR'S INDEMNITY
Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Owner and its
directors, officers, agents, employees, shareholders and affiliates from any and
all third party claims, suits, actions and proceedings and all costs, expenses
and other liabilities (including reasonable attorney fees) related thereto
arising out of any actual or alleged injury or death of persons or damage to
property arising out of (i) the negligence, willful misconduct or default of
Contractor, its Subcontractors or their employees (except only to the extent
that the same have been caused by the negligence or default of Owner or its
employees) or (ii) the violation of any Law, Consents or Standards by
Contractor, its Subcontractors or their employees.
17.2 OWNER'S INDEMNITY
Owner shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Contractor and its
Subcontractors and their respective joint venture partners, directors, officers,
agents, employees, shareholders and affiliates from any and all third party
claims, suits, actions and proceedings and all costs, expenses and other
liabilities (including reasonable attorney fees) related thereto arising out of
(i) any actual or alleged injury or death of persons or damage to property
arising out of the negligence, willful misconduct or default of Owner (except
only to the extent that the same have been caused by the negligence or default
of Contractor, its Subcontractors or their employees); (ii) the violation of any
Law, Consents or Standards by Owner or its employees; or (iii) the use of the
Site or the use or disposal of the Geothermal Fluid as contemplated in this EPC
Contract (except only to the extent
88
that the same has been caused by the failure of Contractor, its Subcontractors
or their employees to comply with the applicable Consents with regard to such
disposal).
17.3 PATENT INDEMNITY
Contractor shall indemnify Owner from and against all third party
claims and proceedings for or on account of infringement of any Intellectual
Property Rights in respect of the Works and from and against all claims,
demands, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect
of or in relating to such rights, except for any use of the Works other than for
the original purpose for which it is intended or any infringement which is due
to the use of the Works in association or combination with any other plant or
item not supplied by Contractor or Supplier.
17.4 NOTICE AND SETTLEMENT OF CLAIMS
17.4.1 A party seeking the benefit of an indemnity shall give
the other party prompt notice of any claim giving rise to the indemnity. The
indemnifying party may at its own cost conduct negotiations for the settlement
of such claim and any litigation that may arise there from. The party claiming
the benefit of the indemnity shall not make any admission (other than
appropriate admissions in strict liability actions) which might be prejudicial
to the indemnifying party unless the indemnifying party fails to take over the
conduct of the negotiations or litigation within a reasonable time after having
been so requested. The party claiming the benefit of the indemnity shall have
the right to have its own counsel, at its expense, participate in the defense
and negotiation of the claim or action.
17.4.2 The party claiming the benefit of the indemnity shall,
at the request of the indemnifying party, provide reasonable assistance for the
purpose of contesting any such claim or action, and shall be paid all reasonable
costs incurred in doing so.
89
ARTICLE 18 - ASSIGNMENT
18.1 ASSIGNMENT BY OWNER
(a) Owner may assign any or all of Owners rights, obligations
or interests under this EPC Contract. Owner will nevertheless be responsible to
discharge Owner's obligations under this EPC Contract in the event that the
assignee fails to do so.
(b) Where default of the Supply Contract has occurred or a
remedy or obligation been triggered so as to entitle Owner to claim under the
Supply Contract, and Contractor has at Owner's request remedied the default or
provided the remedies or performed the obligation in question under this EPC
Contract such that further remedies or performance of such obligation under the
Supply Contract would comprise an unreasonable duplication, Owner
unconditionally and irrevocably assign all of its rights and obligations to the
additional Supply Contract obligation or remedies in relation to the claim in
question to Contractor. Owner further agrees that all its rights and obligations
with respect therewith shall inure to the benefit of Contractor as if Contractor
were a party to the Supply Contract, and that this assignment shall inure to the
benefit of and shall be binding upon the parties' respective successors and
assigns.
18.2 NO ASSIGNMENT BY CONTRACTOR
(a) Contractor may assign all of its right, title and interest
in and to or arising out of or in connection with this EPC Contract as security
for the benefit of its lender(s) or to a related company (as defined in clause
(b) below) for which ORMAT Industries Ltd. is the ultimate parent provided that
such related company signs a document assuming and agreeing to perform all of
Contractor's obligations under this EPC Contract. No such assignment shall
relieve Contractor of any obligation hereunder.
(b) Contractor shall not assign any of Contractor's rights,
interests or obligations under this EPC Contract. For the purposes of this
SECTION 18.2, assignment shall include the transfer of shares in any related
company (within the meaning of section 2(3) of the Companies Act 1993) of the
Contractor that directly or indirectly results in a change of control of the
Contractor such that ORMAT Industries Ltd. is no longer its ultimate parent.
90
18.3 SUCCESSION
This EPC Contract shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
successor and permitted assigns (as provided for by SECTION 18.1 (Assignment by
Owner) or SECTION 18.2 (Assignment by Contractor)) of the parties hereto. Owner
shall cause any assignees or transferees of its interest or any portion thereof
in this EPC Contract or in the Works, including any lien holder or party holding
a security interest with respect thereto, to be bound by the releases and
limitations of liability set forth herein.
ARTICLE 19 - SUBCONTRACTORS
19.1 SUBCONTRACTS
Contractor may enter into subcontracts for the performance of parts of
the Work and shall be solely responsible for the management and satisfactory
performance of all its Subcontractors in their performance of the Work.
Contractor shall not subcontract any major components of Work (other than for
the purchase of proprietary goods and materials or for the provision of labour
on a piecework basis) except to Subcontractors appearing on the Approved Major
Subcontractors List (as described below). Contractor shall be responsible for
the acts, defaults and neglects of any Subcontractor, its agents or employees in
their performance of the Work as if they were the acts, defaults or neglects of
Contractor, its agents or employees. The issuance of any subcontract shall not
relieve Contractor of any of its obligations under this EPC Contract.
19.2 SUBCONTRACTING
(a) Contractor shall provide all such information (other than price and
other proprietary information) relating to its Subcontractors as Owner may
reasonably require.
(b) No subcontract or purchase order shall bind or purport to bind
Owner.
19.3 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
Contractor shall be responsible for performance by all Subcontractors
under their respective subcontracts and for the acts or defaults of its
Subcontractors and its
91
Subcontractors' personnel, agents and employees, and any other entity employed
by any of them in connection with the Works, as if they were the acts or
defaults of Contractor.
19.4 APPROVED MAJOR SUBCONTRACTOR LIST
The Approved Major Subcontractors List in SCHEDULE B (Contractor's
Technical Proposal) is preliminary, and may be amended in the following manner.
In the case the need arises to add a Subcontractor to the Approved Major
Subcontractors List, in Contractor's opinion, Contractor shall propose such
addition to Owner's Representative in writing identifying the type of Work that
could be subcontracted to such Subcontractor and details of the Subcontractor,
including relevant experience. Within ten (10) days after receipt of
Contractor's proposal, Owner's Representative shall have the right to advise
Contractor of any such potential Subcontractors to which it reasonably objects,
together with the reasons for objection and may propose additional
Subcontractors based on his or her experience concerning such potential
Subcontractor. Contractor shall not add any potential Subcontractor to the list
to which Owner's Representative so reasonably objects and shall give due
consideration to adding to the list any Subcontractors proposed by the Owner's
Representative. If Owner's Representative fails to respond within such ten (10)
day period, Contractor shall have the right to add said potential Subcontractor
to the list.
19.5 SUBCONTRACT TERMS
(a) Contractor shall cause each subcontract entered into by Contractor
with a value of NZ$500,000 or more to contain terms that entitle Contractor to
disclose the subcontract (excluding price and other proprietary information) to
Owner, that acknowledge that the subcontract works are being carried out by the
Subcontractor for the benefit of Owner in terms of the Contracts (Privity) Xxx
0000 and to agree that upon termination of this EPC Contract for due to
Contractor's default:
(i) Owner may upon the default of Contractor and
termination of this EPC Contract pursuant to SECTION
21.1.2 (Termination for Cause) take an assignment or
novation of the benefit of the subcontract (together
with a term that the Subcontractor acknowledges that
it by signing the subcontract it has agreed to such
novation); and
92
(ii) upon assignment or novation under paragraph (i):
(1) Owner shall not become responsible for any
outstanding obligations or liabilities of
Contractor to the Subcontractor under the
subcontract relating to the period prior to
the such assignment or novation, including
payments due to the Subcontractor for work
carried out; and
(2) Owner will be responsible to pay the
Subcontractor only for all action taken by
the Subcontractor at the written instruction
of Owner at the prices in the subcontract.
(b) Contractor acknowledges that:
(i) it will, if requested by Owner, disclose the
existence of any subcontract with a value of
NZ$500,000 to Owner;
(ii) it consents to an assignment or novation to Owner
under SECTION 19.5(A)(I);
(iii) upon such assignment or novation Owner may exercise
all of the rights of Contractor under or in relation
to the subcontract as if it were Contractor;
(iv) upon such assignment or novation Contractor shall not
be relieved of, and subject to the agreement of such
Subcontractor, Owner shall not become liable for, the
obligations or liabilities of Contractor relating to
the period prior to such assignment or novation. If
Subcontractor's agreement as referred to in this
SECTION 19.5(B)(IV) is not forthcoming, Contractor
agrees and acknowledges that it shall promptly
reimburse Owner for any amounts Owner is required to
pay to Subcontractor for any obligations or
liabilities of Contractor relating to the period
prior to such assignment or novation.
93
19.6 PAYMENT OF SUBCONTRACTORS
(a) Contractor shall pay all sums due to Subcontractors by the due date
for payment and nothing in this EPC Contract shall require Contractor to pay any
sums to a Subcontractor that are being disputed in good faith by Contractor in
accordance with applicable Law.
(b) Contractor shall, at its option, either provide confirmation from
Subcontractors that such Subcontractors have been paid or other reasonable
evidence of payment of Subcontractors if requested by Owner.
19.7 ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTOR WARRANTIES
Upon Final Acceptance, Contractor shall assign to Owner all warranties
or guarantees which Contractor has received from Subcontractors in respect of
the Works.
19.8 COMPLIANCE WITH CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS ACT 2002 (CCA)
(a) Contractor shall ensure that compliance with the requirements of
CCA are not breached but if any notice of suspension of any part of the Works is
received by Contractor from any Subcontractor Contractor shall immediately
notify the Owner's Representative including the amount that Contractor allegedly
owes to any Subcontractor who exercises any lawful right to suspend work in
accordance with section 72 of the CCA (the subcontractor's debt).
(b) Owner shall be entitled but not obliged to pay the subcontractor
debt when due directly to the Subcontractor in order to avert any lawful
suspension of work by that Subcontractor under the CCA. If payments are made by
Owner direct to any Subcontractor under this clause such payment shall be deemed
to be in satisfaction of the Owner's obligation to pay Contractor such amounts
due under this EPC Contract. The value of payments made direct to any
Subcontractor under this clause shall be deducted from future progress payments
made to Contractor.
94
(c) Contractor shall indemnify Owner against any cost, losses,
liabilities or damages suffered by Owner which may arise out of or in
consequence of any lawful suspension of all or any part of the Works by any
Subcontractor under the CCA.
ARTICLE 19A - PERSONNEL
19A.1 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
Contractor shall be responsible for the acts and defaults of its
employees and agents as if they were the acts or defaults of Contractor.
19A.2 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE
(a) Contractor shall designate a Contractor's Representative who shall
act as a single point of contact with Owner in all matters (including
administration of the Supply Agreement) on behalf of Contractor. The
Contractor's Representative shall be available or be represented on the Site
during business hours after the commencement of the Works at the Site, and on
call after hours, to receive all instructions from Owner and shall be authorised
by Contractor to act on its behalf in relation to all matters arising under this
EPC Contract. Owner shall not be obliged to issue instructions to any other
person.
(b) Contractor shall not remove the Contractor's Representative without
first consulting with Owner about such removal unless such persons (or any
replacements as aforesaid) become incapacitated or no longer in the employment
of Contractor. Contractor shall give the Owner notice forthwith on becoming
aware of any such event.
(c) Any replacement Contractor's Representative shall have appropriate
qualifications, experience and expertise and shall be subject to Owner's
approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld).
19A.3 REMOVAL OF PERSONNEL
(a) Owner shall be entitled, after consultation with Contractor, to
require the removal from the carrying out of the Works of any person employed by
Contractor or any Subcontractor whose performance or conduct, in the reasonable
opinion of Owner, is unsatisfactory.
95
(b) In the event that any personnel is removed under SECTION 19A.3(A),
Contractor shall at no cost to Owner replace such person with a person with
appropriate qualifications, experience and expertise.
19A.4 LABOUR ISSUES
Contractor shall immediately notify Owner of any and all events and
circumstances giving rise to claims, disputes, grievances, bans, disruptions,
work stoppages and other labour issues which affect or have the potential to
affect Contractor's workforce, the workforce of any Subcontractor, or the
workforce of any other contractors, or which constitutes a project wide concern.
ARTICLE 20 - SUSPENSION
20.1 RIGHT OF OWNER TO SUSPEND THE WORKS
Owner's Representative may suspend performance of the Works by
Contractor hereunder, in whole or in part, by written notice of such suspension
to Contractor. If Owner elects to suspend Supplier's performance of the Supply
Contract, Owner shall notify Contractor and, unless Contractor otherwise agrees,
Owner shall be deemed to suspend performance of the Works by Contractor
hereunder. During such suspension, Contractor shall protect, store and secure
the Works or such part of the Works, including any affected Equipment, against
any deterioration, loss or damage. Upon receipt of permission, instruction or
notice to resume the Works in accordance with this EPC Contract, the parties
shall jointly examine the Equipment and the Works affected by the suspension and
determine an orderly, reasonable and safe plan for implementing such suspension.
Such suspension shall continue for the period specified in the suspension
notice.
20.2 CONSEQUENCES OF SUSPENSION
(a) If Contractor suffers delay as a result of complying with Owner's
instructions under SECTION 20.1 (Right of Owner to Suspend Work), Contractor
shall be entitled, subject to ARTICLE 5 (Extension of Time), to an extension of
time for any such delay.
96
(b) If as a result of complying with Owner's instructions under SECTION
20.1 (Right of Owner to Suspend the Works) Contractor incurs or will incur Cost:
(i) in protecting, storing and securing the Works, or any
part of the Works, against any deterioration, loss or
damage;
(ii) for personnel, Subcontractors or rented Contractor's
Equipment, the payments of which, with Owner's prior
written agreement, is continued during the suspension
period; and/or
(iii) for demobilisation and re-mobilisation,
Contractor shall be entitled to payment of such Cost plus an allowance of ten
percent thereon for overhead and profit.
(c) Contractor shall not be entitled to an extension of time, payment
of any costs (including Cost) or an adjustment of the EPC Contract Price for
making good the consequences of Contractor's faulty design, workmanship or
materials, or of Contractor's failure to protect, store or secure in accordance
with SECTION 19.1 (Right of Owner to Suspend the Works).
20.3 EXTENDED SUSPENSION
In the event suspensions by Owner exceed one hundred and twenty (120)
days in the aggregate and provided that such suspensions do not arise as a
result of default on the part of Contractor under this EPC Contract or on the
part of Supplier under the Supply Contract or an event of Force Majeure (in
which case SECTION 22.5 (Extended Force Majeure) shall apply), then Contractor
may give notice to the Owner's Representative requesting permission to proceed
within twenty-eight (28) days. If permission is not granted within that time,
Contractor may by giving notice to Owner and treat the suspension as an Owner's
Change omitting the affected part of the Works. The provisions of SECTION 8.3
(Requests) relating to reduction of the EPC Contract Price shall not apply to
the suspension. If the suspension affects the whole of the Works, Contractor may
terminate its obligations under this EPC Contract by so notifying Owner in
writing
97
and Contractor shall be entitled to be paid as provided in SUBSECTION 21.1.5
(Termination for convenience) or, if applicable, SECTION 22.5 (Extended Force
Majeure).
20.4 RIGHT OF CONTRACTOR TO SUSPEND
Contractor may suspend performance of the Work hereunder, in whole or
in part, upon 10 days' prior written notice of such suspension where Owner has
not paid by the due date any amount invoiced by Contractor unless Owner places
any unpaid or disputed amount in an interest bearing escrow account for the
benefit of and immediate payment to the party in whose favour the Dispute is
ultimately resolved. Any interest carried on any monies held in escrow shall be
paid to the party in whose favour the Dispute is resolved. Such suspension shall
continue until the money is put into escrow.
ARTICLE 21 - TERMINATION
21.1 TERMINATION BY OWNER
21.1.1 NOTICE TO CORRECT
Within 10 days from the issue of a notice of any breach of
this EPC Contract from the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall either
remedy such breach or provide to Owner a plan acceptable to Owner (acting
reasonably) for the remedy of the breach complained of. Such plan shall address
both the actions that Contractor is proposing to undertake and the timeframe for
such actions, which timeframe shall be that period reasonably necessary and
practicable for remedying such breach. Contractor must promptly and diligently
commence and continue to effect the remediation measures specified in the agreed
upon plan in accordance with the timeframe or particular programme agreed. To
avoid doubt, Owner shall be under no obligation under this SUBSECTION 21.1.1 to
agree to an extension of the Scheduled Take Over Date.
21.1.2 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE
Owner shall be entitled to terminate this EPC Contract
immediately by notice to Contractor, if the Supply Contract is terminated other
than as a result of default by Owner, or if Contractor:
98
(a) fails, within the 10 day period specified in
SUBSECTION 21.1.1, to either (i) remedy the breach or
(ii) provide the plan for remediation that is
acceptable to Owner (acting reasonably) as required
under SUBSECTION 21.1.1;
(b) fails to diligently commence and continue to effect
the cure of a breach of this EPC Contract in
accordance with the agreed upon plan of remediation
as described in SUBSECTION 21.1.1 or Owner does not
accept the remediation plan provided by Contractor
pursuant to SUBSECTION 21.1.1 and in each case does
not rectify such failure within 2 days of receipt of
notice of such failure from Owner; or
(c) becomes bankrupt or insolvent, goes into liquidation,
has a receivership or administration order made
against it, compounds with its creditors, or carries
on business under a receiver, trustee or manager for
the benefit of its creditors, or if any act is done
or event occurs which under any Law has a similar
effect to any of these acts or events.
Each of (a) to (c) of this SUBSECTION 21.1.2 is a "Default".
The Owner's election to terminate this EPC Contract under this
SUBSECTION 21.1.2 shall not prejudice any other rights or
remedies of the Owner, under this EPC Contract or otherwise.
21.1.3 CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION
Upon termination under SECTION 21.1.2 (Termination for cause):
(a) Contractor shall immediately comply with any
instructions included in the notice of termination
for the protection of life or property or for the
safety of the Plant;
(b) Contractor shall then leave the Site and:
99
(i) deliver to Owner all Contractor's Equipment
then at the Site (only if Owner elects to
complete the Binary Plant as provided in
clause (c) below, Equipment (including
Equipment off site) and Temporary Works;
(ii) deliver to Owner all documents (in whatever
state of completion) and information created
by or on behalf of Contractor that
Contractor would have been required to
submit or provide to Owner under this EPC
Contract but for the termination and for
avoidance of doubt excluding all documents
which Contractor was not otherwise obligated
to provide under this EPC Contract; and
(iii) comply with any instructions included in the
notice of termination for the novation of
any subcontract with any Subcontractor;
(c) Owner may (but shall not be obliged to) complete the
Binary Plant and/or arrange for any other entities to
do so. Owner and these entities may use for this
purpose any Contractor's Equipment, Plant, Temporary
Works, documents and information made by or on behalf
of Contractor; and
(d) on completion of the Binary Plant Owner shall give
notice that the Contractor's Equipment and Temporary
Works will be released to Contractor at or near the
Site. Contractor shall promptly arrange their
removal, at the risk and cost of Contractor.
21.1.4 PAYMENT AFTER TERMINATION
After termination under SECTION 21.1.2 (Termination for
cause):
(a) Owner may withhold any further payments to Contractor
until any costs of design, execution, completion of
the Works and remedying of any defects, losses and
general damages arising from
100
Contractor's breach (including for delay in
completion), and all other costs incurred by Owner,
have been established; and
(b) Owner shall be entitled to recover from Contractor
Owner's costs and general damages arising from
Contractor's breach (including for delay in
completion and costs of completing the Works (subject
to the limitations of this EPC Contract).
21.1.5 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE
(a) In addition to Owner's rights to terminate under
SUBSECTION 21.1.2 (Termination for cause), Owner
shall be entitled to terminate this EPC Contract at
any time, by giving notice of such termination to
Contractor. The termination shall take effect on the
date on which Contractor receives notice.
(b) Upon termination under SUBSECTION 21.1.5(A):
(i) the provisions of SUBSECTION 21.1.3(A) TO
(D) (Consequences of termination) shall
apply except that Contractor shall be
entitled to remove the Contractor's
Equipment upon leaving the Site;
(ii) the parties shall co-operate to achieve an
equitable wash-up of debits and credits
between them in relation to this EPC
Contract and Contractor shall be entitled to
payment of the following:
(1) such proportion of the EPC Contract
Price that is equivalent to the
proportion of the Works completed in
accordance with this EPC Contract by
Contractor (including on account of
Milestones achieved by reference to
the Milestone Payment Schedule or if
equitable in the circumstances a
fair and just pro rata payment on
account of Milestones partly
achieved),
101
less any amounts previously paid to
Contractor for such work, any
liquidated damages due under ARTICLE
12 (Remedies) and any other
undisputed amount then due to Owner
from Contractor in connection with
any breaches of this EPC Contract by
Contractor;
(2) actual cancellation charges due to
Subcontractors as a result of the
termination;
(3) reasonable costs incurred by
Contractor for its own efforts to
implement termination and
demobilisation (subject to
Contractor using reasonable
endeavours to minimise such costs),
and
(4) a cancellation fee calculated in
accordance with SCHEDULE I,
but shall not be entitled to payment for any other
consequential costs of any kind or to payment on
account of its overhead or anticipated profit in
respect of the unfinished work.
(c) Prior to exercising the right of termination under
SUBSECTION 21.1.5(a), Owner shall be entitled to
require Contractor to advise of the Subcontractor
cancellation charges Contractor would incur in the
event of such termination. Contractor shall use its
Best Endeavors to provide such information within 7
days or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable.
Provided Owner exercises the right of cancellation
within 14 days after receipt of such information, the
amount due under SUBSECTION 21.1.5(b)(ii)(2) shall
not exceed the figure advised by Contractor under
this SUBSECTION 21.1.5(c).
102
(d) Owner's election to terminate this EPC Contract under
SUBSECTION 21.1.5(A) shall not prejudice any other
rights of Owner or Contractor under this EPC Contract
or otherwise.
21.2 TERMINATION BY CONTRACTOR
In addition to its other rights and remedies under law or otherwise,
Contractor shall be entitled to terminate this EPC Contract on 5 days notice
only if one of the following defaults occur and continue for 30 days (20 days in
the event of payment default) following a notice by Contractor to cure such
default or (except in the case of a default in any payment obligation) if cure
cannot be effected within such period, without promptly commencing and
diligently pursuing a cure thereof:
(a) Contractor does not receive a payment when such
payment was due (except for any amount disputed in
good faith by Owner);
(b) an extended suspension affects the whole of the Works
as described in SECTION 20.3 (Extended suspension);
(c) Owner becomes bankrupt or insolvent, goes into
liquidation, has a receivership or administration
order made against it, compounds with its creditors,
or carries on business under a receiver, trustee or
manager for the benefit of its creditors, or if any
act is done or event occurs which under any Law has a
similar effect to any of these acts or events.
Each of (a) to (c) of this SUBSECTION 21.2 is a "Default". Contractor's election
to terminate this EPC Contract under this SUBSECTION 21.2 shall not prejudice
any other rights or remedies of the Contractor, under this EPC Contract or
otherwise.
21.3 PAYMENT ON TERMINATION
After termination under SECTION 21.2 (Termination by Contractor)
Contractor's remedy shall be an entitlement to payment in accordance with
SECTION 21.1.5
103
(Termination for convenience) and to termination, without draw, of the
performance bonds and parent company guaranty furnished by Contractor under this
EPC Contract.
ARTICLE 22 - FORCE MAJEURE
22.1 FORCE MAJEURE
(a) Force Majeure as used in this EPC Contract shall be an
exceptional event or circumstance which is beyond the control of Owner,
Contractor or Supplier, such party could not reasonably have provided against
before entering into this EPC Contract or the Supply Contract as appropriate,
and which having arisen, either Owner or Contractor (for purposes of this
SECTION 22.1, the "affected party") could not reasonably have avoided or
overcome and which materially affects the affected party's performance of its
obligations under this EPC Contract, and shall include, but not be limited to,
the following events:
war, declared or not, or hostilities, or belligerence, blockade,
revolution, insurrection, riot, expropriation, requisition,
confiscation, or nationalization, export or import restrictions by any
authorities, closing of harbours, docks, canals, or other assistances
to or adjuncts of the shipping or navigation of or within any place,
rationing or allocation, whether imposed by law, decree or regulation
by, or by compliance of industry at the insistence of any governmental
authority, or fire, unusual flood, earthquake, hydrothermal eruption,
volcanic eruption, storm, lightning, tidal wave, perils of the sea,
accidents of navigation or breakdown or injury of vessels, accidents to
harbours, docks, canals or other assistance to or adjuncts of the
shipping or navigation, epidemic, quarantine, strikes or combination of
workmen, lockouts or other labour disturbances (except for strike or
other labour disturbances by Contractor's employees), or governmental
acts and decrees that in fact delay the Work or increase the cost of
the Works but excluding failures of plant and equipment,
non-availability of labour, goods, materials, equipment or other
resources, strikes or other employee disputes, adverse weather not
identified above, or lack of financial resources.
104
(b) To the extent that the affected party is prevented from or
delayed in complying with any of its obligations under this EPC Contract by
reason of an event of Force Majeure, such obligation shall be suspended for the
duration of the impact of such event upon the affected party. The burden of
proving the Force Majeure event shall be on the party claiming Force Majeure.
(c) Non-performance of a Subcontractor is a Force Majeure
event, provided the Subcontractor's non-performance is due to an exceptional
event or circumstance in terms of paragraph (a) and the Subcontractor uses its
best endeavours to continue to perform its obligations under the subcontract, to
minimise any delay, to correct or cure the circumstances preventing performance
and otherwise to remedy its inability to perform.
22.2 NOTICE
If either party's ability to perform its obligations under this EPC
Contract is or is likely to be affected by Force Majeure, such party shall
promptly give notice to the other party stating the nature of the circumstances
or anticipated circumstances, their effect or anticipated effect upon the
performance of such party's obligations, the anticipated duration of the
circumstances and any action being taken to avoid or minimise the effect of the
circumstances.
22.3 CONTINUED PERFORMANCE
The suspension or delay of performance due to Force Majeure shall be of
no greater scope and no longer duration than is required. The excused party
shall use its Best Endeavours to continue to perform its obligations under this
EPC Contract, to minimise any delay, to correct or cure the circumstance
preventing performance and otherwise to remedy its inability to perform.
22.4 ACCRUED OBLIGATIONS
No obligations of either party which arose before the occurrence of
Force Majeure shall be excused as a result of such occurrence.
105
22.5 EXTENDED FORCE MAJEURE
If circumstances of Force Majeure have occurred and shall continue for
a period of 180 days then, notwithstanding that Contractor may by reason thereof
have been granted an extension of time for completion of the Work, either party
shall be entitled to serve upon the other party 28 days written notice to
terminate this EPC Contract. If at the expiry of the period of 28 days the Force
Majeure event shall still continue then this EPC Contract shall terminate and
Contractor shall be entitled to the payments contained in SUBSECTION 21.1.5
except for the cancellation fee.
ARTICLE 23 - CONFIDENTIALITY
The contents of this EPC Contract and the Supply Contract and any other
information that is in or comes into the possession of either party ("the
Transferee"), its employees, Subcontractors or other third parties for which it
is responsible relating to the other party is disclosed in confidence and the
Transferee shall restrict its use of such information solely to uses:
(a) required for the purpose of giving effect to
performance of this EPC Contract;
(b) required for the purpose of giving effect to or the
conditions of any Consent;
(c) required by law or any stock exchange listing rules
(provided that prior to disclosure the Transferee
must advise the other party and must only disclose
such information as the Transferee's legal advisors
reasonably believe is necessary to disclose by law);
or
(d) in relation to information that is in the public
domain (other than as a result of a breach of this
ARTICLE 23).
Contractor and Owner shall treat all such information as private and
confidential and neither of them shall transfer, copy, list or disclose the same
or any particulars thereof without the previous written consent of the other,
provided that nothing in this Article
106
shall prevent the publication or disclosure of any such information that has
come within the public domain otherwise than by breach of this Article.
ARTICLE 24 - NOTICES
All notices and other communications required or permitted by this EPC
Contract shall be in writing and shall become effective (a) if by hand delivery,
upon receipt thereof, (b) if by official government mail, three (3) days after
deposit in the mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return
receipt requested or (c) if by next day delivery service, upon such delivery, at
the addresses set forth below or at such other addresses as the party receiving
notice shall subsequently designate by written notice to the other party.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties may communicate via email at such
email addresses designated by each party in the manner provided above with
regard to communications other than notices of breach, default, termination or
other similar material matters. Without obviating the obligation to timely
provide such notice to both Owner or Contractor addressees set forth below, a
notice or communication to Owner or Contractor hereunder shall become effective
upon the first date of delivery to or receipt of such notice by either Owner or
Contractor addressee set forth below.
If to Owner:
Contact Energy Limited
XX Xxx 00000
Xxxxxxxxxx, Xxx Xxxxxxx
Attention: Xxx Xxxx
with a copy to:
: Contact Energy Limited
XX Xxx 0000
Xxxxx, Xxx Xxxxxxx
Attention: Xxxxx Xxxxxxxx
107
If to Contractor:
ORMAT Pacific Inc.
New Zealand Branch
P. O. Xxx 0000
Xxxxx
Xxx Xxxxxxx
with a copy of notices of
breach or termination to:
Xxxxxx X. Xxxxx
Xxxxxxx Coie LLP
0000 Xxxxx Xxxxxx
00xx Xxxxx
Xxxxxxx, XX 00000-0000
ARTICLE 25 - MISCELLANEOUS
25.1 APPLICABLE LAW
Throughout the course of performance of this EPC Contract, the parties
shall comply with all applicable Laws relating to this EPC Contract and its
performance. This EPC Contract shall be interpreted under and governed by the
laws of New Zealand.
25.2 SEVERABILITY
In the event that any of the provisions or portions, or applications
thereof, of this EPC Contract are held to be unenforceable or invalid by any
court of competent jurisdiction, Owner and Contractor shall negotiate an
equitable adjustment in the provisions of this EPC Contract with a view toward
effecting the purpose of this EPC Contract, and the validity and enforceability
of the remaining provisions or portions, or applications thereof, shall not be
affected thereby.
25.3 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
This EPC Contract may not be changed or amended orally, and no waiver
hereunder may be oral, but any change or amendment hereto or any waiver
hereunder must be in writing and signed by the party or parties against whom
such change, amendment, or waiver is sought to be enforced.
108
25.4 COUNTERPARTS
This EPC Contract may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.
25.5 ENTIRE CONTRACT
This EPC Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the parties
hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any previous
agreements or understandings between the parties.
25.6 EFFECT OF WAIVERS
Either party's waiver of any breach or failure to enforce any of the
terms, covenants, conditions or other provisions of this EPC Contract at any
time shall not in any way affect, limit, modify or waive that party's right
thereafter to enforce or compel strict compliance with every term, covenant,
condition or other provision hereof, any course of dealing or custom of the
trade notwithstanding. The waiver by Supplier or Owner of any breach or failure
to enforce any of the terms, covenants, conditions or other provisions of the
Supply Contract at any time shall not in any way affect, limit, modify or waive
Owner's or Contractor's right thereafter to enforce or compel strict compliance
with every term, covenant, condition or other provision of this EPC Contract,
any course of dealing or custom of the trade notwithstanding.
25.7 REPRESENTATIONS
By their execution hereof, the parties warrant that they are authorized
to enter into this EPC Contract, that it does not conflict with any agreement,
lease, instrument or other obligation to which either is a party or by which
either is bound, and that it represents their valid and binding obligation,
enforceable in accordance with its terms.
25.8 HEADINGS
The headings contained herein are not part of this Contract and are
included solely for the convenience of the parties.
109
25.9 PUBLICITY
Without limiting ARTICLE 23 (Confidentiality), Contractor shall not
release public or media statements or publish material related to this EPC
Contract, the Works or Owner's business activities or interests without Owner's
approval, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Owner
shall as and when it considers it appropriate to do so give consideration to
acknowledging the role of Contractor as the contractor of the Binary Plant and
the use of the ORMAT equipment in the Binary Plant in the press releases and
other publications issued by Owner about the Binary Plant.
25.10 COUNTERPARTS; TRANSMITTED COPIES
This EPC Contract may be executed in any number of counterparts, each
of which will be deemed an original, but all of which taken together will
constitute one and the same instrument. To expedite the process of entering into
this EPC Contract, the parties acknowledge that Transmitted Copies of this EPC
Contract will be equivalent to original documents until such time (if any) as
original documents are completely executed and delivered. "TRANSMITTED COPIES"
mean copies that are reproduced or transmitted via facsimile or another process
of complete and accurate reproduction and transmission.
25.11 FURTHER ASSURANCES
Owner and Contractor will use reasonable endeavours to implement the
provisions of this EPC Contract, and for such purpose each, at the request and
expense of the other, will, without further consideration, promptly execute and
deliver or cause to be executed and delivered to the other such, consents,
documents or other instruments in addition to those required by this EPC
Contract as the other may reasonably require to implement any provision of this
EPC Contract.
[The rest of this page is intentionally left blank. The next page is the
signature page.]
110
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this EPC Contract to be
executed as of the date first above written.
Contractor: ORMAT Pacific Inc., New Zealand branch
By: /s/ Xxxxxx Xxxxxxxx
-----------------------------------------
Name: Xxxxxx Xxxxxxxx
---------------------------------------
Title: Assistant Secretary
--------------------------------------
Owner: Contact Energy Limited
By: /s/ Xxxxxxx X. Xxxxxxx
-----------------------------------------
Name: Xxxxxxx X. Xxxxxxx
---------------------------------------
Title: Managing Director and Chief Executive
--------------------------------------
111
Page i
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCHEDULE A
OWNER'S TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
EPC Schedule A (A-i) 09 October 2003
Page ii
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONTENTS
1. GENERAL...............................................................................................1
1.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND SITE CONDITIONS 1
1.1.1 Definitions 1
1.1.2 General 1
1.1.3 Site Location 1
1.1.4 Meteorology 1
1.1.5 Geotechnical 2
1.1.6 Electrical 2
1.2 SUMMARY OF WORK 3
1.2.1 Scope of Work 3
1.2.2 Work Not Included 7
1.2.3 Terminal Points and Interfaces 8
1.3 PERFORMANCE AND OPERATING REQUIREMENTS 8
1.3.1 Design Range 8
1.3.2 Process Outputs 9
1.3.3 Plant Operation 11
1.3.4 Guarantee Conditions 12
1.4 CORROSION 12
1.4.1 General 12
1.4.2 Corrosion Protection 12
1.5 DRAWINGS AND DATA 13
1.5.1 Drawings and Data to be Provided 13
1.5.2 Revision of Contractor's Drawings at Site 14
1.5.3 As-Built Drawings 14
1.5.4 Contract Drawings 14
1.5.5 Erection Drawings 14
1.5.6 Owner's Drawings 14
1.6 CODES AND STANDARDS 14
1.6.1 General 14
1.6.2 Referenced Codes and Standards 14
1.6.3 Referenced Legislation and Regulations 15
1.6.4 Mechanical Plant 15
1.6.5 Owner's Standards and Instructions 15
1.7 INSPECTION AND TESTING 16
1.7.1 General Requirements 16
1.7.2 Inspection and Testing During Manufacture 17
1.7.3 Functional Tests in Manufacturer's Works 17
1.7.4 Erection Testing 17
1.8 PLANT IDENTIFICATION 17
1.8.1 General 17
1.8.2 Nameplates and Labels 17
1.9 MANUALS 18
1.9.1 General 18
EPC Schedule A (A-ii) 09 October 2003
Page iii
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.10 SPARE PARTS, TOOLS, TEST EQUIPMENT AND CONSUMABLES 18
1.10.1 Spare Parts and Consumables 18
1.10.2 Tools and Test Equipment 18
1.11 PACKAGING AND STORAGE 18
1.12 TRAINING 19
1.13 STATUTORY REGULATIONS AND APPROVALS FOR PRESSURE EQUIPMENT 19
1.14 MARCO CRITERIA 20
1.14.1 Maintainability 21
1.14.2 Availability/Reliability 22
1.14.3 Constructability 22
1.14.4 Operability 23
2. MECHANICAL PLANT.....................................................................................24
2.1 GENERAL 24
2.2 PLANT ARRANGEMENT 24
2.3 DESIGN AND OPERATING CONDITIONS 24
2.4 TURBINE 24
2.4.1 General 24
2.4.2 Governor and Control System 25
2.4.3 Lube Oil Systems 25
2.5 PUMPS 25
2.6 HEAT EXCHANGERS - GEOTHERMAL FLUID/WORKING FLUID (VAPORISORS AND PRE-HEATERS) 25
2.6.1 General 25
2.6.2 Basic Design 26
2.7 CONDENSER 26
2.7.1 General 26
2.7.2 Basic Design 26
2.8 PIPING 26
2.8.1 General 27
2.8.2 Basic Design 27
2.8.3 Fittings 27
2.8.4 Thermal Insulation 27
2.8.5 Pipe Specifications 28
2.8.6 Valves and Accessories 28
2.9 WORKING FLUID STORAGE AND HANDLING 29
2.9.1 General 29
2.9.2 Basic Design 29
2.10 LUBRICATION 30
3. GEOTHERMAL FLUID SYSTEM..............................................................................31
EPC Schedule A (A-iii) 09 October 2003
Page iv
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.1 GENERAL 31
3.2 GEOTHERMAL FLUID SYSTEM OPERATION 31
3.2.1 System Pressurisation 31
3.2.2 Geothermal Fluid Discharge to the Wairakei Stream 31
3.2.3 Geothermal Fluid Supply to the Prawn Farm 32
3.2.4 Binary Plant Xxxxxx 00
3.2.5 Pressure/Vacuum Surges 32
3.3 SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 33
3.4 FLOW MEASUREMENT 33
4. GENERATOR............................................................................................34
4.1 GENERAL 34
4.2 SCOPE OF SUPPLY 34
4.3 DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS 34
4.3.1 Design Parameters 34
4.3.2 Insulation and Temperature Rise 34
4.3.3 Abnormal Operating Conditions 34
4.4 GENERATOR COOLING 35
4.5 GENERATOR STATOR 35
4.5.1 General 35
4.5.2 Terminals 35
4.5.3 Anti-Condensation Heaters 35
4.5.4 Temperature Indication 35
4.6 GENERATOR ROTOR 36
4.6.1 Bearings 36
4.7 EXCITATION SYSTEM 36
4.7.1 Scope 36
4.7.2 General Requirements 36
4.7.3 Excitation Power 36
4.7.4 Main Exciter and Rotating Rectifier 36
4.7.5 General Control System Requirements 36
4.7.6 Voltage Regulation 36
4.8 GENERATOR CT, VT AND SURGE PROTECTION 37
4.9 GENERATOR NEUTRAL EARTHING TRANSFORMER 37
4.10 CONTROL SYSTEM INTERFACING 37
5. TRANSFORMERS.........................................................................................38
5.1 GENERAL 38
5.2 SERVICE 38
EPC Schedule A (A-iv) 09 October 2003
Page v
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.3 GENERATOR TRANSFORMER AND LOCAL SERVICES TRANSFORMER 39
5.3.1 General 39
5.3.2 Voltage Response and Control 39
5.3.3 Painting 39
5.3.4 Transformer Testing 40
5.3.5 Earthquake Withstand 40
5.4 HV SURGE ARRESTORS 40
5.5 EARTHING TRANSFORMER (IF REQUIRED) 40
6. SWITCHGEAR...........................................................................................41
6.1 GENERAL 41
6.2 SCOPE OF WORK 41
6.3 SERVICE 41
6.4 GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 41
6.4.1 Switchboard Busbars 41
6.4.2 Switchboard Circuit Breakers 41
6.4.3 Switchboard Auxiliary Switches 42
6.4.4 Switchboard Circuit Breaker Isolation 42
6.4.5 Instrument Transformers 42
6.4.6 Anti-Condensation Heaters 42
6.4.7 Starters and Contactors 42
6.5 11 kV SWITCHBOARD 43
6.5.1 Switchboard 43
6.5.2 Busbars 43
6.5.3 Safety Shutter Devices 43
6.5.4 Circuit Breakers 43
6.5.5 Earthing 43
6.5.6 Cabling Compartment 43
6.5.7 Power Monitoring Xxxx 00
6.6 11kV LOCAL SUPPLY 44
6.7 415 V SWITCHGEAR 44
6.7.1 Switchboards 44
6.7.2 Circuit Breakers 44
6.7.3 Switched Fuses 44
6.7.4 Contactor Isolation / No Fuse Circuit Breakers 44
6.7.5 Cable Compartments 44
6.7.6 Local Indication 44
6.7.7 Spare Capacity 44
6.8 220kV OUTDOOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS 45
6.9 220kV DISCONNECTOR 45
7. DC SYSTEM AND UPS....................................................................................46
7.1 SCOPE OF WORK 46
EPC Schedule A (A-v) 09 October 2003
Page vi
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.2 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY 46
7.3 24V POWER SUPPLIES 46
7.4 125V POWER SUPPLIES 46
7.5 BATTERIES 47
7.6 BATTERY CHARGER 47
7.7 125 V DC SWITCHBOARD 47
8. CABLING, EARTHING, and MOTORS........................................................................48
8.1 GENERAL 48
8.1.1 Particulars of Low Voltage System 48
8.1.2 Power Supplies 48
8.1.3 Environmental Considerations 48
8.1.4 Electrical Equipment In Hazardous Areas 49
8.1.5 Locks 50
8.1.6 Anti-Condensation Heaters 50
8.1.7 Miniature Circuit Breakers 50
8.1.8 Indicating Lamps 50
8.1.9 Control Switches, Push Buttons 50
8.1.10 Cubicles 50
8.1.11 Small Wiring 51
8.1.12 Radio Interference 51
8.1.13 Cabling Design Information 51
8.2 POWER CABLES 52
8.2.1 Applications and Rating 52
8.2.2 11 kV Power Cables 52
8.2.3 415 Volt Power Cables 52
8.3 CONTROL CABLES 52
8.4 CABLE INSTALLATION 52
8.4.1 General 52
8.5 CABLE TERMINATION 53
8.5.1 General 53
8.6 EARTHING 53
8.6.1 General 53
8.6.2 Cable Ladder Earthing 54
8.6.3 Equipment Earthing 54
8.6.4 Earthing of Reinforcing Steel 54
8.7 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM 54
8.8 ELECTRIC MOTORS 55
8.9 VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES 55
9. CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION..........................................................................56
EPC Schedule A (A-vi) 09 October 2003
Page vii
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.1 GENERAL 56
9.2 CONTROL SYSTEM 56
9.2.1 Existing Arrangement 56
9.2.2 Control System Architecture 56
9.2.3 GGC Integration 57
9.2.4 Control Programming 57
9.2.5 Engineering Software 57
9.2.6 Licenses 57
9.2.7 Upgrades 57
9.2.8 Post Take Over Modification 57
9.2.9 NICC SCADA 58
9.2.10 Power Supply 58
9.2.11 Password Protection 58
9.2.12 Alarms 58
9.2.13 Reports 58
9.3 INSTRUMENTATION 59
9.3.1 General 59
9.4 SYSTEM OPERATION 59
9.4.1 Operating Philosophy 59
9.4.2 Synchronising Arrangements 59
9.4.3 Trips 59
10. PROTECTION AND REVENUE METERING...................................................................60
10.1 SCOPE 60
---- -----
10.2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RELAYS AND ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT 60
10.2.1 General 60
10.2.2 Protective Relaying 61
10.2.3 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection 61
10.2.4 Trip Circuit Supervision 61
10.2.5 Undervoltage Protection 61
10.2.6 Generator Protection System 62
10.2.7 Generator Transformer Protection System 62
10.2.8 Auxiliary Transformer Protection System 62
10.2.9 Main protection systems on both sides of the grid interface at 220 kV 63
10.2.10 Protection of Medium Voltage Cable Lines 63
10.3 SPECIAL OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS 63
10.4 PROTECTION FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS TO MEET OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS 63
10.5 REVENUE METERING AND ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT 64
10.5.1 CTs and VTs 64
10.5.2 Metering 64
11. CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS........................................................................65
11.1 GENERAL CRITERIA 65
11.2 FACILITIES 65
11.2.1 Site Access 65
EPC Schedule A (A-vii) 09 October 2003
Page viii
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.2.2 Access Roads 65
11.2.3 Pipe Route 66
11.2.4 Pipe Bridge 66
11.2.5 Local Control Building 66
11.2.6 Equipment Plinths 67
11.2.7 Energy Dissipation System 67
11.2.8 Bunding of Working Fluid Storage 67
11.2.9 Underground Services 67
11.2.10 Platforms and Walkways 67
11.2.11 Cable Ducts 67
11.2.12 Site Reinstatement 68
11.2.13 Security Fence and Security System 68
11.3 DESIGN LOADS 68
11.3.1 Dead, Live and Wind Loads 68
11.3.2 Plant Support Structures 69
11.3.3 Geotechnical Data 69
11.3.4 Foundation Design 69
11.4 SEISMIC DESIGN - GENERAL 69
11.4.1 Statutory Requirements 69
11.4.2 NZS 4203 Loadings Code Provisions 69
11.4.3 Material Standards 70
11.4.4 Foundations 70
11.5 SPECIFIC DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 70
11.5.1 Site Clearance 70
11.5.2 Site Filling 71
11.5.3 Drainage 71
11.5.4 Contaminated Water Handling 71
11.5.5 Concrete 72
11.5.6 Concrete Masonry 72
11.5.7 Structural Steel 72
11.5.8 Timber 72
11.5.9 Building Details 72
12. SERVICES..........................................................................................73
12.1 COMPRESSED AIR 73
12.1.1 General 73
12.1.2 General Design 73
12.2 FIRE PROTECTION 74
12.2.1 General 74
12.2.2 Scope of Work 74
12.2.3 Design Parameter 75
12.2.4 Regulations and Standards 75
12.2.5 Fire Main 75
12.2.6 Working Fluid Storage Spray System 75
12.2.7 Fire Alarm Panel 76
12.2.8 First Aid Fire Applications 76
12.2.9 Acceptance Tests 77
12.3 POTABLE WATER SUPPLY 77
12.4 CONTROL ROOM AND AIR CONDITIONING 77
EPC Schedule A (A-viii) 09 October 2003
Page ix
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.4.1 Scope of Work 77
12.4.2 Design Parameters 77
12.4.3 Regulations and Standards 78
12.4.4 Description of Service 78
12.4.5 Building Producer Statement 78
12.5 STATION SERVICES - ELECTRICAL 78
12.5.1 Scope of Work 78
12.5.2 Lighting 79
12.5.3 Socket Outlets 79
12.5.4 Phase Balancing 79
12.6 PHONES 80
12.7 ALARM SIRENS 81
12.7.1 Operational Alarm Sounders 81
12.7.2 Evacuation Alarm 81
EPC Schedule A (A-ix) 09 October 2003
Page 1
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. GENERAL
1.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND SITE CONDITIONS
1.1.1 Definitions
Definitions and terms used within these Owner's Technical Requirements
are the same as those in the Terms and Conditions. Wherever these
Owner's Technical Requirements refer to the Contractor performing or
providing services, equipment or Works, the Contractor will either
perform or provide such services, equipment or Works or procure the
same from the Supplier under the Supply Contract with the Contractor
being responsible (as provided in the Terms and Conditions of the EPC
Contract) for ensuring that Owner receives all services, equipment and
Works to which it is entitled under the EPC Contract and the Supply
Contract.
Where Ormat drawings in Schedule J are referenced within these Owner's
Technical Requirements the drawings shall be read as being indicative
of the general scope agreed between the parties. The drawings are
subject to changes (not being "Changes" for the purposes of the EPC
Contract) resulting from the detailed design process, this design
process being a component of the scope of work. Where there is a
conflict between the Owner's Technical Requirements and any drawing in
Schedule J, the Owner's Technical Requirements shall apply.
1.1.2 General
The Owner owns and operates the 165 MW Wairakei Station including the
associated steam field. The Owner also operates its 55 MW Poihipi and
104 MW Ohaaki geothermal power plants remotely from Wairakei Station.
Wairakei Station, including the steamfield environs, covers an area of
approximately 15 square kilometres. The generating plant is located
adjacent to the Waikato River, while the steamfield lies within a range
of approximately 1.2km to 5km to the north-west. Geothermal fluid is
separated into steam and water at nine Flash Plants located in the
steamfield. Steam is conveyed to the power station at several pressures
via a series of pipelines. Separated water is collected from three
flash plants and conveyed to reinjection xxxxx in a single pipeline
called the "Reinjection Pipeline". The separated water from unconnected
Flash Plants enters an open drainage network that eventually discharges
to the Wairakei Stream which itself discharges to the Waikato River.
Some of the separated water within the open drainage network is
diverted into the Te Kiriohinekai stream adjacent to which a cultural
tourism company ("NETCOR") operates. NETCOR uses some separated water
from the Reinjection Pipeline for creation of silica terraces. A prawn
farm adjacent to Wairakei Station also uses some separated water for
heating.
The Owner has identified the potential to increase the efficiency of
Wairakei Station. Currently, approx. 1800 tonnes per hour of separated
geothermal fluid at 127(degree)C is collected. Connection of further
Flash Plants by the Owner will increase this to approximately 3000
tonnes per hour. The project covered by this contract will convert
thermal energy in this geothermal fluid to electricity using a binary
cycle. The geothermal fluid discharged from the Binary Plant will
either pass to the adjacent prawn farm, be reinjected into the
steamfield, or be discharged to the adjacent stream.
1.1.3 Site Location
The Binary Plant project is located at Wairakei Station, approximately
00 xx Xxxxx xx Xxxxx xxxxx Xxxxx Xxxxxxx 0 & 5 in the central North
Island of New Zealand, at an elevation of approximately 360 metres
above sea level. The nearest domestic airports are located at Taupo and
Rotorua.
1.1.4 Meteorology
EPC Schedule A (A-1) 09 October 2003
Page 2
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a) Dry Bulb Temperature.
The Binary Plant shall be designed to operate at ambient dry bulb
temperatures in the range of -5(degree)C to 35(degree)C. The
annual average temperature is 11(degree)C.
For the purposes of plant sizing the ambient design temperature is
25(degree)C.
b) Humidity and Wet Bulb Temperatures.
The normal range of outdoor, open atmosphere relative humidity
above grass is 30 - 100%. The full range of humidity can be
expected in any month of the year.
c) Rainfall.
Rainfall on the Site is fairly evenly distributed throughout the
year and there are no distinctive dry and rainy seasons. Average
annual rainfall is 816 mm.
d) Winds. Prevailing winds are from the westerly quarter, with an
average annual speed of approximately 2.1 m/s. Calm periods are
recorded on average for 50% of the time. Further information is
provided in "Wind Summaries Relevant to the Wairakei Power
Station", X.X. Xxxxxx, N.W.A., 23/11/94 - Appendix '6'.
The highest wind velocity to be used for design purposes is found
in New Zealand Standard NZS 4203.
e) Atmospheric Geothermal emissions result in corrosive
conditions in and around Wairakei Station.
Corrosion Further information on the environment and its
effects on equipment is included in Section 1.4.
f) Airborne Gases Average Levels
Gaseous (ppm)
Contaminants
Hydrogen sulphide (H2S) 5.0
Sulphur dioxide (SO2) 2.0
g) Airborne Less than 200 micrograms/m3 concentration of
Particulates 'Atmospheric Dust' as defined by ASHRAE.
1.1.5 Geotechnical
Two sites have consents for construction of the Binary Plant. These are
referred to as "Site 3" and "Site 4", and are depicted in Site Drawing
WRK 0262 (Exhibit A3). Site 4 has been chosen by the Contractor, and
agreed to by the Owner having due regard to the practical size of the
sites, minimising total project cost and to mitigation of adverse
environmental effects.
"Geotechnical Investigations", Xxxxxx Consultants Ltd July 1995
(Exhibit B8) is based on a plant layout at Site 4 with equipment
weights considered to be a "worst case". Site 4 is an alluvial terrace,
previously levelled for the original Wairakei Station construction
village. The site has experienced subsequent construction activities,
however, the extent of these is unknown. Plant settlement is expected
to be the key geotechnical design parameter.
Some topography information for Site 4 and for an area potentially
suitable for a geothermal pipeline crossing over the stream is provided
in Exhibits A4 and A5. Information depicted in those exhibits is for
information only. The Contractor shall undertake its own survey for the
purposes of the works.
1.1.6 Electrical
EPC Schedule A (A-2) 09 October 2003
Page 3
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Binary Plant will interface with the Transpower system at the
Transpower 220 kV Switchyard at Wairakei and shall comply with the
technical requirements and commissioning processes as set out in the
following documents:
o Transpower: Common Quality Obligations, April 2003 (Exhibit
D1)
o Transpower Standard: TP.OG 41.04, Issue 3 January 2001:
Commissioning/decommissioning equipment on the power system
(Exhibit D4)
o Transpower Standard: XX.XX 03.01, Issue 1 October 2000:
Disconnector and Earth Switches Purchase Specification
(Exhibit D10)
o Transpower Standard: XX.XX 22.01, Issue 2 November 2001:
Outdoor Current Transformer Purchase Specification (Exhibit
D11)
o Transpower Standard: XX.XX 13.01, Issue 1 August 2000:
Outdoor Circuit Breaker Purchase Specification (Exhibit D6)
o Transpower Connect and Dispatch Guide, Version 1 May 2003.
(Exhibit D12)
The Government released a Policy Statement in December 2000 that
directed a new governance structure for New Zealand's electricity
market with the establishment of a single Electricity Governance Board
(EGB).
The EGB established in March 2003 a new set of rules in the form of a
Rulebook (Exhibit D3), governing wholesale, retail, security,
transmission and distribution companies through the Electricity
Governance Establishment Project (EGEP).
It is envisaged that Part C of the Rulebook will become operational in
early 2004.
The Contractor shall take into account the technical requirements set
out in the Rulebook, by providing equipment that will meet the
requirements of both the Common Quality Obligations and the new
Rulebook.
The characteristics of the existing 220 kV system are as follows:
Highest system voltage 245 kV
Lightning impulse level 950 kV
Power frequency impulse level 395 kV
Design Fault Level 31.5 kA for 3 seconds
1.2 SUMMARY OF WORK
1.2.1 Scope of Work
The Works to be provided under this Contract shall include but not
necessarily be limited to the following items:
a) Mechanical Works
Item Description
1. A binary cycle power plant, supplied as two identical
units, designed to maximise conversion of geothermal
energy subject to downstream temperature and pressure
constraints, as described in Section 2.
2. Working fluid unloading, storage, and transfer facilities.
3. Geothermal Fluid piping for the Binary Plant including
supply and return, dump control station, bypass control
station, pipe support structures (including foundations),
thermal insulation, isolating valves and accessories.
EPC Schedule A (A-3) 09 October 2003
Page 4
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Mechanical services including:
o Compressed air
o Fire protection and detection
o HVAC
o Potable water
5. Special tools and appliances needed for maintenance, major
overhaul and recommissioning including disassembly and
reassembly, of the equipment supplied.
b) Electrical Works
The Owner's existing electrical system, to which the binary plant
is to be connected is shown in Exhibit A8, Drawing Xhn1262 Rev ZG.
The proposed indicative electrical system is shown in accordance
with section 1.1.1 of these Owner's Technical Requirements on
Ormat drawing No. 0.002.95.689.0-Revision 2, General One Line
Diagram in Schedule J,
Item Description
1. Generators and auxiliaries including excitation system,
cooling system, and lubricating oil system.
2. Step-up Generator Transformer and local service
transformers.
3. Switchgear including 220kV circuit breaker, 220kV
disconnector, 220kV current transformers, 11 kV Generator
Switchboard, 400 V switchboard, motor control centres.
4. 230 V AC Uninterruptible Power Supply, 24 V DC power
supplies, 110 V Battery and associated DC distribution
system.
5. HV, LV and control cabling and connections. Complete
earthing and lightning protection system.
6. Complete earthing and lightning protection system
including 220kV surge arrestors.
7. Power cables and overhead connections to connect the
Binary Plant generators with the Transpower 220 kV grid,
via a new 11/220 kV generator transformer located at the
T2 position in the switchyard.
8. Revenue Metering, plant Protection and Grid connection
Protection systems.
c) Control and Instrumentation Works
Item Description
1. Emergency stop buttons hardwired to PLC, to be prominently
located at each turbine-generator set and local emergency
stop button for each pump.
2. Panel-mounted equipment.
3 Interfacing panels and cubicles.
4. Control System hardware (PLCs) and Software, program
source codes and logic diagrams.
5 Plant Instrumentation.
EPC Schedule A (A-4) 09 October 2003
Page 5
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Programming of Binary Plant control system.
7. Provide support to programme the Owner's existing iFix HMI
system and support to commission the plant from the GGC.
8. Connection of signals to the Regional Control Centre North
(RCN) SCADA system.
9. Connection to existing site security system.
10 Connection to existing fire detection and alarm system.
11. Connection to existing telephone system.
12. Connection to existing LAN.
13. Provision and connection of UHF/VHF radio base set.
14 All control cabling, conduiting and fixings.
d) Civil and Structural Works
Item Description
1. Preliminary and general works, including installation of
construction power supply.
2. Site preparation including stripping, grading, compacting
and levelling, and establishment of facilities on Site.
3. Temporary and permanent road access, drainage, fencing and
gates and security system (as required) for use during the
construction period and subsequent maintenance and
operation.
4. Geotechnical design.
5. Surveying and setting out.
6. General excavation and back filling.
7. Drainage and underground services.
8. Foundation works, including embedded parts and grouting,
piping supports and road and stream crossings.
9. Structural works for pipe and equipment supports (as
required).
10. All platforms, ladders, handrails, chequer plating, and
grating necessary for safety and access to the equipment
supplied for routine inspections, operations, and major
maintenance. Permanent platforms will be provided for
valves that are located at high elevation and need
frequent adjustment by operators during regular plant
operation. This includes the isolation valves at the
Geothermal Fluid connection to the Reinjection Main.
11. A monorail suitable for, but excluding, a 2-ton hoist
required above each of the turbine-generator sets for the
maintenance and replacement of heavy components.
12. A weather shelter over each of the turbine-generator sets.
For the purposes of clarification a roof without walls is
intended
EPC Schedule A (A-5) 09 October 2003
Page 6
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13. Reinstatement works.
e) Studies
All engineering studies, calculations and analysis required to
ensure good system design and full compliance with the Owner's
Technical Requirements, for the purposes of satisfying information
requests by the Owner and provision of submissions to other
parties (e.g. Territorial Authorities) shall be included in the
Works.
Mechanical and Process
1. All documentation required to meet statutory requirements
for the pressure vessels, turbines, and piping systems.
2. All information and documentation required to satisfy the
Owner's Consents, including but not limited to the
assessment of noise levels and abatement measures required
for all items of Plant.
3. Pipe stress analysis including existing piping where
affected by the Works.
4. Geothermal Fluid system pressure drop calculations under
steady state conditions and pressure surge and vacuum
analysis under conditions of unit and station trips and
delayed opening of bypass valves to remain within
downstream temperature and rate of change limitations.
5. Fire system pressure drop and flow calculations
Electrical
1. Sizing calculations for all items of Plant.
2. Earthing system studies.
3. Fault level studies and calculations.
4. Assessment, calculations, verification dossier, and
certificates to meet the statutory requirements of AS/NZS
3000. This shall include tables and drawings for the area
classification according to NZS 6101.
5. Before commissioning any equipment to be connected to the
grid, planning studies in relation to the equipment must
be undertaken by the system operator (Transpower). As such
the Contractor shall provide all information expressly
required by Transpower under the connection rules and any
other reasonable information it requires to assess
compliance with performance obligations and technical
codes, including modelling data for planning studies. As a
minimum modelling data shall meet the requirements of IEEE
standards and IEEE Task Force Reports on power system
modelling, current at the time of the planning studies.
Civil and Structural
1. Geotechnical and soils investigation for Site 4 (as
applicable).
2. Concrete mixture analysis.
3. Drainage design including oil interception.
4. Foundation design and analysis.
EPC Schedule A (A-6) 09 October 2003
Page 7
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Structural and seismic design and analysis.
6. Requirements for bunding for containment of hazardous
materials.
7. Clean-up and disposal of any hazardous material
contamination that is introduced to the site by the
Contractor.
f) Balance of Works
Item Description
1. Operation and maintenance training for Owner's personnel.
2. Manufacturing and works inspections and testing.
3. Supply of all consumables and spares required for
erection, commissioning and testing including initial
operational charges of binary working fluid, lubricating
oils and greases, fuses, indicating lamps, filters etc.
4. Plant inspections and tests including Performance Tests
prior to taking over.
5. Preparation of operating and maintenance manuals for all
systems and equipment.
6. Reports, documents and as-built drawings on completion of
the Permanent Works for records purposes etc.
7. Updating of Owner's drawings/documents where the Works
requires modifications or revisions.
8. Cable termination schedules, piping schedules etc
9. Submissions to the Owner for approval of the Contractor's
Commissioning and Performance Testing Plan.
10. Obtaining required Consents other than the Owner's
Consents.
11. Provision of all technical data and assistance necessary
for the Owner to obtain any further permits or consents
required by it under the Resource Management Act in order
to construct and operate the Binary Plant.
12. All special tools required for operation, maintenance or
repair.
13. Supply of spare parts for routine and scheduled
maintenance when ordered by the Owner.
1.2.2 Work Not Included
The following items of work are excluded from the contract scope:
a. Provision of operators to operate the Binary Plant during
commissioning and Performance Tests.
b. Obtaining any permits or consents required under the New Zealand
Hazardous Substances and Xxx Xxxxxxxxx Xxx 0000 (HSNO).
c. Submission of documentation required by Owner's Consents.
d. Payment of development levies to Taupo District Council when
applying for building consent.
EPC Schedule A (A-7) 09 October 2003
Page 8
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
e. Modification of Prawn Farm heat exchangers and control system.
f. Connection of Flash Plants to the Reinjection System.
g. Removal of existing hazardous materials discovered during the
execution of the works, where those hazardous materials have not
been introduced by the Contractor.
h. Upgrade of existing fire water pumps
i. Provide and perform the OEC HMI integration to the existing iFix
HMI.
1.2.3 Terminal Points and Interfaces
All interfacing, connection and termination works required to integrate
the Binary Plant with Wairakei Station, except that specifically
excluded in the Contract, shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor. The Contractor shall liaise with the Owner to co-ordinate
all termination and interfacing work and the completion of any tie-in
or termination work which may only be carried out during a shut-down or
isolation of services.
Terminal Points at which interface and connection work is required of
the Contractor under this Contract are described in Exhibit A2, and
approximate locations identified on drawing WRK 0262 in Exhibit A3.
The proposed indicative HMI interface system is shown in accordance
with section 1.1.1 of these Owner's Technical Requirements on Ormat
drawing No.0.002.95.413.0 Rev P2, Control and Communication
Architecture in Schedule J and Exhibit E7
The Contractor shall allow sufficient time for all negotiations with
Transpower to resolve interface points for the grid connection,
including telemetry, protection and metering.
1.3 Performance and Operating Requirements
1.3.1 Design Range
a) The design ranges for the plant and conditions for the conducting
of the tests, the Geothermal Fluid Specifications and the ambient
temperature must be within the Design Conditions as defined below.
All conditions shall be measured at the measuring points specified
in clause 1.5.5 of Schedule D to the EPC Contract.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Geothermal Fluid Specifications and Design Point Design Range
Ambient Temperature for Brine OEC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
i Ambient temperature 11(Degree)C -5 - 40 (Degree)C
ii Brine flow 2,800 T/Hr 25 - 114.3%
iii Brine temperature (after 127(Degree)C 000 -000 (Xxxxxx)X
separator)
iv Geothermal Fluid operating 4.4 Xxxx 4.3 - 7.0 Xxxx
pressure range at fluid supply
terminal point (Xxxx)
v Brine Return Temperature 87 +/- 2 (Degree)C 85 - 135 (Degree)C
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPC Schedule A (A-8) 09 October 2003
Page 9
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
iv Indicative chemical analysis (may vary depending on
steamfield performance and configuration.)
-----------------------------------------------------------------
GEOTHERMAL FLUID CONCENTRATION (mg/l)
-----------------------------------------------------------------
MINIMUM TYPICAL MAXIMUM
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Li 8 10 11
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Na 860 1000 1100
-----------------------------------------------------------------
K 85 150 160
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Ca 25 25 30
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Mg (less than)0.1 (less than)0.1 (less than)0.1
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Rb 1.1 2 2
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Cl 1500 2000 2200
-----------------------------------------------------------------
SO4 40 35 60
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Total HCO3 (less than)5 (less than)5 (less than)5
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Total Sulphide 0.1 (less than)1 5
-----------------------------------------------------------------
B 21 25 25
-----------------------------------------------------------------
SIO2 250 550 550
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------
pH 8.3 8.7 8.9
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Fluid flow may vary and be interrupted from time to time due to
steamfield operation and maintenance activities and the Binary
Plant shall therefore have a turn down capability across the full
range of flow. Further information on the Geothermal Fluid system
and flows is provided in section 3.0.
1.3.2 Process Outputs
a) Electricity
The Binary Plant shall supply electricity to the grid at a nominal
220,000 volts, 50 Hz.
b) Geothermal Fluid
The control system shall maximise electricity generation for all
flow conditions of Geothermal Fluid.
The design temperature of the Geothermal Fluid at the discharge
terminal point shall be 87(degree)C +/- 2(degree)C and with a
minimum brine return temperature of 85(degree)C.
The Geothermal Fluid can be discharged at 4 locations depending on
Binary Plant operating status:
o Existing reinjection header, with a capacity of up to 3000
tonnes/hr
o Existing prawn farm supply, of up to 1000 tonnes/hr.
Intermittent flow is possible.
o Emergency overflow to the Wairakei Stream, being the
balance of the Geothermal Fluid flow up to a maximum
permitted flow of 3,000 tonnes/hr.
o Existing spilling systems at 60 series xxxxx and Flash
Plants.
c) Environmental Impact
The Owner's Resource Consents are attached as Exhibit B1. In
addition to these, the Owner has been granted outline plan
approval by the Taupo District Council (TDC). (Copy of TDC letter
is included in Exhibit B1) The outline plan approval requires that
the Binary Plant be constructed generally in accordance with the
Assessment of Environmental Effects (AEE) prepared by the Owner in
gaining its Consents. (See Exhibit B2, and associated documents
contained in Xxxxxxxx X0, X0, B5.) The Contractor's construction
activities, as well as the operation of the Binary Plant, shall
satisfy all requirements of all of the Owner's Consents.
EPC Schedule A (A-9) 09 October 2003
Page 10
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
i) Noise
A detailed report covering the predicted sound levels from the
Binary Plant and recommendations for mitigation measures, "Report
on Impact of Sound from Proposed Binary Plant Machines Operating
at Either of the Two Proposed Sites at ECNZ Geothermal Wairakei"
A.D. Paterson, January 1996 is attached as Exhibit B5.
New Zealand Standards NZS 6801:1991 "Measurement of Sound" and NZS
6802:1991 "Assessment of Environmental Sound" shall be used for
the measurement and assessment of noise levels during normal
operation.
Noise limits and the measurement and assessment of noise during
construction shall be to NZS 6803P:1984 "The Measurement and
Assessment of Noise from Construction, Maintenance and Demolition
Work".
Sound levels shall not exceed 45 dBA L95 at any point on the
Owner's boundary nor shall the total sound emission level exceed
115 dB A-weighted re 10-12 Xxxxx, under normal operating
conditions. The Transpower Wairakei Switchyard Boundary shall not
be considered for the purposes of this clause.
The Owner's boundary is indicatively shown on drawing titled
"Wairakei Core DPS Plan" in Exhibit A12 and drawing WPS 572 in
Exhibit A13.
During start-up, shut-down or under fault conditions, the plant
may emit high sound levels. These intermittent sound levels shall
not exceed 75 dBA Lmax at either the prawn farm entrance gate or
the Owner's administration offices.
Each plant item shall not emit a sound pressure level in excess of
85 dBA at 1 m from its surface. The generators (but not the
turbines) may emit a sound pressure level no greater than 90dBA so
are exempted from this requirement. This shall not affect
compliance of the noise limits specified at the Owner's boundary.
Under normal operating conditions the sound level inside the
Owner's administration offices shall not exceed 55 dBAL95, with
the windows open.
The Contractor shall note the requirement to assess noise levels
and mitigation measures in section 1.2.1(e) of these Technical
Requirements.
ii) Effluent Interception and Bunding
All sources of oil contamination of rain water run off and
chemical contamination of soil and water shall be bunded and water
discharged from such bunds to an oil/water separator system, in
accordance with Owner's Consents.
Chemical cleaning of silica deposits from equipment is foreseen.
For in situ cleaning, all required connections and facilities for
the safe and convenient handling of the chemicals shall be
provided by the Contractor. For the purposes of clarification, it
is assumed that portable skid-mounted cleaning equipment having
it's own self-contained spill-containment facility will be
employed.
iii) Binary Working Fluid Leakage Rates
The Contractor shall design, manufacture and test all equipment
that contains binary working fluid to achieve as close to zero
leakage as is practical. The operating and maintenance procedures
shall also reflect the need to minimise leakage to the atmosphere.
Under no circumstances shall the total annual leakage exceed 7 1/2
per cent of the full plant charge (including maximum storage), or
the maximum allowable quantity permitted by the Owner's Consents,
whichever is the lesser.
EPC Schedule A (A-10) 09 October 2003
Page 11
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
iv) Discharge to Wairakei Stream
Both the storm water and Geothermal Fluid discharges into the
Wairakei stream shall be designed so as to minimise bank erosion
and to allow stream access for removal of silica deposits.
v) East Taupo Arterial Impact
The Taupo District Council has formally designated a corridor for
the proposed East Taupo Arterial (ETA). The proposed road crosses
the Owner's facilities adjacent to the Binary Plant sites but is
not expected to be built prior to take over of the Binary Plant.
The designation includes a condition No 59 requiring the
designation be reduced in width so that it will not cover Site 3.
A further condition No 55 requires the Designating Authority to
consent to additional geothermal pipelines crossing the road
designation subject to approval of the exact location, design and
construction methods by the Designating Authority. This is
expected to apply to the Geothermal Fluid inflow and return
pipelines between the Terminal Points on the reinjection line and
the boundary of Site 3. The siting of pipes/works on the
designated area of the ETA will have adverse cost implications for
the Owner as the pipes/works will need to be bridged or placed in
a culvert when the proposed road is finally built. It is
anticipated that the Designating Authority will make it a
condition of any consent that the Owner agree to meet the costs of
any such bridge or culvert.
The Owner may manage or mitigate that cost risk by electing to
require the Contractor to relocate pipe connections and valves
outside of the ETA alignment and to require the proposed new
Geothermal Fluid pipes that must cross the ETA alignment to be
placed along side existing geothermal pipes.
The Owner has an obligation to liaise with Taupo Distrct Council
on any matter that may affect the ETA. The Contractor shall
therefore provide the Owner with all design details necessary in a
timely manner for the Owner to fulfil this obligation. This
includes providing the Owner at the time of Tender with a
provisional layout envisaged for the Geothermal Fluid pipelines
that will cross the road designation in order to facilitate the
approval identified above.
Refer to Exhibit B9 which contains relevant extracts from the
designation decision that affect the Owner's Wairakei facilities.
(Whole document is available on request.)
1.3.3 Plant Operation
a) Time Between Planned Shut Downs
The Binary Plant shall be designed for maximum continuous base
load operation without requiring a planned major shutdown for
maintenance or inspection of a frequency of less than once per
every four years, except where otherwise required by statutory
rules. It is acknowledged that the plant is designed for six
monthly and annual minor shutdowns of less than one day each for
planned routine maintenance purposes.
b) Operating Philosophy (Fail Safe)
The Binary Plant shall be remotely monitored with control from the
GGC. The GGC control centre is permanently manned 24 hours per day
by one generation controller with an appropriate plant
qualification.
The Binary Plant shall have Fail Safe features that maintain a
range of essential services to safeguard personal safety and asset
integrity following operation of a Fail Safe feature. (refer Fail
Safe Functional Statement - Wairakei Power Station - Exhibit C19
and WRK Fail Safe Management - Exhibit C20).
EPC Schedule A (A-11) 09 October 2003
Page 12
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Fail Safe philosophy of the Binary Plant, including alarm
philosophy, shall be consistent with that of the Wairakei Station,
In the event of a Fail Safe feature operating, the plant shall
require manual intervention to restore the plant to normal
operation.
If the communications link between the Binary Plant and the GGC is
lost then the plant shall remain in a steady state operational
condition until either:
i The communications link is restored; or
ii Manual operation directed by the GGC Controller occurs;
or
iii An unsafe plant condition arises in which case the
plant will fail safe.
c) Design Life
The Permanent Works shall have a minimum design life of 25 years.
d) Availability and Performance
The Contractor shall provide Performance Guarantees for f the
Binary Plant as defined in the Terms and Conditions, its net
electrical output, return temperature and pressure drop in
Geothermal Fluid across the Binary Plant. The guarantees will be
defined at Guarantee Conditions and the Contractor shall be liable
for liquidated damages if it fails to meet its guarantees as
specified in the Terms and Conditions of the Contract.
1.3.4 Guarantee Conditions
The conditions under which the Contractor guarantees that the
Binary Plant will meet its Performance Guarantees are known as the
Guarantee Conditions and are as follow:
i. Geothermal Fluid flow 2,800 tph
ii. Geothermal Fluid supply temperature 127(degree)C
iii. Geothermal Fluid supply pressure 4.4 xxxx
iv. Ambient temperature 11(degree)C
v. Maximum Geothermal Fluid Pressure Drop 2.2 Xxxx
vi. Brine Return Temperature 87(Degree)C
1.4 CORROSION
1.4.1 General
Wairakei Station and surrounding areas are subject to hydrogen sulphide
(H2S) gas pollution. H2S is heavier than air and collects in
depressions and poorly ventilated spaces. H2S is highly corrosive to
graphite, silver, copper and its alloys, and to a lesser extent, mild
steel.
1.4.2 Corrosion Protection
All materials shall be selected by the Contractor in the full knowledge
of these conditions and the Owner's Technical Requirements, including
design life and plant reliability and performance. All equipment shall
be designed for outdoor installation except that which is to be located
in the Local Control Room, GCC or air compressor buildings.
Corrosion protection systems shall be suitable for "long term"
classification (between 10 and 15 years to first maintenance).
EPC Schedule A (A-12) 09 October 2003
Page 13
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Contractor shall use corrosion resistant materials, or isolate the
materials and equipment from the contaminant, or both. Protective
metallic coatings may be used to lessen the effects of H2S corrosion
however cadmium plating and unprotected copper shall not be used.
Wherever possible the Contractor shall locate electronic equipment in
an H2S filtered environment.
Exterior equipment surfaces and structural steelwork shall be protected
with Ormat standard paint systems as listed below and appended to these
Owner's Technical Requirements.
a) Ormat Technical Specification 24.3.4.25 for Galvanising. Exhibit
E1.
b) Ormat Technical Specification 24.3.7.080 for Painting System for
Uninsulated Piping and Equipment Operating at Temperatures Lower
Than 120(degree)C. Exhibit E2.
d) Ormat Technical Specification 24.3.4.081 for Painting System for
Insulated Heat Exchanger Piping and Equipment. Exhibit E3
e) Ormat Technical Specification 24.3.4.082 for Organic Turbine
Painting System. Exhibit E4.
d) Ormat Technical Specification 24.3.4.086 for Heat Resistant
Painting System for Non Insulated Pipework. Exhibit E5.
e) Ormat Technical Specification 24.3.7.095 for Powder Coating
Painting System Over Galvanised Steel. Exhibit E6.
f) Ormat Technical Specifications for touching up the protective
coating systems at site shall be provided to the Owner by the
Contractor during the detailed design stage.
The condenser plenum shall be galvanised and powder coated per Ormat
Technical Specification 24.3.7.095.
1.5 DRAWINGS AND DATA
1.5.1 Drawings and Data to be Provided
a) General
The Contractor shall prepare and provide to the Owner for review
all drawings, schedules, calculations, documents, data and
information as required by the Terms and Conditions and these
Owner's Technical Requirements. The submittals shall be
sufficiently comprehensive to demonstrate that all parts and
procedures used in performing the Works comply with the Contract
and to provide a detailed and comprehensive record of all aspects
of the Works.
Except where modified by the Terms and Conditions, the Owner's
Technical Requirements, or the Contractor Submittal requirements
and schedule in Exhibit A1, drawings shall also be prepared in
accordance with the Owner's standard CSI 10_07_1000 titled
"Contract Drawings Documentation" included in Exhibit C16.
The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to submit
such additional information as may reasonably be required.
All drawings and documents prepared by the Contractor or its
Subcontractors for this Contract shall be in the English language.
Drawings and documents to be provided shall include all
information necessary for the Owner to safely operate and maintain
the Binary Plant.
The Contractor shall not be expected to provide to the Owner,
copies of detailed manufacturing drawings that are considered to
contain trade secrets or otherwise be commercially sensitive in
nature. Notwithstanding this, the Contractor shall use best
endeavours to co-operate favourably with any request to make such
drawings or information available to the Owner or third party
inspectors for the purposes of inspection.
EPC Schedule A (A-13) 09 October 2003
Page 14
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Electrical schematic and wiring diagrams shall be arranged such
that terminal blocks and terminal information are clearly shown
and indicate incoming and outgoing cables and the location of the
remote end of such cables. Circuit diagrams of all electrical
equipment including printed circuit boards provided shall be
sufficiently for fault finding.
b) Drawings and Data to be Submitted
Refer Exhibit A1 for Contractor Submittal requirements and
schedule.
1.5.2 Revision of Contractor's Drawings at Site
During the erection and commissioning period the Contractor may find it
may be necessary to make revisions to already approved construction
drawings. In such case the Contractor shall provide to the Owner
without delay two marked up prints detailing the intended revision.
Formal revisions of these drawings shall then be made and issued to the
Owner within a reasonable timeframe.
1.5.3 As-Built Drawings
Following the installation of the equipment, the Contractor shall
revise its drawings to show the "as-built" status and send to the Owner
for approval.
1.5.4 Contract Drawings
After approval of the "as-built" drawings the Contractor shall submit
(as a single submission to the Owner), for final record purposes, sets
of all approved drawings. These shall be provided in editable
electronic format.
1.5.5 Erection Drawings
It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that field erection
personnel have in their possession the latest available erection
drawings of the type and quantity needed to perform the Works.
1.5.6 Owner's Drawings
The Contractor shall up date all existing Owner's drawings where these
are affected by or interface to the Works.
1.6 CODES AND STANDARDS
1.6.1 General
The codes, standards and specifications referenced herein shall include
addenda, amendments and errata and shall govern in all cases where
references thereto are made. In case of conflict between these codes
(or standards or specifications) and the requirements specified in the
Contract, the latter shall govern to the extent of such difference.
The code, standard or specification applied in each case shall be the
latest revision adopted and published at June 23, 2003. Any conflict
between standards shall be referred to the Owner who will determine
which standard shall govern.
Deviations to the referenced standards or substitution by an equivalent
one shall be subject to the Owner's approval.
1.6.2 Referenced Codes and Standards
The full name of the codes and standards reference in this document
are:
EPC Schedule A (A-14) 09 October 2003
Page 15
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc.
API American Petroleum Institute
AS Australian Standard
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air
Conditioning Engineers, Inc.
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
BS British Standards
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
ISO International Organisation for Standardisation
NZS New Zealand Standard
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
TP Transpower
1.6.3 Referenced Legislation and Regulations
The Works shall comply with the requirements of all applicable New
Zealand Acts, Regulations, bylaws including, but not limited to:
o Health and Safety in Employment Xxx 0000
o Health and Safety in Employment (Pressure Equipment, Cranes and
Passenger Ropeways) Regulations 1999
o Approved Code of Practice for Pressure Equipment (Excluding
Boilers)
o The Limitations of Harmonic Levels Notice 1981
o Radio Interference Notice 1988
o NZ Electrical Codes of Practice
o The Electricity Regulations 1993
o Forest Produce Import & Export Regulations of New Zealand 1966/122
(Amendment No. 1 1967)
o Hazardous Substances and Xxx Xxxxxxxxx Xxx 0000
o Resource Management Xxx 0000
1.6.4 Mechanical Plant
In addition to the requirements mentioned above, the following
standards shall apply to the design, manufacture and testing of the
mechanical plant:
Turbine Ormat Standard
Piping ASME B31.1
Heat Exchangers ASME Section VIII, Div 1
Feed Pump General purpose with double
mechanical seal
Pressure Vessels ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code Section VIII Division 1
Lubrication & Shaft - Sealing Systems Ormat Standard
1.6.5 Owner's Standards and Instructions
The following Owner standards and instructions are applicable and are
included in the Exhibits or available on request.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXHIBIT
TITLE SOURCE REF. NO. REFERENCE)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Permit System Owner 05_01_1000 C1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Event Management Owner 07_01_1000 C2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPC Schedule A (A-15) 09 October 2003
Page 16
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXHIBIT
TITLE SOURCE REF. NO. REFERENCE)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Security Owner 11_01_1000 C3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Geothermal Security Owner 11_01_2000_GEO C4
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Emergency & Civil Defence Owner 12_02_1000 C5
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GEO Emergency Preparedness and Civil Defence Owner 12_02_2000_GEO C6
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GEO Plant Coding System Owner 03_03_3000_GEO C7
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Storage, Handling & Supply Owner 09_03_1000 C8
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Workplace Health & Safety Owner 12_03_1000 C9
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GEO Confined Space/Gas Hazard Procedure Owner 12_03_2001_GEO C10
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hazardous Substances Owner 09_04_1000 C11
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GEO Hazardous Substances Use Owner 09_04_3002_GEO C12
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Environmental Management Owner 03_06_1000 C13
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Geothermal Environmental Management Owner 03_06_2000_GEO C14
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pressure Equipment and Cranes Compliance Owner 03_07_1000 C15
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contract Drawings Documentation. Owner 10_07_1000 C16
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hazard Management Owner 03_08_1000 C17
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Building Act Compliance Owner 03_12_1000 C18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wairakei Fail Safe Functional Statement Owner 03_01_2002_GEO C19
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WRK Fail Safe Management Owner 03_01_2001_GEO C20
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hot Work Management Owner 05_01_2000_GEO C21
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Waikato Regional Council Earthworks and Tracking WRC none B7
Guidelines
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Selection of Surge Arrestors. Transpower TP.PP 07.01 D5
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Purchase Specification for 220kV Outdoor Circuit Transpower TP.PS.13.01 D6
Breakers
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commissioning/Decommissioning Equipment on the Transpower TP.OG 41.04 D4
Power System.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Planning Guide for the Connection of Electricity Transpower XX.XX 48.02 D3
Generating Plant to the NZ National Grid
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transpower Connection Policy Transpower None D2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Works shall comply with the seismic requirements of Section 11.4
and 11.5.
1.7 INSPECTION AND TESTING
1.7.1 General Requirements
The Permanent Works shall undergo inspection and testing during
manufacture, erection and on completion for verification that the
components satisfy all the requirements as specified and defined and
documented. All Permanent Works inspection and testing shall be
conducted in accordance with the applicable codes, standards and
particular requirements noted in these Owner's Technical Requirements.
EPC Schedule A (A-16) 09 October 2003
Page 17
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Contractor shall advise the Owner of factory test and shipment
dates for all major overseas fabricated equipment, with sufficient
prior notice for the Owner if it so chooses to arrange inspection by
the Owner or the Owner's Representative.
The Contractor shall ensure that its inspectors, both local and
overseas, have the appropriate qualifications and are recognised by the
relevant New Zealand authorities.
1.7.2 Inspection and Testing During Manufacture
Materials, workmanship and performance of all Plant items to be
provided under this Contract shall be inspected at the places of
manufacture to verify compliance with the requirements of these Owner's
Technical Requirements and to meet the Contractor's quality plan.
Inspection shall be carried out by the Contractor's own inspectors and
by the Owner or the Owner's Representative if the Owner so chooses.
1.7.3 Functional Tests in Manufacturer's Works
In addition to the Contractor's quality control and production tests,
works testing shall be carried out in accordance with the applicable
codes, standards and particular requirements noted in these Owner's
Technical Requirements.
Works testing shall include electrical, mechanical and hydraulic tests
to ensure that the equipment supplied satisfies these Owner's Technical
Requirements.
The electric motors used for driving equipment during a test shall,
where possible, be the service motor for that item. In all cases,
performance certificates for the motors used shall be available for
examination by the Owner or the Owner's Representative and shall be
included in the certification produced for the item tested.
1.7.4 Erection Testing
Erection testing shall be as required by the applicable local codes,
standards and legislative requirements and undertaken by the Contractor
to ensure that the requirements noted in these Owner's Technical
Requirements are fully satisfied.
1.8 PLANT IDENTIFICATION
1.8.1 General
All items of the Permanent Works shall be assigned equipment numbers by
the Owner.
The Contractor shall prepare for the Owner a comprehensive Plant
Identification Schedule in an electronic Microsoft Excel spreadsheet
format showing the name of each item of plant and its respective
arrangement drawing number, and any additional items necessary to fully
identify the plant. The Plant Identification Schedule shall match in
all respects the Owner's systems.
The Owner shall assign a number to each item on the Plant
Identification Schedule, and return the schedule to the Contractor.
Equipment numbers shall be depicted on all diagrams and drawings etc.
All control systems programmed by the Contractor shall use the
equipment item number as the Software identification.
1.8.2 Nameplates and Labels
EPC Schedule A (A-17) 09 October 2003
Page 18
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Contractor shall supply all labels, nameplates, instruction and
warning plates necessary for the clear identification and safe
operation of the Plant.
1.9 MANUALS
1.9.1 General
The Contractor shall provide a set of well structured and comprehensive
manuals in both hard and soft copy to fully describe all aspects of
design, operation and maintenance of all Plant supplied under the
Contract including tools and testing equipment. The structure, content
and format of the documents shall be agreed with the Owner before the
Contractor proceeds to assemble the draft manuals.
Until the expiry of the Defects Correction Period, the Contractor shall
be responsible for supplying or replacing information to keep the
manuals complete, accurate and up to date.
1.10 SPARE PARTS, TOOLS, TEST EQUIPMENT AND CONSUMABLES
1.10.1 Spare Parts and Consumables
The Contractor shall provide as part of this EPC Contract a sufficient
quantity of consumable parts and materials such as gaskets, seals,
lubricants, hand-hole covers, computer paper, recorder charts, ink,
binary working fluid, chemicals etc., and Binary Plant spares for its
use during erection, testing and commissioning.
The Contractor shall also recommend to the Owner an inventory of spare
parts and consumables for the Binary Plant to enable the Owner to carry
out routine maintenance as recommended by the manufacturer. The Owner
may order all or any number of the spare parts recommended to it by the
Contractor at its own discretion.
All spares supplied shall be strictly interchangeable with the parts
which they are intended to replace and shall be tested and packed for
long storage under the climatic and atmospheric conditions prevailing
at Site. Any spare having a limited shelf life or requiring a special
storage condition shall be separately identified. Each spare shall be
clearly marked with the description, purpose and Plant Identification
code.
If the Contractor's practice is to assign its part numbers to parts
purchased from other manufacturer's, a part number list shall be
furnished which provides a cross-reference between the Contractor's
Plant Identification code and the part of the original supplier.
1.10.2 Tools and Test Equipment
Any special tools and test equipment required to adjust, dismantle,
test, operate or maintain any equipment shall be provided by the
Contractor. This includes Software for configuration, interrogation, or
fault finding of programmable items.
Ownership of, and responsibility for, these special tools and test
equipment shall pass to the Owner on issue of the Take Over
Certificate.
1.11 PACKAGING AND STORAGE
The Contractor shall package all equipment and materials in such a
manner to ensure protection against damage and deterioration during
shipment, transportation and storage including that at Site. If damage
or deterioration is found the Contractor shall take immediate action to
notify the Owner and rectify it in accordance with the terms of the
Contract.
EPC Schedule A (A-18) 09 October 2003
Page 19
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Contractor shall provide for all storage and maintenance of the
Plant prior to the issue of the Take Over Certificate. All storage
shall be suitable for the Plant and equipment being stored in a
geothermal H2S environment.
The Contractor shall provide and maintain at its expense all necessary
equipment for handling, inspection and safe-guarding of stored Plant
and the Contractor's Equipment.
1.12 TRAINING
The Contractor shall run formal operating, engineering and maintenance
staff training courses as necessary and appropriate to ensure that the
Owner's Personnel are properly and thoroughly trained and equipped to
operate and maintain the Binary Plant to the standards required for the
plant to remain safe, efficient and reliable throughout its design
life.
The training courses shall be site based and completed prior to the
commencement of commissioning. The courses shall be followed by
examinations designed by the Contractor to verify the competency of the
staff. The plant will be operated and maintained only by staff who have
demonstrated a sufficient level of competency.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the preparation of all training
documentation which shall include well organised training manuals for
the trainees.
The Contractor shall submit the training documentation to the Owner
before commencement of training in accordance with the terms of the
Contract.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of simulation
equipment and visual aids as necessary and appropriate for the
effective training of staff. The Owner shall provide a room and
furniture for on-site training. Any costs for off-site training shall
be the responsibility of the Contractor.
As Owner's staff operate the existing Wairakei Station on a 24 hr
basis, the Contractor shall structure the timing of the training
sessions, and if necessary repeat the training sessions, to ensure
operating and maintenance staff from all shifts are given the
opportunity to participate.
1.13 STATUTORY REGULATIONS AND APPROVALS FOR PRESSURE EQUIPMENT
Pressure piping and pressure vessels shall comply with all applicable
requirements of New Zealand law.
The requirements for design approval, operation and inspection of such
equipment in New Zealand are set out in the Health and Safety in
Employment (Pressure Equipment Cranes and Passenger Ropeways)
Regulations 1999. The Contractor shall be responsible for establishing
the applicable requirements under these regulations for the equipment
supplied.
Pressure Vessels are to be designed to the requirements of the pressure
vessel code ASME, Section VIII, Division 1 and require ASME stamping if
not manufactured in New Zealand. All pressure vessels shall be supplied
with ASME nameplates and to include the Owner's equipment numbers.
The design, verification and certification of pressure parts for
operation in New Zealand is covered in the Approved Code of Practice
for Pressure Equipment (Excluding Boilers) (See Exhibit D7 of these
Technical Requirements). The Code of Practice covers the requirements
of Quality Assurance, design, design verification, manufacture,
inspection testing, commissioning and operation. The Contractor shall
provide the Owner with documentation to demonstration compliance with
the Code of Practice.
The Equipment Hazard level is as defined by code AS4343 Pressure
Equipment Hazard Levels. This means as far as the requirements for the
design and inspection go is that depending on designers quality control
EPC Schedule A (A-19) 09 October 2003
Page 20
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
system, design requires design verification in accordance with Appendix
A of the Code of Practice for Pressure Equipment. If the Hazard level
is B or higher then third party design verification is required
regardless of whether the designers are ISO 9001 or not.
SGS New Zealand Ltd, trading as SGS M&I, is currently the major New
Zealand agency providing the necessary design verification and/or
inspection services. However, it may be necessary to use an
International Agency that must be recognised in New Zealand such as
Lloyds to carry out design verification for major items of Plant in the
country of manufacture. A list of acceptable inspection agencies can be
found on the New Zealand website address
xxxx://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxxx.xx/xxxxx/xxx-xxxxxx/xxxxxxx.xxxxx.
If the fabricators are ISO 9002 (or AS3902) certified (copy of
certificate required) then no independent fabrication inspection body
is required to be involved unless the equipment is rated Hazard A or if
requirements of ASME VIII override this. The Owner can still apply hold
points for inspection purposes if it deems necessary. If the
fabricators are not ISO 9002 then third party inspection is required
for Hazard level B & C. If independent fabrication verifying body is
required the list of acceptable bodies can be found on the New Zealand
website address
xxxx://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxxx.xx/xxxxx/xxx-xxxxxx/xxxxxxx.xxxxx
These New Zealand OSH standards are also available on the Internet. It
is expected that the vendors will download a copy. The vendors are
expected to familiarise themselves with the documents and comply in all
regards. The web address is
xxxx://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxxx.xx/xxxxx/xxx-xxxxxx/xxxxxxxx.xxxxx and
xxxx://xxx.xxxxxxxxxxx.xxxx.xx/xxxxxx_xx.xxx?xxxxxxx-xxxxxxx_xxxx
The vessels and pipework shall have documented design calculations,
design verification, fabrication and inspection certificates according
to the relevant design code as modified by the codes of practice above
which must be provided to Owner as part of the requirements for taking
over.
Vessels and pipework shall have non destructive and hydro static
testing completed to ASME code Section VIII, Division 1 and shall be
performed prior to shipment. Whether or not the Owner exercises it
rights to witness such testing, signed and fully verified test result
paperwork is required.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the following:
a) Ascertaining the approval, inspection, documentation and design
standard requirements of applicable in New Zealand.
b) Obtaining the necessary design verification and certification from
an approved agency that is recognised in New Zealand.
c) Co-ordinating and arranging for the required statutory inspections
and testing from an approved agency.
d) Providing all the necessary documentation to meet the requirements
of the applicable standards and regulations.
The manufacture of any items requiring design verification shall not
commence until the Contractor has received the necessary certification
from the approving authority.
The cost of all statutory approvals or services shall be included in
the EPC Contract Price.
1.14 MARCO CRITERIA
MARCO is an acronym representing the following concepts which shall be
incorporated into the design of the equipment:
EPC Schedule A (A-20) 09 October 2003
Page 21
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maintainability
Availability
Reliability
Constructability
Operability
The plant design and construction requirements shall be optimized to
ensure high MARCO.
Redundancy shall be provided for at least the following equipment:
o All critical interlock, trip and protection functions, especially
those related to startup including:
- Turbine over speed protection
- Vaporiser high-pressure protection
- Condenser high-pressure protection
- Generator winding high temperature
- Generator over voltage
- Generator time over voltage
- Air driven oil pump as backup for electricallly driven oil
pump to bring the OEC to a safe stop.
Ormat shall participate in value engineering studies during the process
design phase, HAZOPS and design review meetings comprised of personnel
from the Owner and Ormat. Ormat shall identify design features which
have been included in the plant design to improve maintainability,
availability, reliability, constructability, and operability. In
addition, Ormat will be required to participate in evaluating plant
equipment and systems versus reliability objectives over the life of
the plant.
The following additional MARCO requirements shall be applied to the
equipment or plant provided by the Contractor.
1.14.1 Maintainability
The primary maintainability objective shall be to minimise the
complexity and time required for maintenance. The following general
criteria shall be followed to achieve this objective:
Plant equipment shall be of a low maintenance design and shall be
easily maintainable.
Plant equipment shall be designed to be maintained in place, if
possible, with minimum disassembly of surrounding equipment and minimum
usage of temporary scaffolding and handling equipment. All platforms,
ladders, handrails, chequer plating, and grating necessary for safety
and access to the equipment supplied for routine inspections,
operations, and major maintenance. Permanent platforms will be provided
for valves that are located at high elevation and need frequent
adjustment by operators during regular plant operation. This includes
the isolation valves at the Geothermal Fluid connection to the
Reinjection Main.
Equipment arrangements, pipe routings, and cable tray locations shall
be designed for maximum equipment accessibility and to allow the
following types of access:
o Space shall be allowed to enable maintenance on a binary module
without the need for those maintenance activities being undertaken
within hazardous zones created by an adjacent module.
o Space shall be provided to allow plant personnel easy access to
all equipment which may require maintenance.
o Space shall be provided to allow unobstructed access for
maintenance tools and equipment required for maintenance on
permanently installed equipment.
o Space shall be provided to motor-operated equipment areas for work
carts.
EPC Schedule A (A-21) 09 October 2003
Page 22
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Ample space shall be provided to allow removal and laydown of any
equipment that cannot be maintained in place or may require
replacement.
Lifting eyes shall be provided on equipment to facilitate installation
and removal for maintenance.
Techniques for minimizing corrosion of structures and equipment exposed
to chemically or environmentally corrosive atmospheres shall be
incorporated into the equipment design. Removable panels with lifting
eyes on enclosures shall be provided where required.
Special attention shall be given to providing appropriate enclosures,
curbs, drip guards and collection systems for fugitive water, hose
spray water, chemicals, and oils.
Where feasible, similar equipment shall be provided by the same
manufacturer to minimize spare parts inventories and also to minimize
the number of different manufacturers' equipment that plant personnel
must be capable of maintaining.
Maintainability features shall be described in the Maintainability
Features Description submitted for approval by the Owner during the
design phase, which shall address, as a minimum, the following items:
Details of features of the turbine generator units, heat exchangers and
condensers, such as modular construction, that can reduce downtime and
allow ease of maintenance, thus improving plant availability.
The weight of individual major components, the lifting facilities
required for removal, and whether the lifting facilities are
permanently installed or if additional mobile lifting equipment is
required. If mobile lifting equipment is required, the capacity and
type of equipment required and the clearance around the equipment for
unimpeded operation shall be stated.
Details of the extent of dismantling of equipment required for
equipment cleaning, maintenance and removal, and lay-down area
requirements.
The Contractor shall provide the times required to perform various
maintenance operations both minor and major based on the installation
design, by an experienced maintenance crew with the manufacturer's
recommended number of tradesmen. The times shall be total elapsed time
starting with a cold, fully assembled plant to the time the plant is
fully reassembled and available for service.
1.14.2 Availability/Reliability
The long-term aim is to achieve planned survey inspections frequencies
of 6 years for turbine equipment and four years for heat exchangers
with representative inspections occurring at 1 year, 2 years and 4
years.
The design of equipment systems and selection of system components
shall be based on the potential effect on equipment reliability and
generation capability. Systems which can cause a unit outage if one of
the system components fails shall be designed for high reliability and
ease of maintainability.
Reliability criteria which shall be applied to the design of the
equipment systems and components are as follows:
o The design of each system shall be based on proven design concepts
which have been applied successfully in the power generation
industry.
o Purchased equipment shall be of a proven design. The equipment
shall be of a design that has been in successful, reliable,
continuous operation in the power generation industry for a
minimum of 3 years, or specifically approved by the Owner.
1.14.3 Constructability
EPC Schedule A (A-22) 09 October 2003
Page 23
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The primary constructability objective is to minimize the complexity of
construction to realize maximum schedule benefits. Equipment shall be
factory assembled to the maximum extent possible, so as to minimize the
field erection required.
1.14.4 Operability
The primary operability objective is to design Binary Plant systems
that are easy to operate and that require minimum operator
surveillance. The plant controls design shall allow routine plant
operations. The following general criteria shall be followed to achieve
these objectives:
o Equipment system design selections shall be based on minimizing
the amount of operator attention.
o Equipment capacity selections (i.e. one full capacity versus two
half-capacity) shall include consideration of the operator
attention required when operating over the entire load range.
o Automatic operation of systems and processes from the GGC shall be
provided.
o Operator control interfaces shall incorporate human engineering
factors, including visual observation. Operator control interfaces
for multiple systems shall be coordinated to prevent operator
confusion.
o Process systems and equipment operation shall be adequately
monitored to provide control room operators with all information
required for efficient, safe, and easy operation of the plant.
o Systems and equipment shall be located for easy operational access
and logical operational sequences.
o Special attention shall be given to adequate lighting,
ventilation, and acoustic dampening of all operational spaces.
Equipment and system components which may be operated locally shall be
arranged with personnel access. Equipment, valves, dampers, instrument,
and control devices shall be located to include, but not be limited to,
the following considerations:
o Valves. Valve operators shall be located and oriented for manual
operation within the normal reach of operating personnel without
the need for portable ladders or reaching devices. Permanent
extension operators of a conventional design may be used.
o Local Instrumentation. All local instrumentation indicating
pressures, temperatures, levels, flows, etc., or indicating the
position or status of equipment shall be readily visible to
operating personnel without the use of temporary ladders or
platforms.
o Testing Devices. Testing devices shall be located in a position
accessible to the operating or testing personnel and oriented
where the equipment and instrumentation critical to its testing
can be observed.
o Visible Inspection and Tending. Portions of equipment requiring
visual inspection, lubrication, and tending activities shall be
safely accessible and adequately lighted to assure proper
operation and servicing.
EPC Schedule A (A-23) 09 October 2003
Page 24
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. MECHANICAL PLANT
2.1 GENERAL
The plant is required to convert thermal energy from the Geothermal
Fluid to mechanical energy at the generator shafts. Selection of the
working fluid and the use of preheaters or superheaters is subject of
the Contractor's process optimisation. Working fluids are however
required to comply with Owner's Consents. The plant may consist of a
number of "standard", identical, units or one single unit. The scope of
supply for each unit shall include but not be limited to:
o Turbine(s)
o Condenser
o Feed Pump(s)
o Heat Exchanger(s)
o Lube and seal oil systems
o Piping
o Safety and control devices
In addition to the identical Binary units the scope of supply shall
include a central binary working fluid storage facility, with road
tanker loading station and transfer capabilities.
2.2 PLANT ARRANGEMENT
The plant shall be installed outdoors on Site 4. The Contractor shall
optimise the layout with respect to the operation and maintenance
requirements of its proposed equipment, the Owner's Consents, the
efficient use of the space available and to minimise total cost.
Geothermal Fluid supply and return pipes across the area of the
proposed road designation should be aligned if possible with existing
pipes to minimise the number of additional culverts for the proposed
road.
Separation distances for a Class 2d Liquefied Petroleum Gas shall be
used for Iso pentane when a liquid and at a higher temperature than the
atmospheric pressure boiling temperature. Areas outside the Binary
Plant fence shall be considered a Public Place.
The Hazardous Area Classification shall be determined in accordance
with NZS 6101 and AS/NZS 2430.3
The proposed indicative layout is shown in accordance with section
1.1.1 of these Owner's Technical Requirements on Ormat drawing
7.011.00.409.0 Revision 0, General Arrangement Power Plant in Schedule
J. The final layout shall be determined by the Contractor.
2.3 DESIGN AND OPERATING CONDITIONS
Performance and operating requirements are noted in section 1.3 of
these Owner's Technical Requirements. The plant should be capable of
operating on station house load in islanded mode following 100% export
load rejection until it can be reconnected to the grid.
Seismic design - refer section 11.4 of these Owner's Technical
Requirements.
2.4 TURBINE
2.4.1 General
EPC Schedule A (A-24) 09 October 2003
Page 25
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ormat standard turbines are to be provided. The turbine units proposed
are not a prototype.
2.4.2 Governor and Control System
The turbine(s), generator and associated equipment shall be equipped
with control features designed to go to the safe position on loss of
power or compressed air, (i.e. "Fail Safe").
Routine control shall be from the GGC, however control shall also be
possible from the Local Control Room.
Each turbine shall be fitted with a vibration sensor.
The emergency stop valves (ESVs) and Governor valves shall be separate
items.
There shall be two independent overspeed systems and a load limiter for
protecting against an over-pressurised turbine inlet.
Interlocks and disabling switches shall be supplied as necessary to
by-pass or disable trips and alarms for the purpose of starting up the
turbine-generator and for routine and statutory testing. The overspeed
trip shall never be disabled.
In general, interlocks shall be provided wherever incorrect operating
sequences could result in damage or injury.
2.4.3 Lube Oil Systems
The proposed indicative oil systems are shown in accordance with
section 1.1.1 of these Owner's Technical Requirements on Ormat drawings
in Schedule J as follows:
o Ormat drawing No. 0.011.00.419.0-Revision P0, Seal Oil System.
o Ormat drawing No. 0.011.00.418.0-Revision P0, Lubrication Oil
System.
The turbine-generator lube and seal oil systems shall be designed,
manufactured and tested to current good industrial practices. Ormat
standard oil system shall be provided.
The oil reservoirs shall be equipped with heaters.
Each oil system shall be equipped with a main oil pumping system and an
independent emergency oil system designed to protect the machinery
under fault conditions.
2.5 PUMPS
Pumps shall be of general purpose type with double mechanical seals,
(For motive fluid feed pumps only) designed, manufactured and tested to
current industrial practices.
No packed gland type seals shall be permitted.
2.6 HEAT EXCHANGERS - GEOTHERMAL FLUID/WORKING FLUID (VAPORISORS AND
PRE-HEATERS)
2.6.1 General
The heat exchangers shall be designed, manufactured and tested to
current industrial practices. This Specification and the requirements
given in ASME Section VIII Div 1, TEMA standards, class C shall be used
to define the minimum requirements. In case of conflict between this
Specification and the ASME/TEMA standards, the requirements of the
Specification shall govern. Any deviation from this standard requires
prior approval of the Owner.
EPC Schedule A (A-25) 09 October 2003
Page 26
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.6.2 Basic Design
The selection of the heat exchanger design and materials shall give
consideration to thermal and chemical performance (including the
effects of scaling), pressure loss, corrosion, leak tightness, flow
induced vibration and ease of maintenance. Only new materials shall be
used.
The heat exchangers shall be shell and tube type, with Geothermal Fluid
in the tubes. A U-tube bundle will not be accepted. The internal
diameters of the tubes shall be of sufficient size to allow easy
mechanical cleaning including cleaning by high pressure water blasting.
The precipitation of silica has been found to be dependent on the rate
of temperature change. Therefore, the Geothermal Fluid transition time
shall be minimised within the constraints of normal design practices. A
Geothermal Fluid transition time (from 127(degree)C to exit at design
flow) of more than 67 seconds shall only be permitted with prior
approval of the Owner.
NPS 3 (75mm) chemical cleaning connections are required on each heat
exchanger to facilitate cleaning of heat exchangers individually.
The heat exchangers should be accessible for chemical cleaning in situ.
It is expected that a mixture of hydrochloric and hydrofluoric acids
with inhibitors will be used. The material selection shall give
consideration to the requirements for chemical cleaning. Tubes a wall
thickness of 2.1mm shall be provided.
The Contractor shall included an internal fouling allowance, based on
up to 1 mm/ year scaling and annual chemical cleaning, in the design.
2.7 CONDENSER
2.7.1 General
This specification and the requirements given in ASME/TEMA shall be
used to define the minimum requirements. Any deviation from this
standard requires prior approval of the Owner.
2.7.2 Basic Design
The selection of the condensers design and materials shall give
consideration to the Site conditions described elsewhere in this
Specification, particularly; seismic activities, noise levels,
corrosion (H2S), leak tightness and ease of maintenance.
Fan motor mountings shall be of sufficient rigidity to facilitate easy
adjustment and prevent misalignment of the fan drive mechanism. Fans,
fan motors and the drive mechanism shall not be subjected to or
affected by ingress of rainwater or contaminants.
The following is required:
o Noise data sheets are required.
o Fan performance curves are required.
o Welding procedures and qualifications are required.
o All heat exchangers shall undergo a sensitive leak test as
described in the Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code Section V, Article
10, or by another method demonstrated to have equal sensitivity.
2.8 PIPING
EPC Schedule A (A-26) 09 October 2003
Page 27
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.8.1 General
The piping shall be designed, manufactured, installed and tested to
ANSI/ASME 31.1, except as superseded by this section. Inlet and outlet
valves adjacent to the working fluid feed pumps and the working fluid
storage vessel that are in contact with the binary working fluid shall
be fire proof (API 607) and shall meet the minimum requirements of the
relevant API standard.
2.8.2 Basic Design
All necessary precautionary considerations for the expected hazardous
fluid(s) shall be included in the design. Factors to be considered
include:
o Leakage
o Possibility to isolate various parts of the system in the event of
a fire
o Venting to a safe area
o Access to valves and other equipment in the event of a fire
o Minimal binary working fluid loss during maintenance.
o Material selection
o Containment of spillage
o Cleaning and flushing
A minimum corrosion allowance of 3 mm shall apply for all carbon steel
piping unless otherwise specified.
Piping systems shall be arranged, wherever possible, with a fall of 1
in 40 towards the mains where drainage points are positioned taking
into account the effect of cold springing where necessary. Where this
cannot be attained the fall shall be the maximum possible and in any
event an adequate fall for drainage must be maintained under all
conditions of service. Drainage falls shall preferably be in the
direction of flow.
Drain points, complete with isolating valve, shall be provided at the
lowest positions on all piping systems to facilitate emptying. Such
drain connections are to be piped to waste or to a suitable collection
point.
Air release connections complete with isolating valves shall be
positioned at the highest points on all main lines to enable trapped
air to be expelled. Such connections shall be piped to the nearest
drain or collection system.
Buried pipe is not permitted for flammable substances.
All piping shall be routed to provide a neat layout having the shortest
possible run and requiring the minimum number of fittings. Piping shall
be arranged so that full access is provided for the maintenance of
equipment, and that removal or replacement of equipment can be achieved
with the minimum dismantling of piping.
2.8.3 Fittings
Bends shall be generally of smooth construction. Lobster-back
construction shall not be used.
In any one system or pipe service all pipework and fittings are to be
of the same material.
2.8.4 Thermal Insulation
The Contractor shall supply and install all thermal insulation
necessary for the thermal efficiency of the plant and safety of
personnel and to meet the standards of good industrial practice.
Thermal insulation shall be applied to all surfaces which will reach or
exceed a temperature of 55oC (metallic) or 60oC (non metallic) under
operating conditions.
All insulation materials used shall be asbestos free.
EPC Schedule A (A-27) 09 October 2003
Page 28
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Insulation applied to pipework, machinery, equipment, and ducting shall
be clad with aluminium which should be protected internally by a
factory-applied coating and provide complete weatherproofing where
appropriate.
The insulation system shall be designed and installed so that
distortion or damage to the cladding does not occur. e.g. where it may
be stepped on by personnel. This may be achieved by incorporating
stepping platforms, barriers or using a combination of calcium silicate
and soft insulation material such as fibreglass.
Provision shall be made to prevent electrolytic action between the
cladding and dissimilar metals.
Removable cladding should be used for valves, flanges and inspection
access points requiring intermittent inspection and maintenance.
Strengthening ribs shall be used on large surfaces and drain holes
shall be drilled in bottom of each box at the lowest point.
All insulation outside of buildings shall be clad using methods that
ensure the insulation system to be completely weatherproof. The
Contractor's insulation and cladding shall be designed and applied with
proper allowance for expansion and contraction.
2.8.5 Pipe Specifications
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION MATERIAL
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pipe - Geothermal Fluid Seamless, SAW or ERW ASTM A106B or API 5L-B
supply & return
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fittings (Butt weld) To ANSI B16.9. ASTM A234 WPB
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fittings (Socket weld) To ANSI B16.11 class 3000 ASTM A105
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flanges(up to DN600) To ANSI B16.5 class 150 ASTM A105 or ASTM X000 XXX
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Xxxxxxx(xxxx DN600) To MSS-SP44 or API 605 ASTM A105 or ASTM A216 WCB
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Studs (threaded rod) ANSI B18.2.1 ASTM A193 Gr.B7 Class 2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nuts ANSI B18.2.2 ASTM A194 Gr.2H
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gaskets To ANSI B16.21 Non asbestos 'Klingersill'
C4400 or approved equal
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Valves Materials- ASTM, or equivalent
Pressure Temp. Rating-ANSI
B16.34, or equivalent
Leak Class-ANSI/FCI 70-2, or
equivalent
Dimensions-API 609, or equivalent
Fire Safe Valves-API607, or
equivalent
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.8.6 Valves and Accessories
All Geothermal Fluid valves shall be accessible from grade or platforms
provided by the Contractor or otherwise made operable without the use
of temporary ladders. Platforms shall be provided for the valves on the
Geothermal Fluid system.
EPC Schedule A (A-28) 09 October 2003
Page 29
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Vents and drains shall be provided at all local high and low areas
respectively. To purge the Geothermal Fluid pipelines of solid
deposits, drop pots shall be provided at regular intervals, to be
located at the low point before a riser. Each drop pot shall be
equipped with a DN100 mm valve to discharge debris to a local drain or
seepage pit.
All valves of similar size, duty, type and material shall be directly
interchangeable, and preferably of the same brand.
All critical isolation valves and valves exceeding 20mmNB shall be able
to be locked open or closed for maintenance work.
o Manual valves shall be fitted with handles/handwheels that can be
secured to both the open and closed position with a padlock
o The open or closed position on pneumatic valves shall be secured
by physical isolation of the supply air lines
Valves on critical services including, but not limited to, lubricating
oil pump isolators shall also be lockable in the normal operating
position to prevent incorrect operation.
All actuator electrical equipment shall be protected against dust and
water to Class IP 55 as a minimum.
2.9 WORKING FLUID STORAGE AND HANDLING
2.9.1 General
The working fluid storage tank(s) shall be designed, manufactured,
installed and tested to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section
VIII Div.1. Working fluid piping shall be designed and installed to
ANSI B31.1.
The indicative working fluid storage tank and piping system is shown in
accordance with section 1.1.1 of these Owner's Technical Requirements
on Ormat drawing No. 7.011.00.414.0-Revision 1, P&ID Motive Fluid
System in Schedule J,
2.9.2 Basic Design
o Standby Storage
Sufficient storage capacity shall be provided to hold the charge
of binary working fluid corresponding to the largest isolated
equipment group. The Contractor shall establish the appropriate
design requirements for the standby storage vessel(s).
o Binary Working Fluid Top-up Storage
Sufficient storage capacity shall be provided to supply the charge
of binary working fluid corresponding to the largest isolated
equipment group. The Contractor shall establish the design
requirements for the top up storage vessel(s).
o Handling
The Contractor shall establish the design requirements for fluid
transfer and handling in order to comply with conditions of the
Owner's Consents and good operational and safety practice.
A rigid piping system with fixed pump(s) and valves shall be
provided to allow transfer of working fluid to and from the
storage tank and the binary units.
EPC Schedule A (A-29) 09 October 2003
Page 30
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.10 LUBRICATION
A schedule of the oils and other lubricants recommended for all
components of the Permanent Works shall be provided to the Owner in the
operating and maintenance manuals. The Owner's preference is to use
fluids compatible with existing Wairakei Station wherever possible.
EPC Schedule A (A-30) 09 October 2003
Page 31
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. GEOTHERMAL FLUID SYSTEM
3.1 GENERAL
The Geothermal Fluid piping shall be designed, manufactured, installed
and tested to ASME 31.1.
The Geothermal Fluid process flow scheme is shown on Meritec Drg
2512004 - 401 RevC - Process Flow Diagram - Brine (Geothermal Fluid).
(Exhibit A6)
The Geothermal Fluid process is also shown on Ormat drawings in
Schedule J, in accordance with section 1.1.1 of these Owner's Technical
Requirements as follows:
o Ormat Drawing No. 7.011.00.410.0- Revision 1, Process Flow Diagram
Geothermal Fluid.
o Ormat Drawing No. 7.011.00.411.0- Revision 1, Main Control
Diagram.
o Ormat Drawing No. 7.011.00.412.0 Revision 1 , P&ID Brine OEC's
Gathering System.
3.2 GEOTHERMAL FLUID SYSTEM OPERATION
3.2.1 System Pressurisation
Geothermal Fluid is collected from various Flash Plants under pressure
and flows to the reinjection xxxxx assisted by gravity. The total
available pressure and gravity head, between the lowest flash plant and
the highest reinjection well, exceeds the reinjection pressure required
at the well head by the reinjection xxxxx. Thus the upper part of the
fluid collection system operates partially flooded. At some position in
the systems there is a liquid level, below which the pipeline is fully
charged with fluid. In an uncontrolled system the position of the fluid
level is determined by the height of the column of liquid necessary for
the reinjection xxxxx to receive the incoming flowrate, and to overcome
fluid friction through the pipe system (including Binary Plant heat
exchangers).
In the event that the Geothermal Fluid level rises to an exceptionally
high level, then it may be diverted to the spilling xxxxx WK61 and
WK62. Modification to the spilling well system is not part of this
Contract.
If the spilling well capacity is exceeded, then the fluid level will
continue to rise until it is spilt directly to the Wairakei stream from
the Flash Plants.
The Binary Plant shall include a minimum 2m head allowance between
terminal points for scaling and fouling.
Normal system operating parameters for the Binary Plant are described
in section 1.3.
3.2.2 Geothermal Fluid Discharge to the Wairakei Stream
The Geothermal Fluid discharge to the Wairakei Stream is shown on the
Brine Process Flow Diagram (Exhibit A6)
The proposed indicative system for discharging Geothermal Fluid to the
Wairakei Stream is shown in accordance with section 1.1.1 of these
Owner's Technical Requirements on Ormat drawing No. 7.011.00.413.0
Revision 0, P&ID Energy Dissipation System in Schedule J.
Present reinjection well capacity is about 1,250 tph. Geothermal Fluid
collection from the flash plants and flow through the Binary Plant will
be up to 3,000 tph. 1,750 tph will therefore be discharged in the first
instance to the Prawn Farm, with any surplus Geothermal Fluid being
discharged to the Wairakei stream. The dump valves will be modulating
under pressure control.
In the longer term reinjection well capacity will be increased
sufficiently to accept the full fluid flow. The dump valves will then
normally be closed.
EPC Schedule A (A-31) 09 October 2003
Page 32
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Binary Plant generation will turn down to the extent that the
reinjection system partially or fully shuts down and fluid difference
is unable to be discharged to the stream.
A complete pressure control system shall be provided to control the
Geothermal Fluid level at the required position for maximum flow to the
Binary Plant and reinjection flow up to 1,900 tph. Pressure control
shall be stable and incorporate PID control.
The discharge control station shall have multiple valves to give
sufficient turn-down and ensure stable operation under all flow
conditions. Selection of the valves shall take account of possible
cavitation, sticking due to deposits, noise etc. With the Geothermal
Fluid bypass station fully open Geothermal Fluid of 130(degree)C may be
encountered. The discharge to the Wairakei Stream shall incorporate an
energy dissipation tank designed to flash the Geothermal Fluid to
atmosphere within the noise constraints laid down in these Owner's
Technical Requirements and introduce the Geothermal Fluid to the stream
without erosion of the bank or compromising the existing maintenance
access requirements.
3.2.3 Geothermal Fluid Supply to the Prawn Farm
When the Binary Plant is commissioned the Owner will supply Geothermal
Fluid, at the Binary Plant discharge temperature, to the Prawn Farm.
The necessary piping and heat exchangers are already in place. The
quantity of Geothermal Fluid required varies seasonally and is expected
to reach a maximum in winter at 1,000 tph. In summer the flow is is
likely to be less than 333 tph. The Prawn Farm Geothermal Fluid flow is
interruptible e.g. for heat exchanger cleaning.
The Prawn Farm discharges used Geothermal Fluid to the Wairakei stream.
Prawn Farm heating requirements will determine the amount of Geothermal
Fluid discharged to the stream by the Binary Plant dump valves and
pressure control system provided under this Contract. For example, if
the Prawn Farm flow is 1,000 tph (e.g. in winter) then very little
Geothermal Fluid (approx. 100 tph) will need to be discharged to the
stream through the dump valves, while in summer or when the Prawn Farm
ceases usage of geothermal water, up to 1,100 tph will need to be
discharged. The pressure control system shall operate satisfactorily
for these conditions of varying flow to the Prawn Farm.
3.2.4 Binary Plant Bypass
The Binary Plant bypass system shall allow uninterrupted operation of
the Geothermal Fluid collection system at full flow with disposal to
reinjection, the Wairakei Stream discharge system and the Prawn Farm
when Binary Plant Geothermal Fluid demand is reduced for any reason.
The system controlling the bypass valves shall be stable and
incorporate PID control.
The bypass control station shall be designed to bypass the full 3,000
tph (at 130(degree)c) within the constraint of the maximum allowable
pressure drop for when the Binary Plant is operating. The bypass
station shall have multiple valves to give sufficient turn-down and
ensure stable operation under all flow conditions.
3.2.5 Pressure/Vacuum Surges
The rate of change of flow shall be limited so that pressure surges
remain within the pipeline design pressure, and sub-atmospheric
pressure with associated flashing (e.g. in the downstream reinjection
pipework following a binary unit or station trip) does not occur.
The maximum rate of change of Geothermal Fluid flow through each unit
is to be limited so that excessive pressure or vacuum surges can not
occur.
EPC Schedule A (A-32) 09 October 2003
Page 33
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.3 SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
The Geothermal Fluid system should be designed for minimum cost,
mindful of the general requirements set out in these Owner's Technical
Requirements, including the performance and operating requirements
described in section 1.3, and Geothermal Fluid system operation
described above.
The piping design shall consider the most severe conditions applicable,
and particular attention shall be paid to the following:
o Drain lines shall be generously sized to enable cold water to be
displaced in a reasonable time on start up. DN100 or larger are
recommended.
o A thermal stress analysis of the complete piping system, including
the effects on the existing reinjection system at the tee-in
points shall be completed.
o Stress concentration at pipe supports shall be avoided.
o Dead legs shall be avoided.
o All instrument impulse lines shall have a class 800 isolation
valve at the tee to the Geothermal Fluid line and shall be
insulated.
The Contractor shall determine pipe routing, taking into account
Owner's access requirements to existing facilities, and the proposed
route of the East Taupo Arterial road. Pipelines crossing the road
designation should follow existing pipeline routes where possible.
Field crossings may be overhead or underground. Vertical expansion
loops shall be kept to a minimum. Compensator bellows having
convolutions shall not be used.
Transient and abnormal Binary lant operating conditions (eg plant
outages, trips etc) are expected to cause changes to temperature and
flow conditions within the Geothermal Fluid System. The Contractor and
the Owner shall co-operatively work together to design the most
appropriate control philosophy for the brine system. The design shall
also be subject to a design review process. Each party shall provide to
the other at no cost, any necessary control signals, hardware and
Software facilities required to enable appropriate monitoring,
alarming, operation and control of affected systems including bypass,
stream discharge, spilling well, flashplant, reinjection well, and
Prawn Farm heat exchange systems.
3.4 FLOW MEASUREMENT
Geothermal Fluid flow measurement is required for the Binary Plant (and
each unit if more than one provided), and on the dump flow to the
Wairakei stream. Currently, the total flow is not measured by a single
meter. Instead it is calculated by using a number of flow meters at
various points in the Geothermal Fluid System and assumptions made for
volumes flowing through two take-off points. A meter measuring total
flow will therefore be required to be installed by the Contractor for
input into the Binary Plant control system.
The bypass flow shall be calculated by subtraction of the binary unit
flows from the total Geothermal Fluid flow. The bypass flow shall be
shown on the control screens and totalised in the reports (for
assessment of lost generation potential).
The flow to the reinjection system shall be calculated by subtraction
of the Prawn Farm flow and dump flow from the total Geothermal Fluid
flow.
The effects of scale forming within the Geothermal Fluid path shall be
taken into account when selectiing flow measuring instruments.
EPC Schedule A (A-33) 09 October 2003
Page 34
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. GENERATOR
4.1 GENERAL
Each generator shall be rated to absorb the normal maximum rated shaft
power available from the turbine under all normal and abnormal (start
up, shut down, trip) operating conditions.
The generators shall meet the requirements of IEC publication 60034
unless otherwise specified herein. Generators shall be rated for
continuous duty (Class S1 per IEC 34).
Generators shall be capable of operating at rated load over the power
factor range 0.80 lagging to 0.95 leading without loss of stability and
control under all operating conditions defined in the Owner's Technical
Requirements.
4.2 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
The scope of supply for each generator, includes but is not limited to
the following:
i. Cooling and lubricating systems;
ii. Excitation and control systems;
iii. Main electrical output system including generator voltage and
current transformers, surge protection and 11 kV cable to link the
generator to the generator circuit breaker;
iv. Earthing transformer;
4.3 DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS
4.3.1 Design Parameters
The following parameters apply to the design of the generators.
Rated Generating Voltage 11,000 V phase to phase.
Rated Frequency 50 Hz
Atmospheric Conditions refer section 1.1 of these Owner's
Technical Requirements
4.3.2 Insulation and Temperature Rise
The generator, excitation systems including their windings, terminals,
phase and neutral leads and all connections shall be insulated with
Class F insulating materials or better. Asbestos is prohibited.
Particular attention should be given to the reliable long term
operation of this plant in the specified corrosive environmental
conditions.
The temperatures and temperature rise under full rated loading
conditions shall not exceed those specified for Class B in IEC 60034.
4.3.3 Abnormal Operating Conditions
The turbo-generator shall be capable of withstanding the following
abnormal operating conditions without harmful deformation of the
windings or shafts, and without significantly reducing the fatigue life
of the generator:
EPC Schedule A (A-34) 09 October 2003
Page 35
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
i. A sudden short-circuit when at rated load and 105% voltage,
maintained for three seconds at the terminals of the generator.
ii. Faulty synchronisation to the extent that it may occur within the
range normally recommended by the generator manufacturer,
otherwise synchronisation protection methods may be relied upon.
iii. High speed single and slow speed triple pole re-closing of the
high voltage switchgear following system faults, with the
generator connected to single or multiple outgoing circuits to the
extent that it may occur within the range normally recommended by
the equipment manufacturer.
iv. Sub-synchronous resonance.
v. Phase to earth fault at the terminals of the generator for the
length of time required for the machine to come to rest.
vi. Adverse atmospheric conditions including the presence of H2S. The
use of materials, including jointing materials, such as silver and
cadmium that are affected by H2S shall not be used.
4.4 GENERATOR COOLING
The VPI treated generator shall use air as a cooling medium arranged as
WPII open circuit. When selecting the cooling arrangement,
consideration shall be given to the atmospheric conditions including
H2S, particulate matter, and the hazardous area classification.
4.5 GENERATOR STATOR
4.5.1 General
The generator shall be enclosed to class IP55 of IEC 34-5. The casing,
including end xxxxxxx, all joints and pipe connections shall be air
tight under all normal operating conditions. The stator end winding
covers shall be of an approved non-magnetic material.
4.5.2 Terminals
Terminal bushings shall be provided to terminate both ends of each
phase winding outside the stator casing. The phase ends shall be
appropriately marked in the order of their phase sequence and brought
out to the exterior with all necessary supports, bushings, seals,
ducting, and screening.
The joint faces at the end of each bushing, and at the connections to
the stator winding, shall be either platinum or tinned copper. The
joints between the bushings and the cables shall be bolted.
Cables shall be sufficiently flexible to absorb vibration and shall be
adequately supported.
4.5.3 Anti-Condensation Heaters
Anti-condensation heaters shall be fitted near the end windings of the
stator to prevent condensation in the casing whilst the generator is
shut down. The heaters shall be low temperature or strip type,
thermostatically controlled by stator mounted Resistance Temperature
Devices (RTD's), to maintain the stator winding temperature above
20(degree)C. Controls shall be added to ensure that the heaters are
disconnected when the generator is operating.
4.5.4 Temperature Indication
Each stator shall be provided with appropriately designed winding
temperature detectors of the resistance temperature type.
EPC Schedule A (A-35) 09 October 2003
Page 36
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.6 GENERATOR ROTOR
4.6.1 Bearings
Bearing pedestals shall be insulated from earth to prevent circulating
currents.
4.7 EXCITATION SYSTEM
4.7.1 Scope
A well-proven, brushless excitation system designed to IEC 60034 is
required. It shall include but shall not be limited to a main exciter,
rotating rectifier, field control equipment, and digital automatic
voltage regulators and a permanent magnet pilot exciter.
4.7.2 General Requirements
The excitation system must comply with the requirements for resistance
to H2S corrosion.
All rotating components must be capable of operating continuously at
rated speed and have the ability to withstand overspeeds of up to 120%
of nominal.
The excitation system shall not be damaged nor lose significant control
on any specified generator fault condition or when any accidental out
of phase synchronising or pole slipping occurs.
With rated AC supply voltage and frequency the excitation system shall
be capable of delivering continuously, within rated temperature rise,
any value of field current from zero to 110% of the field current
required by the generator at its maximum continuous capability and
rated power.
The exciter shall be entirely suitable for use in conjunction with the
voltage control device being supplied by the Contractor.
All static equipment shall be cooled by natural circulation.
4.7.3 Excitation Power
The Contractor may offer their preferred excitation power system to
provide a power supply to brushless exciter field control equipment.
4.7.4 Main Exciter and Rotating Rectifier
The exciter shall be cooled using air as the primary coolant medium.
The air path may be an integral part of the generator cooling system.
Monitoring systems shall be provided to detect rotating rectifier
bridge arm failure and excitation failure.
4.7.5 General Control System Requirements
Auxiliary power supplies for the excitation control system shall be
derived from the pilot exciter.
4.7.6 Voltage Regulation
A continuously acting fast response digital automatic voltage regulator
of proven design shall be supplied to control the output of the main
excitation system including under/over excitation limiting. The AVR
shall provide for safe shutdown in the event of failure of a major
component.
EPC Schedule A (A-36) 09 October 2003
Page 37
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.8 GENERATOR CT, VT AND SURGE PROTECTION
The generator protection CT's shall be located at the generator star
point. AVR, metering, and 11kV protection CTs and VTs shall be located
in the generator circuit breaker cubicle of the 11kV switchboard
together with the generator surge protection equipment as described
below.
Current transformers and voltage transformers shall comply with IEC
60185 and IEC 60186 respectively. The generator current transformer
secondaries shall be wired to a terminal box on the side of the main
terminal enclosure, or some other convenient position close by. The
terminal numbering within this box shall clearly indicate the phase
relationship and polarity of the connections.
VT circuits shall be protected by low voltage MCB's. Low voltage MCB's
shall be clearly identified and easily accessible.
The surge diverter assembly shall comply with IEC 60099 and IEC 60071
and shall be suitable for protection of the generator windings. Each
surge diverter shall be fitted with a surge counter. The surge diverter
and capacitors may be moved to the generator switchgear cubicle to
comply with hazardous zoning requirements.
4.9 GENERATOR NEUTRAL EARTHING TRANSFORMER
Each generator shall be provided with an earthing cubicle constructed
of heavy gauge sheet steel suitable for floor mounting. The cubicle
shall contain a single-phase earthing transformer with its primary
connected between generator neutral and earth and its secondary shunted
by a resistor.
Means of isolation of the equipment from the neutral conductor shall be
provided and a suitable cable sealing box shall be provided for
termination of the neutral conductor.
The design of the earthing transformer and matching resistor shall be
based on the following parameters:
i. Maximum earth fault current (transformer primary) at 100% voltage
must not exceed 10 amps.
ii. Rated primary voltage shall be chosen to ensure that even on
generator over-voltage under field forcing, the transformer core
will be working at relatively low flux densities to avoid any
possibilities of ferro-resonance. The flux density may be 50% -60%
of knee point flux density.
iii. Minute kVA rating - rated primary voltage times maximum earth
fault current under overvoltage conditions.
The magnitude of the earth fault current shall be measured by a time
delay voltage sensing relay shunted across the transformer secondary
resistor as specified in Section 11.
The neutral earthing equipment shall be suitable for a 5 minute duty
cycle.
4.10 CONTROL SYSTEM INTERFACING
The Contractor shall provide sufficient alarms, indications, protection
flags etc to:
i give the operators clear and comprehensive information on the
conditional status of the generator, excitation systems, and all
auxiliaries.
ii ensure that the Binary Plant is Fail Safe and suitable for
unattended operation.
EPC Schedule A (A-37) 09 October 2003
Page 38
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. TRANSFORMERS
5.1 GENERAL
This section of the specification states the requirements for the
design, manufacture, and testing of:
i. The 220/11kV Generator Step-up Transformer
ii. The 11/0.4kV Local Service Transformers
iii. The 220kV surge arrestors
The transformers shall have the following general characteristics:
Type: Outdoor, oil-immersed, three phase, double wound type.
Standard: The transformer shall conform to the requirements of IEC
60076 and be suitable for operation under IEC 60354. If
there is a conflict between the Owner's Technical
Requirements and the above-mentioned standards, the Owner's
Technical Requirements shall prevail.
Cooling: ONAN
Rating: Transformers shall be sized in accordance with the relevant
duty. The Generator Transformer rating shall allow at least
5% contingency on transmitted power over the range of
ambient conditions noted in section 1.1.
Local service transformers shall have at least 20%
contingency rating.
Duty: The transformer shall be suitable for continuous operation
on the electrical systems and under the site conditions
described in this specification.
5.2 SERVICE
The Owner's existing electrical system, to which the binary plant is to
be connected is shown in Exhibit A8, Drawing Xhn1262 Rev ZG.
The indicative electrical system is shown in accordance with section
1.1.1 of these Owner's Technical Requirements on Ormat drawing No.
0.002.95.689.0-Revision 2, General One Line Diagram in Schedule J,
The Generator Transformer and surge arresters will be located inside
the Transpower switchyard at Bay 2.
The Generator Transformer will be used to step up from a generator
voltage of 11 kV between phases to a transmission voltage of 220 kV
between phases. Individual Binary Plant generators are to be connected
to a new 11 kV bus via circuit breakers. A further circuit breaker is
to be installed between the 11 kV bus and the LV terminals of the
Generator Transformer.
The Generator Transformer will be connected in delta on the LV side and
in star on the HV side. HV connections shall be by outdoor bushings to
overhead lines. LV connections shall be by cable using an air-insulated
cable box. The star point will be brought out of the tank through the
neutral bushing and will be solidly earthed. The LV winding will be
ineffectively earthed through an earthing transformer, if such a
transformer is required.
Normal power flow will be from the LV to HV terminals. However the
transformer shall be capable of operating with a power flow from the HV
to the LV terminals to supply the 400V auxiliary power requirements
when the generators are out of service.
EPC Schedule A (A-38) 09 October 2003
Page 39
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A series of local service transformers, connected to the Binary Plant
11 kV bus via a fused disconnector, are to be used to supply power to
the 415V auxiliaries for start up and running of the units under normal
operating conditions. The transformers shall be designed to cope with
worst case static and motor starting loads imposed upon them.
During a contingency event, that results in the total loss of supply
from the Binary Plant 11 kV bus, the Binary Plant auxiliaries shall be
supplied from the 11kV Local Distribution Board via a break-before-make
changeover arrangement.
5.3 GENERATOR TRANSFORMER AND LOCAL SERVICES TRANSFORMER
5.3.1 General
The transformers provided shall comply with the requirements of the
latest edition of IEC 60076.
In addition the following characteristics apply:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PARAMETER GENERATOR TRANSFORMER LOCAL SERVICES TRANSFORMER(S)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transformer Ratio 220 kV/11 kV 11/0.4 kV
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Winding Configuration Ynd3 Dy3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Highest System Voltage 245 kV 12 kV
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rated lightning impulse 950 kV, Um = 245 kV 75 kV, Um = 12 kV
withstand voltage (peak) 75 kV, Um = 12 kV
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tappings Contractor to determine the +5% down to -5% in 2.5% steps
appropriate range of Taps,
see Section 5.3.2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earthing Solid Earthed, 220 kV Solid Earthed, 0.4 kV
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The characteristics of the power systems internal to the generating
plant will be determined by the Contractor in accordance with IEC
standards.
Where the external connections with the 220 kV and 11 kV systems is via
cables the Contractor shall provide cable boxes for the termination of
these cables to the high voltage windings of each transformer. The
cable boxes shall be equipped with surge arresters connected to the
cable terminations which shall selected in accordance with the
appropriate parts of IEC 60099 and IEC 60071.
Where external connections are overhead, outdoor surge arrestors shall
be provided.
5.3.2 Voltage Response and Control
The generator excitation system and voltage control system shall have a
voltage set point that is adjustable over the voltage range required to
meet the asset owner performance obligations set out in the Common
Quality Obligations and Rulebook. It is preferable that the performance
obligations with respect to voltage are met by the generator
transformer being equipped with an appropriate range of taps together
with an on-load tap changer.
5.3.3 Painting
Materials used should be cleaned and prepared in accordance with good
industrial practice.
Transformer tanks and conservators shall be leak tested prior to
painting.
EPC Schedule A (A-39) 09 October 2003
Page 40
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All internal surfaces subject to contact with oil shall be coated with
an oil resistant paint.
Radiators and heat exchangers shall be externally zinc hot sprayed and
painted. Internally they shall be coated with oil resistant paint.
The pad mounted auxiliary transformers enclosures will be constructed
of stainless steel.
5.3.4 Transformer Testing
The transformers shall be factory-tested in accordance with ANSI
C57/IEC60076 including for both Routine and Type tests. If the
transformers are identical to previously manufactured transformers and
a Type Test Certificate from an internationally recognised testing
authority is provided to show compliance then the Owner may at its sole
discretion waive the Type Tests.
5.3.5 Earthquake Withstand
The transformers will be installed in areas subject to earthquakes and
they shall be designed to withstand, in working order, a severe
earthquake. Refer Section 11.4 of these Owner's Technical Specification
for seismic design requirements.
5.4 HV SURGE ARRESTORS
HV surge arrestors shall be provided for the protection of electrical
apparatus against lightning and excessive switching over-voltages.
Surge arrestors shall comply with the requirements of IEC 6099 and
shall be selected in accordance with the application recommendations in
Transpower standard TP.PP 07.01.
Each discharge counter shall be sealed in a weatherproof case to IP 55
classification of IEC 529 and shall have a counter that records every
impulse that causes the surge arrestor to operate.
5.5 EARTHING TRANSFORMER (IF REQUIRED)
The 11kV windings of the Generator transformer shall be earthed through
a three phase, 11kV/230V oil-filled, 5 limb, distribution type power
transformer with ONAN cooling, suitable for operation in an outdoor
geothermal environment. The primary (HV) windings shall be connected in
star with the neutral point solidly earthed. The secondary (LV)
windings shall be connected in open delta. A loading resistor shall be
connected across the open delta terminals. The voltage developed across
the resistor shall be used to detect earth faults.
The transformer shall comply with IEC 60076 and will not saturate at
1.3 times the system nominal voltage. Under pre-fault and balanced load
conditions the transformers will be energised with reduced magnetising
current only.
The resistor shall be rated to withstand maximum projected fault
current for 30 seconds. The resistance of the resistor shall not vary
more than 30% from zero to full rated current over this period.
Insulation level of the windings shall be 75kV.
Testing shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 60076 and shall
include the following special tests:
i. Measurement of the zero sequence impedance with the resistor
connected;
ii. Precision measurement of the resistor resistance.
EPC Schedule A (A-40) 09 October 2003
Page 41
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. SWITCHGEAR
6.1 GENERAL
This section of the specification covers the supply of Binary Plant
11kV and 415V switchgear. All switchgear must meet the hazardous area
safety requirements as applicable and be immune to H2S corrosion.
Switchgear must be reliable, easily maintained, and supported within
New Zealand.
6.2 SCOPE OF WORK
The scope of work covered by this section shall include but not be
limited to the following:
i. 11kV Binary Plant Switchboard
ii. 415V Switchboard(s)
iii. Motor control centre(s)
iv. 220 kV Circuit Breaker
6.3 SERVICE
The Owner's existing electrical system, to which the binary plant is to
be connected is shown in Exhibit A8, Drawing Xhn1262 Rev ZG. The
station electrical interconnections are described in the Terminal Point
Connections Schedule (Exhibit A2).
The proposed indicative electrical system is shown in accordance with
section 1.1.1 of these Owner's Technical Requirements on Ormat drawing
No. 0.002.95.689.0-Revision 2, General One Line Diagram in Schedule J,
Under normal operation generated power will be transmitted via
generator circuit breakers to the 11kV Binary Plant bus, and will be
used for synchronising each generator. The connection from the 11 kV
Binary Plant bus to the 220/11 kV Generator Transformer shall be made
by cable via an 11 kV circuit breaker.
Auxiliary power will be provided via 11kV/415V local service
transformer(s) fed from the Binary Plant 11kV Bus. In the event that
power is not available from the 11 kV Binary Plant Switchboard, an
emergency 11kV power supply will be supplied from the 11 kV Local
Distribution Board.
The 415V switchboard is to provide all of the Binary Plant auxiliary
power requirements, including small power and lighting, building
services, motor starters, and battery chargers.
Motor starters on the 415V switchboard will be made up of contactor
units.
Satellite outdoor Fin Fan Motor Control Centres are not acceptable.
6.4 GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
6.4.1 Switchboard Busbars
Busbars shall be of either aluminium conductor or tinned copper,
rigidly supported and fully insulated throughout their lengths. The
busbars shall be completely enclosed in an earthed metal chamber. No
small wiring or other equipment shall be mounted in the busbar chamber.
6.4.2 Switchboard Circuit Breakers
EPC Schedule A (A-41) 09 October 2003
Page 42
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Circuit breakers of the same current rating shall be interchangeable.
Closing mechanisms shall be of the trip free type with closing and
tripping coils capable of satisfactory operation within the specified
limits of auxiliary supply voltage.
In the case of stored energy pattern mechanisms provision shall be made
for electrical and manual release of the closing springs and a spring
winding handle for emergency use shall be provided.
6.4.3 Switchboard Auxiliary Switches
Auxiliary switches shall be rated in accordance with their duty.
6.4.4 Switchboard Circuit Breaker Isolation
Circuit breakers, auxiliary switches and operating mechanisms shall be
arranged to permit full accessibility for maintenance purposes and to
isolate circuits.
All interlock mechanisms shall be mechanical and when manually operated
they shall be clearly labelled. Interlocks shall be provided to prevent
the following operations :
i. The circuit breaker being withdrawn from or inserted into the
isolating contacts when it is closed. Attempted isolation shall
not trip a closed circuit breaker.
ii. The closing of the circuit breaker, unless correctly located in
the service, earth or isolated positions.
iii. The circuit breaker being closed in the service position without
completing the auxiliary circuits between the fixed and moving
portions.
6.4.5 Instrument Transformers
Instrument transformers shall be housed or accommodated to suit their
particular duties and shall be of sufficient output, metering or
protective class, to cater for the connected burden.
Class 'X' CTs shall be of the ring type, complying with BS 3938. All
other CTs shall comply with IEC 60185.
6.4.6 Anti-Condensation Heaters
Switchgear cubicles shall have a hygrostatically controlled heater unit
fitted of adequate size to prevent condensation.
6.4.7 Starters and Contactors
AC motor starters shall comply with IEC 60947.
DC motor starters shall comply with IEC 60947.
Contactors shall comply with IEC 60947 rated for uninterrupted duty
making and breaking capacity category AC3.
Motor starters shall include the following for each motor circuit :
i. A main incoming supply switch isolator, fuse switch or moulded
case circuit breaker.
ii. Ammeter where specified.
iii. Amber lamp to IEC 60947 to indicate "fault" condition and, where
required, red and green lamps to indicate "closed" and "open"
conditions respectively.
EPC Schedule A (A-42) 09 October 2003
Page 43
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
iv. Clean auxiliary contacts as necessary for remote operation,
indication, etc.
v. Stop-start controls integrally mounted.
vi. All internal wiring, terminal boards, fuses, locks, equipment for
terminating cables etc.
vii. Local Switchgear - Off - Remote selector switch integrally
mounted.
viii. Duty/standby selector switch integrally mounted as required.
6.5 11 kV SWITCHBOARD
6.5.1 Switchboard
The switchboard shall be of the single busbar, floor mounted metal
clad/enclosed, air tight, air insulated type with horizontal
withdrawable SF6 or vacuum breakers or contactors as appropriate and
operated by solenoid or motor charged spring means.
The switchboard as a whole shall comply with IEC 60298 and shall be
capable of sustaining without damage, the electrical and mechanical
stresses produced by the maximum prospective fault conditions. The
rated insulation level of the switchgear shall be 75 kV peak to earth
and between phases and 85 kV peak across the isolating distance as
defined in IEC 60694.
6.5.2 Busbars
The three phase busbars shall be rated for a 1250A minimum continuous
current.
6.5.3 Safety Shutter Devices
A set of safety shutters shall be provided to cover each three phase
group of stationary isolating contacts. Each set shall be capable of
being individually operated and padlocked closed. The shutters shall
open or close automatically by positive drive to provide an airtight
seal. When padlocked the shutters shall prevent access to the
stationary isolating contacts.
6.5.4 Circuit Breakers
All circuit breakers shall be fully rated in accordance with IEC 60947.
Circuit breakers shall have minimum breaking capacity 20 kA and minimum
making capacity of 50 kA.
6.5.5 Earthing
Approved means shall be provided for earthing incoming and out-going
circuits and the busbars. Earthing devices shall be fully interlocked
to prevent unsafe operation.
6.5.6 Cabling Compartment
The control and instrumentation cabling terminations shall be arranged
in such a manner that access can be obtained without permitting access
to high voltage main connections. Adequate space shall be allowed for
terminating multicore cables.
EPC Schedule A (A-43) 09 October 2003
Page 44
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.5.7 Power Monitoring Unit
The incomer shall be fitted with a proprietary power monitoring unit
capable of monitoring the voltage and current on each phase and
neutral, kW, kVA, power factor, kWHr, and kVAHr. The power unit shall
be capable of communicating measured values over a serial communication
network to the Binary Plant control system.
6.6 11kV LOCAL SUPPLY
The Contractor shall connect to the existing CB2 on the 11 kV Station
Distribution Board to include for the Binary Plant 11 kV distribution
network to supply the auxiliary loads, as indicated on drawing XHN1262
Rev ZG in Exhibit A8. Control for breaker CB2 presently exists in the A
Station Control Room.
The Owner will provide the necessary CB protection for CB2 on the 11 kV
Station Distribution Board.
6.7 415 V SWITCHGEAR
6.7.1 Switchboards
The 415V switchboards shall be of the multi-unit type comprising
circuit breakers, isolating switches and motor starters. Fused switches
may be offered as an alternative to MCCB's.
The switchboard as a whole shall be capable of sustaining, without
damage, the electrical and mechanical stresses imposed by fault
conditions in accordance with IEC 60439. The switchboards, and the
individual components thereof, shall be `type tested' by a recognised
short circuit testing authority in accordance with the above rating and
copies of test Certificates proving this rating shall be submitted to
Owner.
6.7.2 Circuit Breakers
Circuit breakers shall comply with IEC 60947.
6.7.3 Switched Fuses
Each switchfuse unit shall comply with IEC 60129 and IEC 60269 and
shall be a triple pole quick make break.
6.7.4 Contactor Isolation / No Fuse Circuit Breakers
Each contactor cubicle shall incorporate and include an isolating
device lockable in the isolated position from outside the cubicle.
Under normal conditions it shall not be possible to open the cubicle
door unless the isolator is open.
6.7.5 Cable Compartments
Each motor starter, switchfuse or other distinct circuit shall form an
individual compartment in which the main and control circuit cables are
terminated. In the case of draw-out or other types of withdrawable
units, terminations shall be on the fixed portion of the unit.
6.7.6 Local Indication
Indicating lamps shall be provided to indicate the status of the bus,
motor circuits and valve circuits.
Circuits of more than 10 amps rating shall have ammeters fitted to one
phase.
6.7.7 Spare Capacity
EPC Schedule A (A-44) 09 October 2003
Page 45
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A minimum of one fully equipped spare motor starter and power feeder
cell of each type or 10% of the total of each type shall be provided,
whichever is the larger.
In addition, space shall be made available for extending the 415V Main
Switchboard to feed future processes. The load capacity of the
switchboard shall be over-rated by at least 30%.
6.8 220kV OUTDOOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS
The 220kV outdoor circuit breakers shall comply with the requirements
of Transpower Specification XX.XX 13.01, Issue 1 August 2000: Outdoor
Circuit Breaker Purchase Specification (Exhibit D6)
6.9 220kV DISCONNECTOR
The 220kV outdoor disconnector shall comply with the requirements of
Transpower Standard: XX.XX 03.01, Issue 1 October 2000: Disconnector
and Earth Switches Purchase Specification (Exhibit D10).
EPC Schedule A (A-45) 09 October 2003
Page 46
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. DC SYSTEM AND UPS
7.1 SCOPE OF WORK
The DC emergency and Uninterruptible Power Supply systems shall include
but not be limited to:
(i) One 230V AC Uninterruptible power supply with static bypass;
(ii) One 230 V AC UPS distribution switchboard with maintenance
bypass facility;
(iii) One 24V DC power supply;
(iv) One 24V DC distribution switchboard
(v) One 125 V DC power supply
(vi) One 125 V DC distribution switchboard;
(vii) All necessary sub-distribution boards and circuit protection;
(viii) Mandatory spare parts and recommended spare parts when ordered
by the Owner;
(ix) Maintenence and test accessories.
7.2 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
The UPS shall be used to operate control system components including,
PC's, and operator interfaces. The UPS shall have sufficient capacity,
including 20% reserve capacity, to supply the control system and all
other connected loads under worst case operating conditions, and for up
to one hour without an AC power source, or to safety shut down the
plant, whichever is the longer.
An external manual bypass shall be provided to enable the UPS to be
removed for repair.
7.3 24V POWER SUPPLIES
Exposed 24V conductors and contacts shall only be used in an
environment protected from H2S.
The 24V power supply shall be rated, including 20% spare capacity, to
service all connected loads under worst case operating conditions.
7.4 125V POWER SUPPLIES
A separate 125V DC power supply shall be provided for control and
indication functions and a separate 125 V DC power supply for DC motors
and emergency supplies to auxiliary equipment that must remain
operational to safely shut down the plant. The 125 V DC power supply
used for control and indication functions shall have sufficient
capacity to supply the normal DC load for 10 hours with the battery
charger disconnected, or if applicable, to supply the power
requirements for projected emergency duty periods plus normal DC load
for 5 hours with the battery charger disconnected. The 125 V DC power
supply used for emergency supplies shall shall have sufficient
capacity, including 20% reserve capacity, to supply connected loads
under worst case operating conditions, to safety shut down the plant.
Battery and charger shall be sized in accordance with IEEE 60485.
EPC Schedule A (A-46) 09 October 2003
Page 47
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.5 BATTERIES
All Batteries shall be of the VRLA type and shall be sized in
accordance with IEEE 60485.
7.6 BATTERY CHARGER
The Contractor shall supply a battery charger of the correct type for
optimising the life of VRLA batteries in accordance with the battery
manufacturer's recommendations.
The charger shall also be suitable for maintaining a float charge in
the battery and for supplying the DC loads together with additional
capacity sufficient for recharging the battery at the end of a
discharge period.
The chargers shall be operated from the 415V 3 phase supply.
The charger shall be capable of keeping the battery fully charged under
worst case loading conditions.
Each charger shall include appropriate instrumentation and indicating
facilities to facilitate safe and reliable operation.
7.7 125 V DC SWITCHBOARD
The 125 V DC switchboard shall be a multi-unit type comprising circuit
breakers and motor starters as necessary.
The switchboard as a whole shall comply with IEC 60439 and shall be
capable of sustaining without damage the electrical and mechanical
stresses imposed by fault conditions.
The switchboard shall be equipped with one set of positive and negative
main busbars.
The busbars are to be of either aluminium or tinned copper conductor,
rigidly supported and fully insulated throughout their lengths. The
busbars are to be fully rated throughout.
Circuit breakers are to comply with IEC 60947. All circuit breakers
shall be identical in arrangement and those of the same current rating
shall be interchangeable. All circuit breakers shall be two pole type.
Closing mechanisms shall be of the trip free type with closing and
tripping coils suitable for 125 V DC operation. Each battery circuit
breaker shall have an overcurrent trip device of suitable rating to
ensure satisfactory discrimination with the largest outgoing circuit
breaker connected to the load busbar.
DC motor starters shall comply with IEC 60947 and shall incorporate a
multi-step starting resistance.
Contactors shall comply with IEC 60947. The DC contactors and their
associated apparatus shall be capable of normal operation with the
supply voltage between -20% and +12%. The closing and tripping coils
shall be wired in series with contactor auxiliary switches arranged so
that the supply to these coils is automatically cut off on completion
of a successful operation.
Each motor starter unit shall have protective equipment of the thermal
overcurrent type.
Each motor starter, switchfuse or other district circuit shall form an
individual compartment in which the main and control circuit cables are
terminated. Access to these terminations shall be arranged so that it
is independent of access to any other circuit compartment.
EPC Schedule A (A-47) 09 October 2003
Page 48
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. CABLING, EARTHING, and MOTORS
8.1 GENERAL
Unarmoured cables shall be suitably protected against mechanical
damage.
Cable insulation shall be suitable for the maximum temperatures in the
area of installation. High temperature cables shall comply with IEC
60245. Temperature classification of insulation shall be in accordance
with IEC 85.
8.1.1 Particulars of Low Voltage System
================================================================
NO. PARTICULAR
================================================================
1. Voltage 415/240 V
----------------------------------------------------------------
2. System Frequency 50 Hz
----------------------------------------------------------------
3. Phase Rotation (clockwise) RYB
----------------------------------------------------------------
4. Nominal System Voltage 400/230 V
----------------------------------------------------------------
5. Type of System Grounding MEN
----------------------------------------------------------------
6. Power Frequency Short Duration Withstand 2,500 V
================================================================
8.1.2 Power Supplies
The equipment provided under this Contract shall not be susceptible to
damage at voltages down to 80% and up to 125% of the nominal voltage
for short periods of time except where otherwise specified.
8.1.3 Environmental Considerations
H2S concentrations above 0.3 ppm are unacceptable for exposed copper
conductors, and concentrations down to 0.1 ppm have adverse effect on
silver-plated connectors and conductors.
Consequently:
i. Switchgear and electronic equipment (except where very exacting
and Owner-approved alternative H2S protection measures have been
taken), shall be located only within special rooms or enclosures
supplied with air under positive pressure from which the H2S has
been removed. Remote IO boxes that are installed in the field may
be protected by an air purge arrangement, supplied from a H2S-free
compressed air system.
ii. No equipment including bus-bars, links, terminals, fittings,
relays, contacts and the like, is to be made in whole or in part
of silver, nickel-silver, copper, phospor-bronze, brass or other
copper or silver alloy, unless hermetically sealed or otherwise
suitably plated.
iii. Mechanical properties of copper conductors shall comply with BS
4109 and they shall be tinned for their entire length in
accordance with Section 14 of BS4109.
iv. Wire insulation shall only be removed using thermal strippers.
Although some equipment may be located in air-conditioned areas, it
shall be suitable for operation for sustained periods without the
benefit of the air-conditioning. Maximum design temperature shall be
based on the maximum ambient temperature plus all temperature rises
that can occur as a result of heat gains, flows and dissipations that
may affect the installation area.
EPC Schedule A (A-48) 09 October 2003
Page 49
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IO control boxes installed outside of air conditioned spaces shall be
fitted with constant purge systems supplied with air from the H2S-free
compressed air system.
Fasteners are not to be used where they provide a dissimilar metal to
that already installed. For example brass fittings should not be used
with mild steel. PVC saddles are not to be used outdoors (as they
become brittle upon exposure to UV lighting).
8.1.4 Electrical Equipment In Hazardous Areas
In addition to requirements for H2S corrosion protection, all
electrical equipment located within the Hazardous Area shall comply
with the requirements of the Electricity Regulations. Intrinsically
safe equipment (Ex ia or Ex ib as appropriate) for Zone 0 and Zone 1
gas hazardous area shall be provided. For Zone 2 other applicable
protection categories will be used, such as Ex. d, Ex m and Ex n. Or
CSA Certified for use in Class 1 Division 2, and CE certified for use
in Class 1 Zone 2, Group IIC.
8.1.4.1 General
There is a legal requirement under the Heath and Safety In Employment
Act 1992 (HSE) and the Electricity Xxx 0000 to ensure that an
installation must be constructed and installed to take into account any
special dangers that they create to persons and property. These acts
are administered by independent and separate authorities and compliance
is required to both Acts. Occupational Safety and Health Service (OSH)
administers the HSE and the Ministry of Economic Development
administers the Electricity Regulations.
The management of hazardous areas must be formally documented and
agreed using appropriately qualified people in consultation with those
who will occupy the areas in normal daily operations. It is therefore a
requirement for auditable documentation, showing that hazardous areas
have been appropriately classified and the installation complies with
the appropriate certification documents, AS/NZ Standards, and any other
requirements specific to the plant, be prepared. To achieve this, a
verification dossier shall be prepared and kept on the premises. This
dossier shall contain the information as specified in the appropriate
parts of AS 2381 series for the types of protection being used.
8.1.4.2 Scope
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that the
relevant information is produced and will generally include:
o Hazardous area classification drawings and justifications
o The protection techniques and Standards for all electrical
fittings and appliances used in the hazardous area
o Certification documents for all electrical fittings and appliances
used in the hazardous area
o Inspection, Testing and Maintenance procedures
o Periodic re-inspection procedures
o Repair and overhaul procedures
o Re-classification and authorized modifications
8.1.4.3 Selection of Equipment
Electrical equipment installed in explosive atmospheres shall comply
with the requirements of the AS 2381 series. The main standard applying
to hazardous area design is AS2381.1 which provides the general
requirements to be considered in the selection and installation of
electrical equipment for hazardous areas.
8.1.4.4 Installation and Testing Requirements
The inspection, testing and certification of installations in hazardous
areas shall be in accordance with the requirements of the AS 2381
series and shall be carried out only by experienced personnel whose
training has included instruction on the various types of protection
and installation practices, relevant rules and regulations and on the
general principles of area classification.
EPC Schedule A (A-49) 09 October 2003
Page 50
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In no circumstances shall power be applied to the installation before
all required tests have been completed.
8.1.5 Locks
Locking facilities shall be provided on each item of high-voltage
equipment as detailed below.
Where a mechanism is to be locked in a specific position provision
shall be made at that part of the mechanism where the operating power
is applied and not to remote or ancillary linkages.
The following locking facilities shall be provided:
i. Circuit breaker mechanisms in open position and any associated
manual operating device in the neutral position.
ii. Disconnectors and earth switches in both open and closed
positions.
iii. Control position selector switches in all positions provided.
iv. Marshalling, operating and terminal kiosks or cubicle access doors
and panels.
8.1.6 Anti-Condensation Heaters
Any major items of electrical equipment which are liable to suffer from
internal condensation due to atmospheric or load variations shall be
fitted with heating devices suitable for electrical operation at 230 V
ac/120 V ac, 50 Hz, single phase of sufficient capacity to prevent
condensation.
The electrical apparatus so protected shall be designed so that the
maximum permitted rise in temperature is not exceeded if the heaters
are energised while the apparatus is in operation. The supply to each
heater shall have a fuse and an enclosed switch. The switch shall be
arranged to switch the phase conductor. Thermostats shall be fitted.
8.1.7 Miniature Circuit Breakers
Facilities shall be provided for protection and isolation of circuits
associated with protection, control and instrumentation systems.
Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCB's) complying with IEC 60947 are
preferred to fuses.
8.1.8 Indicating Lamps
Indicating lamps should comply with IEC 60073.
8.1.9 Control Switches, Push Buttons
Control switches for electrically operated circuit-breakers shall be
designed to prevent accidental operation and interlocked to prevent two
successive operations in the "close" direction (i.e. they must be
turned to the trip position before initiating a closing operation).
"Emergency Stop" push buttons shall be of the rotate to reset type.
They shall be adequately protected against accidental operation.
All control switches shall provide clear indication as to the direction
of each operation.
8.1.10 Cubicles
All cubicles shall be designed for ease of operation and maintenance.
EPC Schedule A (A-50) 09 October 2003
Page 51
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outdoor cubicles shall be to IP55 classification in IEC 60529.
8.1.11 Small Wiring
All panel wiring, secondary control wiring in circuit breakers, motor
starters, control gear and other similar equipment shall be carried out
in a neat and systematic manner with cables supported clear of the
panels and other surfaces at all points to obtain free circulation of
air.
The wire used for panel wiring shall have aluminium or tinned copper
conductors conforming to the requirements of IEC 60228. Wiring diagrams
must indicate wire markings which shall comply with the requirements of
IEC 60446.
Adequate slack wire shall be provided to allow for one restripping and
reconnection at the end of each wire.
8.1.12 Radio Interference
All equipment supplied must comply with New Zealand Radio Interference
Notice 1988.
8.1.13 Cabling Design Information
The Contractor shall provide the Owner with cable schedules and
termination schedules for all of the equipment installed. The schedules
shall be provided both in hard and soft copy forms, the soft copy being
compatible with Microsoft Excel and Access.
Cable schedules will show for each cable:
i. Cable identification number;
ii. 'From/To' information, showing the location of the two cable ends
in separate columns by cubicle designation or device description
with, where applicable, the device number as shown on the circuit
diagrams;
iii. Details of cable (type, conductor size, number of cores,
appropriate route length in metres).
Termination schedules may be combined with equipment wiring tables and
will show the following details for each item of equipment to which the
Contract cabling is to be connected:
i. The cubicle or equipment designation;
ii. All terminal strips or terminals in their relative location;
iii. A wire number (or blank space in the case of a spare terminal)
against each terminal;
iv. For each cable, the cable identification number and the
destination of the cable;
v. The wire number of each core in each cable.
Termination schedules will make reference to the associated circuit
diagram and wiring table drawing numbers.
For proprietary equipment, in place of identification of circuit wires,
cable cores and terminals by wire numbers, a standardised system of
connection which enables installation, operation and maintenance and
later modification by the Owner, may be employed. Such alternative
systems may employ preformed cables with plug and socket connection.
The Contractor shall provide cabling from all separately mounted
individual electrical devices to centrally located electrical
enclosures for marshalling.
EPC Schedule A (A-51) 09 October 2003
Page 52
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.2 POWER CABLES
8.2.1 Applications and Rating
Cable Sizing
All cables feeding loads other than instrument or lighting and
receptacle loads shall be classified and applied as power cables and
rated in accordance with IEC 60287.
Fault Current Capability
The short circuit rating of main cables shall be based on the expected
fault level of the switchboards.
Voltage Drop in Feeders
The cable for both AC or DC circuits shall be sized to allow for a
maximum of 15 percent (of nominal) voltage drop on motor starting or
for 3 percent running drop whichever is greater.
8.2.2 11 kV Power Cables
Single and three core 11 kV cables shall be manufactured in accordance
with the IEC Publication 60502 and BS 5467 where applicable.
Conductors comply with IEC 60228.
8.2.3 415 Volt Power Cables
General
Cables rated for 600/1000 V shall be used on the 415/240 V AC, 110 V AC
or 110 V DC systems and shall utilize non-flame-propagating polyvinyl
chloride (PVC) or cross linked polyethylene (XLPE) insulation in
conjunction with a non flame propagating PVC sheath.
8.3 CONTROL CABLES
Control Cables or Control Cabling shall mean any cables or cabling used
for control or instrumentation purposes.
Control Cables shall have tinned copper conductors with PVC insulation
rated for 600 V and PVC overall jacket unless otherwise specified. The
use of copper sheathed cables will not be permitted.
8.4 CABLE INSTALLATION
8.4.1 General
A combination of buried cable routes, cable trenches, and cable ladder
systems shall be provided in accordance with best trade practice to
route the cabling, taking into account safety, cost, aesthetics,
maintenance access to other equipment, and environmental
considerations.
In general cables run within the Binary Plant perimeter fence and
cables run to the transformer area shall be run in concrete cable
trenches or above-ground ladder systems. Cable run external to the
boundaries shall be direct buried or on ladders attached to pipe
supports. Where cables are run beneath roads or access
EPC Schedule A (A-52) 09 October 2003
Page 53
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ways, they shall be run within ducts suitably rated for the mechanical
loads. Cables shall not be direct buried where the temperature of the
ground may exceed 30(degree)C.
8.5 CABLE TERMINATION
8.5.1 General
The termination of each end of each cable shall be fixed, finished and
identified as appropriate in accordance with best trade practice and to
the standard of modern power station practice.
Wire numbers, as allocated on the overall circuit diagrams and
equipment wiring and termination tables, shall be used on all cable
terminations.
8.6 EARTHING
8.6.1 General
The Contractor shall design and install an earthing system in
accordance with IEEE standard 80 to achieve a low resistance earth path
for fault currents and to ensure safe touch and step voltages for the
entire site.
The station earthing system to be provided under this contract shall
comprise a main earthing busbar strategically routed through the Site
so as to provide the lowest resistance path from the earthed equipment
to ground. The system shall be interconnected to all electrical plant
both inside and outside the Binary Plant, and to steam and water piping
passing into and out of the area. It shall be solidly bonded to the
existing Wairakei Station earthing system to avoid the need for
electrical isolation measures.
Earth conductor shall be run along the pipe routes between the Wairakei
Station and the Binary Plant, and the pipes or pipe stands shall be
connected to the earth conductors at regular intervals. The copper
conductor shall be connected to the Wairakei Station earth grid and to
the new earthing grid to be installed at the Binary Plant.
The primary (below ground) earthing system shall comprise bare
stranded, annealed, copper wires of sufficient cross section to
withstand worst case fault currents for at least 1 second,
exothermically welded in a grid pattern. To protect bare earth cable
exposed to the atmosphere, a CRC Urethane Seal Coat (Code 2044) is to
be applied to the cable once it has been laid in its final position.
Connections between copper and aluminium and between aluminium surfaces
shall utilise approved welded connections or bimetallic crimp lugs,
sleeves, and washers. Connections shall be suitably protected against
humidity and dampness and shall be located in positions where they can
be readily inspected.
The Contractor shall supply and install earth bond connections from the
main earth grid to all non-current-carrying metalwork in this Contract,
including, but not limited to, the following:
o Generators, transformers and all ancillaries.
o All switchgear, motor control centres, control boards, cubicles,
metal conduit, cable trays, armoured cables, switch-boxes,
marshalling cubicles, all motors and other frames.
o All metal tanks, cladding, hand and guard rails, stairs, ladder,
gratings and reinforcing steel connections brought out of
concrete;
o Structural Steel.
o Fences and metal-work shown to be necessary as a result of the
Contractors touch and step voltage calculations and to prevent or
limit transferred potentials to safe levels.
o All steam and water pipes.
EPC Schedule A (A-53) 09 October 2003
Page 54
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.6.2 Cable Ladder Earthing
Cable ladders shall be bonded together to from a continuous electrical
circuit and shall be provided with an electrical connection to the main
station earthing busbar.
8.6.3 Equipment Earthing
All electrical equipment shall be earthed.
Busbars and grounding conductors shall be rated to carry current equal
in magnitude and duration to that associated with the short circuit
rating of the equipment.
Motor frames shall be bonded to the main earth grid.
All below ground connections shall be made using and exothermic welding
process
The Contractor shall ensure that all metal work encasing electrical
items is bonded to earth.
Separate earth conductors are to be run with the Building Service
submain cables.These conductors are to be connected to the main earth
bus bar at the switchboard end and to the earth bus bars of the
respective sub-distribution switchboards or, in the case of welders,
large motors, etc., directly to the framework of the item.
All metal benches, sinks, taps, pipework and other metalwork, capable
of being livened on failure of electrical insulation are to be
effectively earthed to the main earthing system. Earthing connections
to sinks, basins and the like are to be made directly onto the
appliance and not the connection pipework. All connections to metal
work are to be made as close to electrical apparatus enclosed or
supported therein as possible.
The earthing terminal on the frames of control cubicles and other such
enclosures will be a M8 stud. The metal cases of all instruments,
relays and the like mounted within such enclosures shall be connected
to this earthing stud by conductors of not less than 6 sq mm. Earthing
connections between this stud and the existing station earth grid shall
be via an aluminium strap not less than 90 sq mm.
8.6.4 Earthing of Reinforcing Steel
All reinforcing steel, concrete foundations, and piles shall wherever
possible be used to form earthing electrodes for the earthing system.
8.7 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
The Contractor shall provide lightning protection systems for all
buildings, fin-fan units, and any other structures which could act as a
path to ground for lightning.
The lightning protection system shall be designed and installed in
accordance with British Code of Practice BS6651 'The Protection of
Structures against Lightning.
The system shall include but not be limited to the following:
o Air Terminations
o Down Conductors and Fixings
o Test Joints
o Earth Electrodes independent of the station earthing grid
EPC Schedule A (A-54) 09 October 2003
Page 55
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.8 ELECTRIC MOTORS
All motors shall be in accordance with IEC 60034 and IEC 60072 and,
unless otherwise specified, shall be of the totally enclosed fan cooled
type, suitable for continuous operation and direct on-line starting.
All 3-phase motors are to be rated at 400VAC
Motors to be located out of doors shall be entirely suitable for
operation under the climatic and atmospheric conditions of the site.
Motors shall be capable of operating continuously at rated output at
any frequency between 48 and 51 cycles per second and at any voltage
within 6% of the nominal value. Motors shall be designed to operate for
a period of not less than 5 minutes at a voltage of 10% below the
nominal value and at normal frequency without injurious overheating.
The starting current at full voltage is not to exceed six times the
rated full load current for all motors rated above 21 kW.
The ends of motor windings shall be brought out to terminal boxes and
the arrangement shall be such as to permit ease of changing over any
two phase leads without disturbing the sealing compound when this is
used at cable terminations. All terminal boxes shall be fitted with an
approved sealing chamber, conduit entry or adaptor plate, as required,
together with the necessary fittings to suit the type of cable
specified.
Terminals shall be of the stud type of adequate size for the particular
duty, marked in accordance with an approved standard and enclosed in a
weatherproof box.
8.9 VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES
Variable speed drives (VSD) shall be designed to meet the CE Xxxx
requirements of European Safety and EMC Directives.
Motors selection for use with VSD's shall be take into account the
de-rating required due to reduced efficiency of motor cooling fans when
operated below rated speed.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to design and select
equipment to ensure EDM (Electric Discharge Machining) does not occur.
The Contractor shall, if required, supply and install filters on the
input and output of the VSD's. The requirement for filtering will
depend on the VSD, cable length, cable type and motor installation. The
Contractor shall consult the VSD manufacturer to determine the
requirement for additional filtering to reduce stress on motor coil
insulation, capacitive leakage currents and high frequency emissions
from the motor supply cable and high frequency losses and bearing
currents in the motor.
EPC Schedule A (A-55) 09 October 2003
Page 56
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION
9.1 GENERAL
A control system is required to control the Binary Plant and all other
associated equipment. The control system for the Binary Plant shall be
integrated into the existing site control system. Refer to Exhibits A9,
A10 & A11 for a schematic of Owner's existing control system.
The system shall be designed to minimise operator involvement in the
control and operation of the plant. Features of the system shall
include automatic startup and shutdown of the plant together with fail
safe operation during any faults within the plant.
The control system shall control and monitor the following areas of
plant:
o Geothermal Fluid Piping System
o Binary Units
o Turbine
o Turbine governors
o Generator
o Excitation System
o Electrical Transformers
o Electrical Switchgear
o DC System and UPS
o Electrical Protection and Metering System
o Compressed Air System
o Fire protection system
o Local Control Room Air Conditioning System
o Binary Working Fluid Storage and Transfer System. (Tank level and
fire detection monitoring only)
The extent to which the control system controls and monitors the Binary
Plant and associated equipment is to provide a clear unambiguous
understanding of its conditional status under all stages of operation,
consistent with the primary operability objectives set out in Section
1.14.4
The Local Control Room shall be designed to facilitate construction,
commissioning, and trouble shooting during operation. Normal remote
plant operation will however take place from the existing GGC
facilities. The Local Control Room need only have one operator station,
a suitable desk, and an alarm/status printer.
9.2 CONTROL SYSTEM
9.2.1 Existing Arrangement
The existing system consists of a redundant fibre network using
ethernet TCP/IP. There are dual redundant iFIX database servers
communicating via OPC data protocol. The GCC Operator Stations run
Intellution iFIX HMI communicating as OPC Clients.
9.2.2 Control System Architecture
The control system architecture shall include dedicated controllers to
carry out the process control, and aman/machine operator station (HMI)
to provide command and monitoring.
The backbone of the Binary Plant control system shall include dual
redundant TCP/IP ethernet, with OPC Data Access (3) Server compliant
Software, capable of full integration with the existing control and/or
control networks. This may be achieved through either a self-contained
(redundant) database, or extension of the existing iFIX data servers.
EPC Schedule A (A-56) 09 October 2003
Page 57
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The system shall include full graphical representation, with an
overview of the plant and detailed graphics of each equipment area. A
minimum of one HMI shall be provided in the local control, and one
common configuration / engineering station.
9.2.3 GGC Integration
The Binary Plant shall normally be operated from the GGC. Additional
alternative operator screens (PC's) are not acceptable in the GCC.
The Owner will supply and configure all remote SCADA requirements on
its existing system, including GGC HMI, historical recording and
information delivery to other end users (not including Transpower
SCADA). The Contractor shall provide access to its control system
variables list, supporting functionality and provide sufficient
information to allow the iFix HMI to have full functionality over the
Binary Plant. Engineering assistance shall be provided as required by
the Owner to interrogate the Contractor's variable list and control
system. Ormat drawing number 0.002.95.413.0 Rev 2 (Exhibit E7) depicts
the integration scheme.
The Contractor shall provide physical fibre data link from binary to
existing SCADA networks.
9.2.4 Control Programming
Control strategies shall be described in functional descriptions. These
functional descriptions (FD's) shall be developed to the IEC61131-3
standard using either statement or function block languages. The FD's
shall be submitted to the Owner for information and comment during the
development process (refer documentation submission schedule, Exhibit
A1). An as-built set of FD's shall be included in the Operation and
Maintenance Manuals.
9.2.5 Engineering Software
Software shall be supplied for all devices that require interrogation
or configuration. This shall include devices such as PLC's, PC's,
VSD's, Smart Relays, Analysers, and Transmitters. The Software shall be
supplied complete with manuals, cables, dongles, and other requirements
such as passwords to enable the Owner to maintain and adjust the
operation of the equipment.
9.2.6 Licenses
All Proprietary Software shall be supplied with all necessary licenses
for lifetime operation and maintenance of the system.
All Application Software developed for the Binary Plant shall be
supplied to, and become the property of, the Owner at taking over.
9.2.7 Upgrades
The Contractor shall include provision for any version or service
upgrades for all supplied Software for a minimum of one year following
taking over. This provision shall include the supply and installation
(manpower) of the Software in an operational plant.
9.2.8 Post Take Over Modification
A procedure shall be provided to enable the Owner to carry out minor
modifications to the control system during the Defects Correction
Period. This procedure shall include provision for agreement and
sign-off by the Contractor that the modification can be carried out
without compromising any warrantees.
EPC Schedule A (A-57) 09 October 2003
Page 58
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.2.9 NICC SCADA
The Binary Plant is to be connected to the Transpower electrical
transmission and distribution system and as such information will be
required to be passed to Transpower's North Island Control Centre
(NICC) SCADA system. The Contractor shall provide optically isolated
outputs suitable for connection to by others. The outputs shall include
but not be limited to the following input and output signals:
The Contractor shall provide the indications and measurements as set
out in the Common Quality Obligations and Rulebook to the system
operator (Transpower). The system operator may require the asset owner
to provide additional information where, in the reasonable opinion of
the system operator, such information is required for the system
operator to plan to achieve, and achieve its principal performance
objectives.
9.2.10 Power Supply
All instruments, PLCs and PCs shall be supplied from secure power
supplies. All instruments and PLC's may be supplied from the 24VDC
system. PC's and screens may be supplied by an uninteruptable power
supply (UPS). Plugs and sockets from this power supply system shall be
suitably labelled as such so other devices are not connected to the UPS
system.
9.2.11 Password Protection
All PC's shall be fitted with password protection to restrict access by
unauthorised users. File manager programs and other utility based
programs shall be restricted from general use.
9.2.12 Alarms
All alarms shall be displayed on an alarm summary page as part of the
Binary Power Plant SCADA Software. The priority and status of the alarm
condition shall be reflected in the physical appearance of the alarm on
the screen.
All alarms and control actions shall be recorded into the iFIX database
for future retrieval when required.
9.2.13 Reports
The control system shall be capable of automatically producing a number
of reports including the following:.
(a) Sequence of Events Log
The Sequence of Events Log shall record all control actions and
alarm conditions occurring within the Binary Plant. Events shall
be recorded with sufficient resolution to facilitate easy trouble
shooting.
(b) Binary Plant Weekly Report
A weekly report shall contain for each unit (where applicable) and
the Binary Plant as a whole.
1. Hourly value and accumulated hour totals of electricity
generated and auxiliary plant energy consumption,
2. Hourly values of Geothermal Fluid flow rate, inlet and outlet
temperature, acid dosing and corrosion inhibitor dosing,
bypass flow, dump flow and prawn farm flow
3. Operation data showing hours run and plant load factor.
(c) Trip Log
A Trip Log should be available in a form to provide data for
useful analysis of trip events.
(d) Statistics Log
EPC Schedule A (A-58) 09 October 2003
Page 59
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A log shall be available to record user defined values.
(e) Plant Performance Report
A Plant Performance Report should be available in a form to assist
in maintenance planning of:
1. turbine
2. generator
3. condenser
4. preheater
5. vaporiser
9.3 INSTRUMENTATION
9.3.1 General
Instruments shall be supplied sufficient for the safe and effective
operation of the Binary Plant. This instrumentation shall include, but
not be limited to:
1. Local indication of plant and process variables
2. Remote transmission of plant and process variables
3. Local and remote emergency stop push buttons
4. Remote control of the plant
9.4 SYSTEM OPERATION
9.4.1 Operating Philosophy
Under normal operating conditions supervision and control of the plant
will be from the existing operating screens and printers in the GGC.
Both local and GGC operator control locations shall be provided with
automatic shutdown facilities for individual, or all turbine -
generator sets.
Automatic startup facilities shall be provided and once running minimal
operator involvement in the operation of the plant is expected.
9.4.2 Synchronising Arrangements
The Contractor shall provideautomatic synchronising equipment for
initiation of closing impulses to each individual 11 kV generator
circuit breaker. A manual synchronisation system will be provided for
the 11kv bus CBx.
9.4.3 Trips
The plant shall automatically either shutdown or revert to a stabilised
condition in the event of any fault developing.
Hardwired emergency stop push buttons shall be provided at GCC and the
Binary Plant control room for tripping of each individual unit or the
whole binary cycle plant.
EPC Schedule A (A-59) 09 October 2003
Page 60
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. PROTECTION AND REVENUE METERING
10.1 SCOPE
The scope of work includes:
i. Supply of protection relays and ancillary equipment.
ii. Supply of revenue metering and ancillary equipment.
iii. Supply of standalone panels or use of switchgear panels in
accordance with specified requirements.
iv. Site installation and wiring into the standalone panels or
switchgear panels. Panels may be pre-wired off-site, but
relays/meters shall be installed on-site.
v. Functional checking and testing of all protection and revenue
metering circuits.
vi. Protection relay and revenue metering acceptance testing and soak
testing.
vii. Provision of Circuit Breaker interlock circuitry.
viii. Provision of control systems I/O for protection and revenue
metering equipment.
ix. Production of design reports including the Binary Plant earthing
design, CT ratio and specification determination, VT
specification determination, protection calculations and relay
settings, and revenue metering configuration.
Relay settings shall include revised settings for all existing
protection overlapping the new protection.
10.2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RELAYS AND ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT
10.2.1 General
i. Protection of the 220 kV connection shall comply with
Transpower's "Common Quality Obligations, published in April
2002, and the New Zealand Electricity Industry Rule Book
ii. The numbers of relays and ancillary equipment shall be determined
by the Contractor.
iii. Protection devices shall be arranged to conform with current
industry standards.
iv. Protection devices in a group shall share a common fused DC
supply, and output into a common trip relay utilising the same DC
supply.
v. The DC supplies shall conform to the specified requirements for
the DC design.
vi. Intertrip relays shall interface the protection trips between the
Binary Plant and the Transpower 220kV switchyard.
vii. Interfacing with local and remote circuits as appropriate, and in
accordance with specified requirements shall be arranged for all
controls, trips, alarms, protection, indication, instrumentation,
metering, and interlocks.
viii. The protection 11kV VTs shall have ratios
11/(sq. rt.)3kV / 110/(sq. rt.)3V, class 3P, and rated output VA
sufficient for the connected burden.
EPC Schedule A (A-60) 09 October 2003
Page 61
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.2.2 Protective Relaying
The protective relaying system shall be provided to protect all
electrical systems and equipment supplied from them.
The Contractor shall submit a complete short circuit and relay
co-ordination study in conjunction with the detailed relay and control
drawings and protective device settings for review by the Owner before
implementation.
The following general requirements apply to all protective relaying
applications:
o The protective relay system shall be designed to remove or alarm
abnormal operating occurrences occurring on equipment designed for
electrical power generation, voltage transformation, energy
conversion, and transmission and distribution of electrical power.
o The protection system shall provide discrimination with other
protection systems.
o To limit damage to faulted equipment.
o Minimize possibility of fire or explosion.
o Minimize hazard to personnel.
o The protection equipment shall consist of proven, self-diagnosing,
digital type relays with complementary functions and sufficient
redundancy to ensure that faults are detected and cleared without
disruption to unaffected supplies. The scheme shall incorporate
overlapping zones of protection with principal plant items
provided with back-up protection in addition to the primary
protection.
o Relays may be offered as individual or combination devices
incorporating more than one function. Protection devices providing
mutual backup shall be placed in different groups.
o Relays shall have sufficient setting ranges to cater for all
conceivable instrument transformer characteristics, discrimination
requirements, and sensitivities to fault conditions.
o Each relay shall be clearly labelled with relay type and
descriptive function. Relays shall be installed and wired in
switchgear in accordance with Applicable Codes and Standards and
industry practice.
o Relay and metering potential circuits shall be segregated and
individually protected by fuses or MCCBs.
o Primary and secondary trip circuits (DC) shall be segregated.
Primary trip circuits, high priority trip circuits and relay power
supply circuits shall be segregated. Circuit protection devices
shall not be included in relay trip circuits.
o Protective relays shall be equipped with high speed recording
facilities for voltage and current. Fault information, disturbance
and event records shall be available via simple system integration
protocols to provide fast fault diagnosis via a PC or the DCS.
10.2.3 Circuit Breaker Fail Protection
SF6 Circuit Breaker Fail Projection shall be provided to detect failure
of a circuit breaker to interrupt the current that it is carrying and
to backtrip all other circuit breakers connected to the same busbar.
10.2.4 Trip Circuit Supervision
Trip circuit supervision shall be provided on all high voltage circuit
breakers, medium voltage and 415V incoming circuit breakers. The trip
circuits on high voltage and medium voltage circuit breakers shall be
supervised with the circuit breaker open or closed
10.2.5 Undervoltage Protection
Under-voltage protection shall be provided at all voltage levels for
alarm and/or trip functions.
The mains voltage shall be monitored to provide a trip signal to
disconnect any device, and to initiate a controlled shut down if
appropriate, under the following conditions:
EPC Schedule A (A-61) 09 October 2003
Page 62
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. If unexpected restarting after a stoppage due to a drop in voltage
or the complete failure of supply may result in injury to persons
or damage to property.
2. If there is a risk, that equipment can be damaged from excessive
heating if operated at reduced voltage for prolonged periods.
Each item of equipment that so needs to be protected against under
voltage or momentary loss of supply shall be fitted with its own
separate under-voltage protection. In all cases, an alarm signal shall
also be given.
The requirement to provide under voltage protection to disconnect any
device does not apply to equipment used in case of an emergency, where
tripping of the device may create additional hazards. In these cases,
only an alarm signal shall be provided.
10.2.6 Generator Protection System
The proposed indicative generator protection system is shown in
accordance with section 1.1.1 of these Owner's Technical Requirements
on Ormat drawing No. 0.002.95.690.0-Revision 1, Generator Protections
in Schedule J,
The relay protection shall be provided against the following faults and
disruption of normal operation of the generator and on its terminals:
o multiphase earth faults in the stator winding: (differential
protection)
o single phase faults in the stator winding
o external short circuits
o symmetric overloading of the stator winding
o asymmetric overloading of the stator winding
o voltage rise
o generator reverse power
o 100% stator earth fault protection
o generator/turbine mechanical faults (eg bearing over temperature.)
10.2.7 Generator Transformer Protection System
Transformers shall be provided with relay protection devices against
the following types of faults and abnormal duty conditions:
o multiphase faults in the windings and on their terminals.
o single-phase earth faults in the winding and on terminals
connected to the network with the solidly earthed neutral.
o turn-to-turn faults in the winding.
o currents in the windings due to external short circuits.
o currents in the windings due to overload.
o oil level drop.
o single-phase earth faults in medium voltage networks.
o gas protection for transformers rated at 1 MVA and greater
o over temperature
o Fault on the main transformer
o Overfluxing protection of the generator transformer
10.2.8 Auxiliary Transformer Protection System
The Auxiliary Transformer shall be equipped with protection devices
mounted on the transformer structure. The protection signals such as
oil temperature, oil level, oil pressure etc will be wired together to
the PLC as an alarm signal.
EPC Schedule A (A-62) 09 October 2003
Page 63
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.2.9 Main protection systems on both sides of the grid interface at 220 kV
The Generator Transformer and 11kV cable connection to the Binary Plant
Switchboard shall be provided with two different main protections that
have a similar probability of detection. Circuit breaker duplication is
not required. A circuit-breaker failure protection system shall also be
provided for the 220 kV circuit breaker.
10.2.10 Protection of Medium Voltage Cable Lines
(other than the cable connection described above)
Overcurrent and Earth Fault protection against overloading, short
circuits and multiphase and single phase earth faults shall be provided
for cable lines.
10.3 SPECIAL OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
The special features of system operation which impact on protection
requirements are listed as follows:
i. Each generator at the Binary Plant shall be synchronised at the
11kV generator bus.
ii. The Binary Plant 11 kV distribution network will normally be
supplied from the 11 kV Binary Plant generator bus.
iii. During an emergency resulting in the loss of potential on the
Binary Plant 11 kV generator bus an auto changeover arrangement
shall transfer to the 11kV Local Distribution Board.
iv. The two circuit breakers shall be interlocked to prevent any
possibility that both can be closed at the same time.
v. The auto changeover shall be break before make
vi. The changeover period shall be sufficiently short to ensure all
Binary Plant auxiliaries remain operational.
10.4 PROTECTION FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS TO MEET OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
i. Generator tripping logic
The tripping logic for electrical faults, mechanical faults, and
emergency trips shall be configured into two separate groups,
using separately fused DC supplies, CBs with two trip coils, each
with trip circuit supervision, and two trip relays.
ii. Relay locations
The protection is physically grouped at a number of locations
described as follows:
i. Binary Plant.
ii. Transpower 220kV Wairakei Switchyard.
iv. Wairakei Power Station.
v. 11kV Steamfield Distribution Board 6.
EPC Schedule A (A-63) 09 October 2003
Page 64
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.5 REVENUE METERING AND ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT
10.5.1 CTs and VTs
The Contractor shall determine the CT ratios and their specifications
based on the Binary Plant's capacity and unit sizing.
The metering CTs shall be class 0.2, and have rated secondary currents
of 1A.
The metering 11kV VTs shall have ratios 11/(sq. rt.)3kV /
110/(sq. rt.)3V, class 0.2, and rated output VA sufficient for the
connected burden. The VTs maybe dual rated for protection and
metering.
10.5.2 Metering
10.5.2.1 General
Revenue meters shall comply with the technical requirements of the Rule
Book for metering installation Including a requirement for the
installation to be formally certified by qualified Contractors.
The revenue meters shall be located on the 11 kV side of the generator
transformer.
Provision shall be made for the connection of the revenue metering data
logger to the existing Revenue Transfer PC.
Statistical meters shall also be located on the 11 kV auxiliary supply
to the Binary Plant 11 kV distribution network and at the terminals of
each generator.
10.5.2.2 Technical Requirements of Revenue Meters
Revenue meters shall satisfy the following minimum requirements:
o IEC 687 standard.
o Class 0.2.
o 3 phase, 3 wire 110VAC voltage. 50Hz frequency.
o Solid state type.
o 0 xxxxxxxxx (x/-xXx, x/-xXXXx) measuring for the generator
transformer revenue metering.
o 2 quadrants (+/-kWh) measuring for the generator check metering.
o RS232 communications.
o NEMA 3 or equivalent enclosure; with panel flush mounting.
o Features shall include:
a) On line testing and calibration.
b) Rolling demand measurement.
c) Block interval demand calculation.
d) Cumulative demand calculation.
e) Demand peaks measurement.
f) Non volatile memory for storage of data, firmware, and
operating parameters.
g) kWh and kVARh impulse outputs for SCADA purposes.
h) Alarm outputs for meter fault and voltage signal failure.
i) Transmission of Revenue metering data to a PC.
EPC Schedule A (A-64) 09 October 2003
Page 65
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS
11.1 GENERAL CRITERIA
The design of all civil and structural works shall comply with the
requirements of the New Zealand Building Code (NZBC).
Approved documents referenced in the New Zealand Building Code Handbook
shall be adopted as the means of compliance with the New Zealand
Building Code.
Other standards that are applicable include:
NZS 4203: 1992 General Structural Design and Design Loads for
Buildings
NZS 3101: 1995 Concrete Structures Standard
NZS 3404: 1997 Steel Structures Standard
NZS 3603: 1993 Timber Structures Standard
NZS 4230: 1990 Design of Masonary Structures
NZS 3604: 1999 Light Timber Frame Buildings
NZS 3106: 1986 Concrete Structures for the Storage of Liquids
NZS 4229: 1999 Concrete Masonry Buildings not Requiring Specific
Engineering Design
NZS 4210: 2001 Masonry Construction: Materials and Workmanship
NZS 3109: 1997 Concrete Construction
NZS 4219: 1983 Seismic Resistance of Engineering Systems in
Buildings
NZS 4671:2001 Steel Reinforcing Materials
NZS 6703:1984 Code of Practice for Interior Lighting Design
AS 1554 - All Parts Structural Steel Welding
AS 1657:1992 Fixed Platforms, Walkways, Stairways and Ladders.
Design, Construction and Installation
TNZ Specification M/10 - Asphaltic Concrete
11.2 FACILITIES
11.2.1 Site Access
Separate access shall be provided for Site 4
The Contractor shall determine and submit to the Owner details of a
route proposed for heavy load transport if required and the extent of
any modifications required to existing access arrangements.
The Contractor is required to provide any roading works required for
access of heavy loads to the Site.
The access road to the east of the Site (adjacent to the administration
building) and south of the Site (under the steam mains to the steam
field) is a main access road and any closures shall be coordinated with
the Owner and minimised as far as possible.
11.2.2 Access Roads
Access roads shall be provided for vehicular access all plant and
buildings. A clear width of 5.0 m and clear height of 4.0 m shall be
provided at all points.
The Binary Plant site shall have a perimeter access road around the
perimeter fence for emergency vehicle access.
Roads shall be constructed to TNZ Specification P/9 and be able to
withstand a laden weight of up to 25 tonnes with an axle load of 8.2
tonnes and shall allow a 20 m turning radius.
EPC Schedule A (A-65) 09 October 2003
Page 66
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.2.3 Pipe Route
Geothermal Fluid supply and return pipes across the area of the
proposed road designation should be aligned if possible with existing
pipes to minimise the number of additional culverts for the proposed
road.
All pipe routes must either pass under access roads, or pass over
access roads. Allow a 5.0 m wide by 4.0 m high clearance, and a 20 m
turning circle where the pipe route passes over a road.
Culvert structures supporting access roads shall be designed to resist
HN-HO-72 loading regime specified in Transit New Zealand "Bridge
Manual".
11.2.4 Pipe Bridge
The pipe bridge across the Wairakei Stream and steam lines (only
required for a Binary Plant installed on Site 4) shall meet the
following criteria:
i) Provide 5.0 m wide by 4.0 m high clearance, and a 20 m turning
circle to existing access roads, including the existing unpaved
vehicular tracks in use by Owner for removal of silica from the
stream and pigging of silica from the culverts.
ii) Provide sufficient clearance to steam pipelines to enable future
maintenance.
iii) Have foundations situated to avoid surcharging existing
structures.
The Contractor should note the buried control cable alongside the
steamline and the overhead 11 kV cable in this vicinity.
The Contractor shall also note the possibility of soil contaminated
with traces of asbestos insulation in the vicinity of the steam mains
as described in section 11.5.1 of these Owner's Technical Requirements.
11.2.5 Local Control Building
The Local Control Building shall be sized to accommodate the supplied
electrical switchgear, control equipment, marshalling cabinets,
operator desk with PC and local alarm/status printer and to facilitate
ergonomic operation and convenient maintenance access.
Separation distances required by the Hazardous Substances and Xxx
Xxxxxxxxx Xxx 0000 shall be taken into account when locating the
building.
Building layout shall be determined by operational requirements.
Interior noise levels shall not exceed 55 dBA. The operator desk shall
be located in a separate room from the switchgear and air compressor
plant, and shall be provided with direct egress from the building. Air
compressor plant shall be housed in an annex to the building or other
separate enclosure, with separate access to the equipment.
The building shall meet the requirements of NZ Building Code,
particularly with regard to clause B2 'Durability'. Interior linings
shall be resilient, suitable for the environment and be installed with
a low maintenance finish.
Natural light shall be used in preference to artificial light. However,
artificial light where required shall be designed and provided in
accordance with NZS 6703: 1984.
No toilet or kitchen facilities are required.
EPC Schedule A (A-66) 09 October 2003
Page 67
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.2.6 Equipment Plinths
Equipment for mounting or externally on ground surfaces shall be
installed on concrete pads to be constructed with the finished level up
to 75 mm above floor or ground to cater for variations. Where excessive
slope exists in ground services, the ground shall be benched
approximately level before installation of foundations.
Pads shall allow a maximum clear opening for the entry of cables.
Surface mounting lightweight equipment can be fixed in position by
approved masonry anchors of adequate strength and corrosion protection.
11.2.7 Energy Dissipation System
The normal operating temperature of the Geothermal Fluid entering the
energy dissipation system will be 87(degree)C, but may rise as high as
130(degree)C in abnormal conditions and during commissioning. The
corrosion protection system of the steel shall be able to resist the
expected high temperatures.
Due to the nature of Geothermal Fluid, regular cleaning down of silica
build-up will be necessary. The design shall be such that this work is
easily facilitated.
11.2.8 Bunding of Working Fluid Storage
All storage facilities containing working fluids that are in liquid
form at ambient temperature and atmospheric pressure must be bunded as
described in Section 11.5.4.
11.2.9 Underground Services
Underground services are known to exist within Site 4. Plans show
general domestic drainage with no detail. Other services, including
cables may exist. If any are encountered, they should be treated as
live and the Owner asked for direction.
The Contractor shall locate underground services and foundations before
work is started. Any information provided by the Owner regarding the
location of these services and foundations is given from available
records but with no guarantee of accuracy as regards alignment or
depth; furthermore no guarantee is given or implied that the
information provided covers all existing services and foundations.
Relocation of stormwater, sewer, domestic water and fire protection
services may be required to accommodate the new plant. These services
shall be re-routed as required around foundations.
The Contractor shall remove completely any existing drains no longer
required, disconnect them from the system at the junction with the live
drain and seal the live drain.
11.2.10 Platforms and Walkways
All fixed platforms including roof areas, walkways, stairways and
ladders shall be designed to comply with the requirements of NZBC
Approved Document D1 and AS 1657 : 1992.
11.2.11 Cable Ducts
Cable ducts where required, shall be constructed in reinforced concrete
with adequate space to install and maintain housed cables. All ducts
shall be properly drained.
Provision for additional future cable installation shall be allowed by
installing PVC or reinforced concrete pipe ducts having a draw string
under roads and other features for cable routes where it can be
reasonably expected that a route may be used for modifications.
EPC Schedule A (A-67) 09 October 2003
Page 68
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision shall be made to support and restrain cables.
11.2.12 Site Reinstatement
The general area within the Binary Plant perimeter fence that is not
otherwise required to be bunded for chemical or oil spill containment
shall be reinstated with screened metal surfacing. Other areas shall be
paved or have topsoil spread and grass established.
Areas external to the perimeter fence used by the Contractor, e.g. for
equipment laydown, car parking, and construction offices, shall have
all construction debris removed, shall be graded to smooth contours,
and shall have grass established.
The Contractor is not required to undertake gardening or screen
planting work.
Tall vegetation (trees and scrub) shall be cleared to a radius of 30 m
from any plant containing flammable working fluid.
The Contractor shall remove from the Owner's facility, and dispose of,
all surplus soil, cleared vegetation, and construction debris.
11.2.13 Security Fence and Security System
The entire perimeter of the Site shall be enclosed by an appropriately
designed security fence at least 2.2m in height and built according to
best trade practice to a strength and security suitable for the
facility protected. The fence shall enclose all Hazardous Areas.
Note that a temporary fence is also required during construction to
isolate the working area from the rest of the Owner's facility.
Personnel access gates shall be provided at no less than three
locations around the perimeter fence, each fitted with automatic entry
control using Cardax card swipes and "breakglass" emergency opening.
The Cardax system shall be connected to and fully integrated with the
Wairakei Station Cardax system and shall automatically release in the
event of a fire alarm in the Binary Plant area. One vehicle access gate
shall also be automated. Other vehicle access gates may be manually
operated and locked.
The Contractor shall submit details of the permanent security fence
design to the Owner for approval prior to construction.
11.3 DESIGN LOADS
11.3.1 Dead, Live and Wind Loads
All civil and structural works shall be designed to safely resist the
specified loads (except seismic loads) in NZS 4203: 1992. Seismic loads
shall be derived from Section 11.4 and 11.5 below.
Gravity loads shall include the weight of equipment of a permanent or
semi-permanent nature, and the contents of pipes, tanks, bins, hoppers
etc.
Live load shall comply with NZS 4203: 1992, or if not clearly stated,
rationally deduced from the provisions of the code.
Wind loads shall be derived from NZS 4203: 1992. Basic non-directional
wind speed may be taken as 46 m/s.
EPC Schedule A (A-68) 09 October 2003
Page 69
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Design for snow and ice loads is not required.
For the purposes of NZS 4203: 1992 all structures are a Category I
building.
11.3.2 Plant Support Structures
Support structures shall be designed to resist vertical and horizontal
loads. The strength and stiffness of the support shall be compatible
with the supported plant or pipework, its flexibility and degree of
restraint, under all design conditions. Relative deformations due to
thermal, seismic and other lateral load conditions shall be
accommodated without over-stressing the support or associated plant.
11.3.3 Geotechnical Data
Geotechnical investigations undertaken to date are described in the
Geotechnical Investigation Report (Revision 1) in ExhibitB8. This data
is provided in good faith but note that the report contains
limitations.
The Contractor shall undertake additional investigations as required to
adequate establish soil design parameters necessary to complete all
foundation designs.
11.3.4 Foundation Design
The foundation system selected shall be adequate to support imposed
loads without excessive differential settlement or imposing undue
stress within the support plant. Due consideration shall be given to
the foundation conditions when planning the plant layout. Foundation
design shall be consistent with good engineering practice in geothermal
areas.
All foundation designs shall ensure that any adjacent live services are
either outside the zone of influence of the foundations or it shall be
demonstrated that there will be no detrimental effect on the service.
Where piled foundations are adopted to support plant over fill
material, the system shall be designed to accommodate any consequences
of future settlement of the fill material. Appropriate flexibility
shall be provided in services and pipework which traverses the
interface between rigidly founded structures and surrounding fill that
may be susceptible to settlement.
11.4 SEISMIC DESIGN - GENERAL
11.4.1 Statutory Requirements
The seismic design of all plant and structures must comply with the
requirements of the New Zealand Building Code. As a Verification Method
to the Building Code, all seismic design shall meet the requirements of
the NZS 4203: 1992 "General Structural Design and Design Loadings for
Buildings" and related New Zealand material standards.
11.4.2 NZS 4203 Loadings Code Provisions
This standard shall be a minimum requirement for the seismic design of
all facilities for this project.
The following shall apply when interpreting the provisions of NZS 4203:
1992.
a) Structures which exhibit significant ductility shall not be
designed for a structure ductility factor greater than 3, unless
it can be shown that a larger ductility factor will not impair the
Plant's ability to operate during the restoration period following
a major earthquake.
EPC Schedule A (A-69) 09 October 2003
Page 70
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b) All items which are mounted on structures above ground shall be
designed to resist forces derived from the total response of the
item (i.e. ground motion added to the structural motion relative
to the ground), as required by NZS 4203, Clause 4.12.1.3.
c) The facility shall be considered a power generation facility with
a design life of 25 years and designed as Category 1 structures.
d) Plant shall be designed, constructed and installed to remain
elastic during and after the design earthquake. Where practical, a
ductile collapse mechanism shall be provided for all equipment for
seismic events greater than the design earthquake, unless safety
factors on all plant parts are greater than 1.5
e) No failure of any part of the Plant that could cause a Binary
Plant malfunction shall occur as a result of the Design
Earthquake. Such failures would include; oil or gas leakages from
bushings, failure of internal components, failure of tripping
relays, misalignment of disconnectors, broken compressed air
piping or similar failures in ancillary plant.
11.4.3 Material Standards
NZS 4203 has been written in limit state format, and in conjunction
with New Zealand material standards which are also written in limit
state format. The seismic design of components and systems shall comply
with these material standards.
For materials not covered by these standards and for which the relevant
material standards have not been drafted in limit state format, the
Contractor shall adopt a rational design approach to the assessment of
component strength and system performance, to achieve the intent of the
loadings code NZS 4203.
11.4.4 Foundations
Foundations shall in general be designed to remain elastic wherever
practicable under seismic loading.
High voltage electrical equipment foundations shall be designed to
resist loading resulting from the elastic response of the supported
equipment.
11.5 SPECIFIC DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
11.5.1 Site Clearance
Site 4 has been previously used as a construction workers housing
estate. It is probable that significant debris and disused underground
services will be present at both sites. These will need to be removed
and the ground made good, as required.
The Contractor shall also note that the steam pipelines along the steam
mains corridor were once insulated with asbestos materials. Although
the asbestos insulation has been replaced with non-asbestos materials,
the soil in the immediate vicinity of the steam line mains may be
contaminated with traces of asbestos. If excavation is required within
2m of the steam pipeline mains, the soil must be tested for the
presence of asbestos before excavation takes place. To the extent that
asbestos is found and it is deemed to be a health hazard, the affected
layer shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with OSH
guidelines at the Owner's cost.
The Contractor shall obtain Owner's approval prior to the removal of
any established plantings.
EPC Schedule A (A-70) 09 October 2003
Page 71
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.5.2 Site Filling
Both sites are likely to require significant earthworks to achieve a
suitably shaped building platform.
Site layout design should be such that cut and filling are balanced as
much as possible. Preference will be given to designs that provide
minimum interference with the existing site features.
Low points to the finished site contours shall be adequately drained
into either the Wairakei Stream, or a suitably designed field catchpit
connected to the stormwater system. Site contours must be designed to
allow secondary overland flow to discharge into the Wairakei Stream
without entering buildings, or affecting plant operations. Discharge of
overland flow across the site boundaries will not be permitted.
11.5.3 Drainage
The Contractor is responsible for the design and construction of
stormwater drainage to the full extent of the Binary Plant Site within
the perimeter fence and any drainage which occurs into this area.
Stormwater pipe systems shall be designed to cater for a design storm
having a 10% probability of occurring annually, combined with any
operational flows from the plant. Secondary flow paths are to be
provided to enable flows in excess of the design storm to be discharged
into the Wairakei Stream without entering buildings, or affecting plant
operation. Discharge of overland flow across the site boundaries will
not be permitted.
Stormwater design shall be in compliance with Verification Method
E1/VM1 in New Zealand Building Code Handbook. For the purposes of this
clause, the rainfall intensity of a storm with a 10% probability of
occurring annually, and of a 10 minute duration, may be taken as 85
mm/hr. Other durations may be rationally deduced from the criteria in
E1/VM1.
Pipe class shall be determined from NZS/AS 3725 - "Loads on Buried
Concrete Pipes", subject to the modifications in B1/VM1 of the New
Zealand Building Code Handbook.
Outfall structures must make provision for energy dissipation to ensure
non-scouring velocities at the point of discharge.
11.5.4 Contaminated Water Handling
All potential sources of contaminated rain water run off shall be
bunded and effluent discharged from such bunds to an oil water
separator system, in strict accordance with Owner's Consents.
All bunds shall be designed to hold the capacities specified in the
consents. The bunds shall not be capable of being emptied by gravity.
Outlets from the bunds shall have a flow restriction to prevent
inundation of the downstream oil interceptor in the event of high
flows. Protection from blockage of outlet from the bund by debris shall
be provided.
The floor surface of all bunded areas shall have a slope and a small
recess in the floor to accommodate a pump so that when the containment
area is emptied, water is completely
A single oil interceptor facility to treat all oily water flows is to
be provided.
Treated water from the oil interceptor shall be discharged into the
Wairakei Stream. The separated oil/water mixture shall be run into a
slops tank with provision for manual pump out. The tank shall be sealed
from surrounding soil, and will have protection from rainwater and
surface run-off.
An Oil Interceptor Level switch to indicate interceptor full shall be
provided and a digital input shall be connected to the control room
SCADA system.
The surfaces of the bund areas containing chemicals shall be
impervious.
EPC Schedule A (A-71) 09 October 2003
Page 72
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.5.5 Concrete
All concrete design shall be in strict accordance with NZS 3101: 1995 -
"Concrete Structures Standard".
The Contractor should particularly note the Durability requirements of
this code.
11.5.6 Concrete Masonry
All masonry design shall be in accordance with NZS 4230: Part 1 1990 -
"Code of Practice for the Design of Masonry Structures".
Clay masonry units are not to be used for structural purposes in this
contract.
Concrete blocks used for exterior walls of buildings must be adequately
sealed to prevent moisture ingress.
11.5.7 Structural Steel
All structural steel design shall comply with NZS 3404: 1997 - "Steel
Structures Standard".
All cold formed steel design shall comply with AS/NZS 4600: 1998 -
"Cold-Formed Steel Structures".
The corrosion protection requirements of clause 1.4.2 must be met. Hot
dip galvanising shall be adopted wherever practical instead of
painting. Alternatively, the Contractor may specify other systems that
meet, or better, the requirements of clause 1.4.2.
11.5.8 Timber
All timber design shall comply with NZS 3603: 1993 - "Timber Structures
Standard".
Where applicable NZS 3604: 1999 - "Timber Framed Buildings", may be
used.
Timber construction shall be in accordance with best trade practice and
the New Zealand Building Code.
11.5.9 Building Details
These are generally covered in the New Zealand Building Code, which
forms part of this specification.
Note that NZS 3604 : 1990 - "Code of Practice for Light Timber Frame
Buildings not Requiring Specific Design" is a suitable Verification
Method to the Building Code.
EPC Schedule A (A-72) 09 October 2003
Page 73
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. SERVICES
12.1 COMPRESSED AIR
12.1.1 General
The proposed indicative system for the compressed air system is shown
in accordance with section 1.1.1 of these Owner's Technical
Requirements on Ormat drawings in Schedule J as follows:
o Ormat Drawing No. 7.011.00.415.0 Revision 0, P&ID Air Compressor
System.
o Ormat Drawing No. 7.011.00.416.0 Revision 0, P&ID Compressed Air
Distribution System.
Compressed air for the plant shall be supplied by two compressed air
trains each sized for the total plant requirements (duty and stand-by).
Each train shall comprise of an inlet filter, oil injected screw
compressor with integrated oil and after coolers, prefilter,
refrigerant or desiccant drier, and air receiver. The compressors shall
be cooled by air. No cooling water is available.
The compressors shall not be affected by higher than ambient air
temperatures.
The piping and controls shall enable interconnection of the standby
equipment of each train to maximise redundancy.
A minimum of two receivers shall supply, via a common header, a control
air circuit and a service air network. The service air network shall
include a priority valve, operating on loss of pressure, and isolating
the service air system from the control air system.
Compressed air system equipment, parts, and components supplied shall
be items that are normally made or available within New Zealand and
have well established vendor servicing facilities in New Zealand.
12.1.2 General Design
a) Pressure Requirements
All components of the compressed air system shall be designed for
a maximum working pressure of 7.6 bar gauge.
All pressure vessels, including air receivers, shall be designed
and constructed in accordance with the requirements of the Health
and Safety in Employment (Pressure Equipment Cranes and Passenger
Ropeways) Regulations 1999.
b) Compressor Requirements
Each compressor shall be a screw type, capable of delivering the
Binary Plant compressed air requirements for normal operation,
start-up, shut-down and all other services. This shall be done
without unloading/loading more than six times per hour. Each
compressor shall have a duty cycle not exceeding 33%.
The compressors shall be of the load/unload type where the motors
run continuously. Compressors which require a motor shutdown
during periods of zero or light load will not be accepted.
c) Air Receivers
Receivers shall be designed to have a storage capacity sufficient
to:
i. Provide a degree of regulation of air supply pressure that is
acceptable for the correct function of all pneumatic
instruments and controls.
EPC Schedule A (A-73) 09 October 2003
Page 74
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ii. Provide for the peak air demands during a start-up or
shut-down of the Binary Plant without the supplied air
pressure dropping below 5.0 bar gauge.
iii. When the compressors are not functioning, provide for a
shut-down of the receiver's associated air controlled
equipment, without the supplied air pressure falling to 5.0
bar gauge.
iv. Provide sufficient capacity to permit the compressor to have
no more than 6 starts per hour, 33% duty cycle.
d) Materials
Special precautions shall be taken throughout the compressed air
system due to the presence of hydrogen sulphide (H2S) gas in the
atmosphere.
e) Inlet Filters
The inlet air filters shall remove H2S to below 0.1 PPM and
particulate matter such that no damage can be incurred by the
equipment. The filter shall operate at least 6 months between
changes.
12.2 FIRE PROTECTION
12.2.1 General
The proposed indicative fire water reticulation system is shown in
accordance with section 1.1.1 of these Owner's Technical Requirements
on Ormat drawing No. 7.011.00.417.0 Revision 0 , P&ID Fire Fighting
Loop in Schedule J,
The contractor shall design, supply, install, test and commission the
Fire Protection systems required for the Binary Plant. Where practical
buildings and modules should be constructed with non-combustible
materials.
12.2.2 Scope of Work
A site fire hydrant system complete with fire pumps already exists at
the Owner's Wairakei Station. The system shall be extended and upgraded
if necessary under this Contract to provide protection to the Binary
Plant. The existing fire water system is shown schematically in Meritec
drawing No. 2512004 - 415 titled "Schematics for Potable and Fire Water
System" (Exhibit A7).
The work shall include but not be limited to the following:
a) Extension of fire main from the common pump discharge line to the
Binary Plant.
b) Installation of a diesel fire booster pump if required.
c) Provision of all fire hydrants and isolating sluice valves.
d) Working fluid storage tanks water spray systems.
e) Fire extinguishers.
f) Smoke, thermal, gas, flame and other detection.
g) Fire alarms and fire alarm panel.
h) Equipment water spray systems, including for turbines, pumps and,
if appropriate, the Local Control Room
EPC Schedule A (A-74) 09 October 2003
Page 75
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.2.3 Design Parameter
The fire main shall be installed in accordance with the New Zealand
Fire Service Code of Practice for Fire Fighting Water Supplies.
Both existing fire pumps have the same duty, one pump being 100%
standby. One pump is driven by a diesel engine, the other an electric
motor. The pump specified duty is 82 l/s at a duty head of 74 meters.
Contractor shall verify that the existing fire pumps are adequate to
serve the Permanent Works being installed under this contract. Fire
pumps shall be upgraded if necessary.
12.2.4 Regulations and Standards
In addition to the NZFS Code of Practice for fire fighting water
supplies and all mandatory standards, all plant and equipment supplied
in this Contract shall comply with the following standards:
a) The requirements of the New Zealand Building Code.
b) The requirements of the Hazardous Substances and New organisms Xxx
0000, Dangerous Goods Act and the requirements of the local
Dangerous Goods Inspector.
c) The requirements of NZS 4219:1983 for a Class III building located
in seismic Zone A.
e) Appropriate NFPA codes and standards including
o NZS 4541 for sprinklers, water spray systems and associated
water supplies.
o NZS 4503 for first aid fire fighting equipment (fire
extinguishers and hose reels)
o NZS 4512 for automatic fire detection and alarm systems
f) IEEE Guide for Substation Fire Protection.
12.2.5 Fire Main
a) Pipework
The contractor shall provide all pipework and fittings. All
pipework and fittings shall be ductile iron cement lined pressure
pipe or polyethylene pipe underground and screwed galvanised pipe
above ground.
b) Isolating and Fire Hydrant Valves
Isolation valves shall be provided at the tie in points to the
existing fire system.
Hydrant and valve box covers shall comply with BS 750.
Hydrants shall be marked in accordance with NZS 4501:1972 Code of
Practice for the Location and Marking of Fire Hydrants.
12.2.6 Working Fluid Storage Spray System
The Contractor shall provide all of the pipework, valves, detectors,
nozzles and projectors necessary to ensure efficient fire protection
and water cooling of the working fluid storage tanks.
Due consideration shall be given to the selection of the deluge valves
in order to avoid hydraulic shock when deluge valves are actuated.
The detection system shall be fail-safe.
EPC Schedule A (A-75) 09 October 2003
Page 76
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.2.7 Fire Alarm Panel
a) General
The Contractor shall supply and install a fire alarm system
complete with smoke detectors, manual call points, hydraulic heat
detectors and alerting devices. The operation of any detector or
manual call point throughout the Binary Plant shall cause all
sirens to sound, and the muting switch shall cause all sirens to
cease while visual annunciation remains energised. A failure of
supply, a cable break, or earth fault in the installation shall
cause fault annunciation to energise. The circuits shall be
provided as necessary. The detector modules used to determine if a
fire sensor has operated or a fault has occurred on the detector
circuits, shall be installed on the fire alarm panel, as an
externally visible display.
The fire alarm panel shall be located in the Binary Plant Local
Control Room.
All alarms, normal and fault indication shall be connected to the
existing Geothermal Control Centre (GGC) system, through the
Binary Plant control and monitoring system. Contractor shall
undertake all work necessary to make this connection including
programming. The GGC is staffed on a 24 hour basis. The Fire
Service is called by the operator upon a fire alarm.
Provide clean alarm contacts for security system and HVAC
connections.
The site "Sector Indicator Panel" at the main entrance to Wairakei
A Station shall be modified to include the Binary Plant. The mimic
panel shall be modified or replaced to include the Binary Plant,
and a repeater fire alarm panel for the Binary Plant showing all
zone alarms in similar format to the existing repeater panel
provided.
Manual Call Points
Manual call points shall be provided in the local control room, at
each egress point through the security fence, and at the working
fluid storage tanks. Call points shall be break-glass type
provided in accordance with the requirements of NZS4512.
b) Smoke and Heat Detectors
Smoke detectors shall be installed in the control room, with heat
detectors installed as necessary above false ceilings.
Standard heat detectors shall be provided in the compressor room.
Each detector shall have its terminals, circuit number and zone
number permanently marked. This marking shall be visible when in
position.
c) Alerting Devices
Alerting devices shall be of the electronic siren type and shall
produce a distinctive sound which is easily identifiable from
other alarm devices used in the power station.
Siren sound volume shall be suitable for the locations in which
they are to be installed and shall be clearly audible above the
ambient sound level.
12.2.8 First Aid Fire Applications
First aid fire fighting equipment shall comply with NZS 4503.
Provide in the control room, complete with identification signs, one
wall mount 9 kg carbon dioxide fire extinguisher.
EPC Schedule A (A-76) 09 October 2003
Page 77
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.2.9 Acceptance Tests
The Contractor shall carry out Acceptance Tests as set out in Part 5 of
NZS 4512 : 1994, and in accordance with NZFS COP for fire mains and
NFPA standards for water spray systems in the presence of an approved
Independent Qualified Person (IQP).
When these tests are satisfactorily completed, a Certificate of
Compliance shall be provided by the IQP, once they are satisfied that
the system complies in all respects with the appropriate standards.
These tests shall be complete before working fluid is brought on site.
12.3 POTABLE WATER SUPPLY
A potable water supply to the Binary Plant is to be provided and
reticulated as required. The connection point location for the potable
water supply is described in Exhibit A2. The existing potable water
system is shown schematically in Meritec drawing No. 2512004 - 415
titled "Schematics for Potable and Fire Water System" (Exhibit A7)
All buried potable water pipework and fittings shall be high density
polyethylene.
All pipework shall be installed in accordance with the supplier's
recommendations.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all trenching, backfilling,
roading and the civil work for reinforced concrete anchor blocks and
valve xxxxxxxx associated with the supply.
Provide valve xxxxxxxx (tobby boxes) with shut off valves as required.
The water supply from the shut off valves to fixtures will be connected
under this contract. Provide isolation valves at each fixture to allow
for future maintenance work.
Contractor shall provide potable water hose stations with 30m of hose
each. These shall be distributed throughout the Site such that no item
of equipment requiring water for routine or periodic maintenance or
cleaning is further than 30 away from a hose station.
12.4 CONTROL ROOM AND AIR CONDITIONING
12.4.1 Scope of Work
The proposed indicative layout of the control and electrical room is
shown in accordance with section 1.1.1 of these Owner's Technical
Requirements on Ormat drawing No. 0.002.95.691.0 Revision 0, Electrical
Room Layout in Schedule J,
The local control room shall be air-conditioned to meet all human
comfort and electronic and control equipment requirements.
The fresh air supply shall be filtered through H2S removal filters.
A rate of corrosion monitor shall be provided in the control room.
12.4.2 Design Parameters
The air conditioning equipment shall be capable of maintaining the
following internal conditions with the specified external ambient
conditions.
EPC Schedule A (A-77) 09 October 2003
Page 78
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ZONE DRY BULB TEMPERATURE RELATIVE HUMIDITY
Local Control Room 22oC +/- 1oC 50%+/- 5
System Noise Level: NC 35 with Binary Plant off, i.e. generating
no noise.
12.4.3 Regulations and Standards
HVAC services shall comply at no extra cost with:
a. The requirements of the New Zealand Building Code.
b. The requirements of the Hazardous Substances and new Organisms Xxx
0000, Dangerous Goods Act and the requirements of the local
Dangerous Goods Inspector.
c. The requirements of NZS 4219:1983 for a Class lll building located
in seismic zone A.
d. The requirements of the latest SMACNA low velocity duct
manufacturing standard.
12.4.4 Description of Service
Air conditioning shall recirculate room air through filters to remove
dust and H2S. Air for ventilation and room pressurisation shall be
introduced through a wall louvre directly into this unit.
Approximately 80% of the volume of supply air shall be recirculated. At
least an equivalent of 2 air changes per hour of outdoor air shall be
required for ventilation and room pressurisation. A fresh air dust
filter to European standard EU3 shall be provided and a EU4 dust filter
provided after the H2S filter media. Inclined manometers are required
across all filters with the clean and dirty resistances clearly
identified.
Two banks of filters with sufficient H2S filtering media to last for
six months based on an average concentration of H2S in the outside air
as listed above.
The air conditioning and H2S removal system will operate continuously.
An adjustable set point room temperature sensor shall be provided. Room
humidity will not be controlled other than by natural dehumidification
occurring during operation of the cooling coil in the air conditioning
unit.
Upon a fire alarm all HVAC plant shall stop.
12.4.5 Building Producer Statement
Provide a contractors producer statement at the completion of the work
to confirm that the systems have been installed in accordance with the
contract documents.
12.5 STATION SERVICES - ELECTRICAL
12.5.1 Scope of Work
The scope of work for electrical station services shall include:
(a) Power distribution systems.
(b) Lighting systems complete with all luminaries, switchboards,
cabling and controls.
(c) Power outlets.
EPC Schedule A (A-78) 09 October 2003
Page 79
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(d) Power supplies for air conditioning plant.
The Contractor shall provide all miscellaneous equipment such as cable
supports, conduit, ducting, clips, bolts, screws, points, terminals,
lugs, labels, fixings and cable ties necessary to provide safe, fully
operational, reliable systems.
12.5.2 Lighting
Lighting source types and minimum illumination level for various areas
shall be as indicated in the following table. Design illumination
levels shall follow recognised international standards for the type and
function of the rooms or areas being lit :
Area Source Intensity
Type (lux)
Local Control Xxxx Xxxxxxxxxxx 000
Roads/paths LPS 10
Plant areas LPS 00
Xxxxxxxxx Xxxxxxxxx Xxxxxxxxxxx 000
All lighting fittings shall comply with I.E.C. standard No. 598 on
luminaries or as otherwise required by XXXXX 00.
All fittings shall be entirely suitable for satisfactory operation in
their installed locations, and shall be supported in conformity with
best trade practice. Fittings installed in Gas Hazard zones shall
comply with the requirements of XXXXX 00.
Fittings for outdoor location shall be watertight, corrosion resistant,
and comprise aluminium, stainless steel, or lightweight ultraviolet
(uv) light stabilised reinforced polyester materials.
The position of light fittings shall be confirmed with the Owner before
finalising cabling.
12.5.3 Socket Outlets
The Contractor shall install indoor and outdoor three phase and single
phase sockets in positions appropriate to anticipated use. There shall
be a minimum of 15 single phase, and 10 32A three phase, socket outlets
in the main plant area. There shall be at least 1 single phase, and 1
32A three phase socket outlet in the transformer area.
Socket outlets shall be distributed such that no item of equipment
within the Binary Plant perimeter fence is further than 20 m away from
a single and three phase outlet unless hazardous zoning requirements
dictate otherwise.
Socket outlets shall be compatible with existing sockets used in
Wairakei Station.
12.5.4 Phase Balancing
The Contractor shall carefully adjust all electrical circuits so that
equal electrical loading is obtained for each phase.
EPC Schedule A (A-79) 09 October 2003
Page 80
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.6 PHONES
The Contractor shall provide a telephone in the Local Control Room. The
telephone is to be connected to the Owner's existing PABX system. The
available connection point to the Owner's system is given in the
Terminal Point Schedule in Exhibit A2.
EPC Schedule A (A-80) 09 October 2003
Page 81
EPC Contract - Wairakei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.7 ALARM SIRENS
12.7.1 Operational Alarm Sounders
Outdoor sounders and visual indication (eg a flashing light) shall be
provided in appropriate locations around the Binary Plant complex to
alert operating personnel of high priority alarm conditions. Locations
of the alarm indicators shall be chosen to ensure that the alarm can be
heard and seen from all areas of the Binary Plant complex.
12.7.2 Evacuation Alarm
The Contractor shall install evacuation alarm sirens in locations where
the Owner's existing siren is unable to be clearly heard when the
Binary Plant is operating. (Eg Local Control Room, Adjacent to noisy
equipment such as turbines.) The evacuation sirens shall be connected
to the Owner's existing evacuation alarm system. Activation of the
alarm from the Local Control Room is not required.
EPC Schedule A (A-81) 09 October 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCHEDULE B
CONTRACTORS TECHNICAL PROPOSAL - INDEX
Outline Technical Proposal
o General Description
o Outline Plans and Specification for Work
Owners MARCO Requirements
Interface arrangements during Construction Commissioning and Testing
List of Subcontractors
Document Submittal Qualification
Quality Assurance Plan Outline
Health and Safety Plan Outline
Recommended Spare Parts
Recommended Assembly Tools
Unit Rates for Site Works and Variations
Guarantees
OUTLINE TECHNICAL PROPOSAL
EPC SHEDULE B September 23 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. ORMAT ENERGY CONVERTER(R) (OEC) - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The OEC Proposed for the Wairakei power plant is an Integrated Two Level Units
(ITLU) modular power plant comprised of all the equipment and controls required
to convert the hot geothermal brine into useful electric power.
The major components of the ITLU consist of preheaters, vaporizers, turbines,
generator, lubrication and sealing systems, air-cooled condenser, and motive
fluid cycle pumps. The module also includes automatic and manual control valves,
instrumentation (gauges, switches and transmitters), internal piping, and power
and control boards.
Operation process of the ITLU is based on the Rankine cycle, in which an organic
fluid absorbs heat from a heat source, causing the motive fluid to vaporize; it
then expands in the turbine, producing rotational shaft power by transforming
kinetic energy gained by the vapor's expansion process.
The geothermal brine flows through the level I vaporizer tubes and then enters
the tube section of the level II vaporizer. After the exit from the vaporizers
it flows in parallel to the level 1 and level 2 tube side of the preheaters,
while organic fluid flows through the shell side. The organic motive fluid
thermal cycle is a closed loop cycle. The motive fluid cycles of the two levels
are totally independent. The ITLU enables to extract the heat from the
geothermal fluid in a simple and high efficient way without the complication of
using mixtures of working fluids or operating in super critical cycles.
A feed pump pumps the organic fluid from the condenser into the preheater tube
section. The fluid is heated in the preheater to a temperature close to the
boiling temperature and in the vaporizer the organic fluid reaches the boiling
point and vaporizes. The organic vapor passes through the vapor inlet assembly,
then enters the organic turbine and expands, thus dropping in pressure and
temperature and producing rotational shaft power. The low-pressure vapor flows
to an air-cooled condenser, condenses and then is pumped back into the
preheater. The attached process flow diagram shows the thermodynamic parameters
of the process.
The organic motive fluid used in the thermal cycle is Iso-Pentane, selected for
optimal utilization of available heat source.
The OEC is comprised of the following components, as described below
1.1 VAPORIZER
The vaporizer is a horizontal, shell and tube heat exchanger,
manufactured of carbon steel with a tube bundle, sheet metal shell and
fixed tube sheets. Heating fluid flows through the tube side and motive
fluid through the shell side. A bellow type expansion joint is provided
to compensate for any differential thermal expansion of the tubes and
shell.
EPC SHEDULE B September 23 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Separator is installed on the top of the vaporizer. The separator is
designed to retain the droplets of liquid carried over the vapor, thus
preventing impinging of droplets on turbine blades.
1.2 PREHEATER
The preheater is a horizontal, shell and tube heat exchanger
manufactured from carbon steel with a tube bundle, metal shell and
fixed tube sheets. Heating fluid flows through the tube side and motive
fluid through the shell side. A bellow type expansion joint is provided
to compensate for any differential thermal expansion of the tubes and
shell.
1.3 POWER SKID
Each of the two OEC power skids consists of a dual shaft extension
generator, two turbines and associated oil system.
(A) SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR
The generator is a synchronous type, air-cooled, three phase
machine, brushless and weather protected. It is built to NEMA
wp type II enclosure specifications and rated at 9,500 kW, 0.8
PF, 11 kV and 50 Hz. The generator and the two turbines are
directly coupled.
(B) TURBINE
Each of the two OEC turbines consist of a single casing,
multi-stage axial unit. The turbine is directly coupled to the
end of the generator shaft. No speed-reducing gearbox is
required because the properties of the organic fluids produce
favorable aerodynamic matching at relatively low blade and
rotational speeds. A double, mechanical shaft seal is used to
prevent leakage of the working fluid into the atmosphere or
lube oil.
(C) TURBINE AND GENERATOR OIL SYSTEM. The oil system has two
functions:
o To supply oil to each turbine bearing for lubrication,
sealing and cooling, and,
o To supply oil to the generator bearings for lubrication.
The oil system is designed to supply each oil consumer with
the proper pressure and flow, and the proper type of oil. Each
system is equipped with an oil pump as well as oil filters,
oil coolers (forced air-cooled type), solenoid operated
control valves and relief valves. The system is equipped with
air operated emergency pumps and air accumulator to supply the
lube oil in the event of an electric power failure.
1.4 AIR-COOLED CONDENSER
The condenser is an induced draft, air-cooled heat exchanger. The tubes
are arranged in a one-pass configuration where motive fluid vapor is
fed from the inlet
EPC SHEDULE B September 23 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
box to the tubes. The motive fluid is cooled and condensed, inside the
tubes, by forced air flowing outside of the finned tubes in a
cross-flow pattern. The condensed motive fluid accumulates in the hot
well collector from where it flows by gravity to the motive fluid
filters and pumps. The condenser tubes are made of carbon steel tubes
with aluminum fins.
1.5 FEED PUMPS
The feed pumps pump the condensed motive fluid from the condenser hot
well collector to the preheaters in each level
1.6 ORGANIC MOTIVE FLUID PIPING SYSTEM
The organic motive fluid piping system consists of piping assemblies,
in which the condensed motive fluid flow from the feed pumps through
the preheater to the vaporizer, vapor motive fluid flow from the
vaporizer to the turbine and from the turbine to the air cooled
condenser and in which the condensed motive fluid return from the
condenser hot well to the feed pumps. A motive fluid strainer is
installed between the hot well collector and the pump inlet. An
expansion joints are installed in the turbine inlet and outlet pipe
assemblies to reduce the force and moments on the turbine nozzles.
Automatic and manual control valves supplied as part of the piping
system.
1.7 PURGE SYSTEM
The purge system is installed on the upper side of the condenser outlet
boxes. The system is designed to continuously purge the OEC condenser
of non-condensable gases, predominantly air, that enter the OEC, mostly
during start-up and when the unit is not operating, and to recover the
working fluid.
1.8 GEOTHERMAL PIPING SYSTEM
The brine piping system allows brine to flow from level I vaporizer
through level II vaporizer to the preheaters.
1.9 OEC POWER SYSTEM
The OEC power system contains of: (i) the generator high voltage
breaker, PTs and CTs; (ii) 400 Volt auxiliaries supply board (MCC)
1.10 OEC CONTROL AND PROTECTION SYSTEM
The control system is based on A-B SLC-500 or alike programmable logic
controller (PLC) The OEC control incorporates a turbine control backup
(TCBU), which disconnects the OEC from the bus and shut it down safely
in event of a PLC malfunction. The PLC and I/O units with its
accessories, is housed in a control board and fields junction boxes.
The OEC control and protection system contains the following items:
EPC SHEDULE B September 23 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) PLC: central processing unit with analog and digital input and
output modules, and communication control units.
(b) PROTECTION RELAYS to provide generator protection against
under/over voltage, reverse power, loss of excitation, generator
differential, phase over current, ground fault, phase balance,
over speed, etc.
(c) SYNCHRONIZER, check synchronizer, voltage and VAR controller.
(d) OPERATION MODE SELECTOR switch and reset push buttons for local
operation. Same switch and push buttons are duplicated by soft
switch at the local HMI computer screen.
The control system automatically accelerates the generator to
synchronous speed and then synchronizes the generator to the bus. After
being linked with the bus, the control system monitors and controls the
operation of the OEC. Pressures, temperatures, voltages, speed,
kilowatts, kilovars, currents, etc., are checked and monitored and
compared with preset values in memory, to detect warning or failure
conditions.
In the event of a failure within the system, the unit is disconnected
from the bus and shut down in a pre-programmed sequence. After a
failure condition is rectified, the generating unit can be
automatically started after a manual reset signal.
1.11 ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC CONTROL SYSTEM
The electro-pneumatic control system operates the control valve
actuators and provides air pressure to pneumatic components, either
directly or through solenoid-operated valves installed on the pneumatic
control panel. The pneumatic control panel is supplied by air at a
nominal pressure of 90 psi, the pressure required to operate the
pneumatic equipment. Pressure regulation and filtration is also
provided
Electronic control signals for the system are provided from the central
unit control in the form of digital (ON, OFF) or analog (4 to 20 mA).
The analog signals are converted by current to pressure (I/P)
transducers to a proportional pneumatic output signal.
1.12 HUMAN-MACHINE INTERFACE (HMI)
The system includes a personal computer with dedicated software to
enable the operator to operate the power plant and monitor its
functions. Citec operator station or alike is supplied.
The HMI is located in the local control room.
1.13 INTERFACE WITH LOCAL / REMOTE STATION CONTROLS
The control system provides access to all the analog and digital
signals connected to the PLC through a communication link. Using the
communication link, the customer can monitor parameters inside the PLC,
send the OEC Stop Command from another PC with the proper software. The
data inside the PLC is organized in blocks of accessible registers.
Detailed requirements for the data transfer of
EPC SHEDULE B September 23 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
information are determined during detailed design. This includes both
communication and hard-wired interface data.
1.14 INSTRUMENTATION
All parameters that are measured to insure proper control and operation
of the OEC, such as pressure, temperature, voltage, current, flow rate,
power, etc., are measured by the appropriate instruments.
2. DESIGN CONDITIONS AND PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
A. SITE CONDITIONS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Design max. temperature for electrical equipment in control 40(degree)C
shelter
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Altitude 360 m asl
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wind Per NZS 4203
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seismic zone UBC Zone 4 (assumed)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION
AT DESIGN CONDITIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
PARAMETER VALUE
--------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
Generator rated power (each of 2) 9,500 kW
--------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
Generator Rating (each of 2) 11,875 kVA at power factor 0.8
--------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
11(degree)C
Design ambient temperature
--------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
Net system output at design conditions, 14,380 kW
(After deducting for plant internal use, but before well field
pump use.) Excluded from ORMAT's scope.
--------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
Voltage 11 kV
--------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
Frequency 50 Hz
--------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
Geothermal Fluid Inlet Temperature. 127(degree) C
--------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
Geothermal fluid flow 2,800 t/h
--------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
C. EQUIPMENT SUPPLY
EPC SHEDULE B September 23 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. INTRODUCTION
The design and equipment configuration, described herein, are
preliminary and by definition not final. The details of the OEC
system, including flow diagrams, drawings, specifications, data
sheets and other technical documentation, and any other parameters
relating to the guaranteed performance of the system, are subject
to revision during the development of the detailed engineering.
2. EQUIPMENT SUPPLY
ORMAT will supply all the equipment required to construct a
completely integrated and operational power plant as defined in
the Tender documents and in this Tender submittal documents.
D. CONSTRUCTION
The Engineering, Procurement and Construction activities shall be
conducted in accordance with an EPC agreement substantially in the form
and exceptions as attached to this proposal, and summarized below:
1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
ORMAT will perform all of the earthwork and civil, electrical and
mechanical work required in the construction of the System as defined
by the detailed engineering drawings and specifications.
2. CIVIL
(a) Survey and stake out from the monuments provided by Customer.
(b) Excavation for concrete foundations, supports, slabs, and
underground piping, electrical conduits, and electrical
cables.
(c) Final grading and graveling of the site surface as required
completing the existing site grading and drainage, and
underground sleeves for pipe road crossings (for drainage
purposes), as required.
(d) Concrete work including foundations and slabs, and
installation of embedded plates, pipe supports, conduits and
anchor bolts for all the mechanical, electrical and other
equipment.
(e) Supply and install all sleeves, anchor bolts and embedded
plates in concrete foundations, and perform grouting work.
3. STRUCTURAL STEEL
(a) Install structural steel, pipe supports and secondary steel
for pipe/ductwork
(b) Prime and finish paint of steel or galvanize including
touch-up paint
EPC SHEDULE B September 23 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. MECHANICAL WORK
Perform all the mechanical work related to the OEC, other
equipment installation, motive fluid and compressed air piping,
and miscellaneous items, as follows:
5. OEC
Erect, install, assemble, commission and test the OEC, and
install, connect, finish, paint and test interconnecting pipes
6. MOTIVE FLUID, COMPRESSED AIR AND OTHER REMAINING MECHANICAL WORKS
Supply and install, motive fluid storage tank, motive fluid pump
and piping, compressed air
7. ELECTRICAL WORK
Perform all electrical work including high and low voltage power
distribution system, direct current ("DC") and instrumentation
system, auxiliaries' step-down transformer, etc.
8. POWER AND CONTROL
(a) Install, wire, tag and terminate all motor control centers
and other electrical equipment and junction boxes located at
equipment and control cabinets.
(b) Install and terminate all internal control, measurement and
protection devices and instrumentation including turbine
generator protections, heat exchangers, and wiring and
termination of control board.
(c) Supply, install, wire and terminate control cables between
controls, instrumentation and the control junction boxes.
9. CONSTRUCTION AND SUPPORT ACTIVITIES
(a) Construction services including all required labor,
equipment, materials and consumables necessary for
construction activities as well as complete field technical
construction administration and coordination.
(b) Provide site management team to be responsible for field
construction supervision, field engineering, field
inspection, local procurement, planning and scheduling, cost
control, safety and field administration.
(c) Provide all direct labor, supplementary labor, journeymen,
foremen, supervisory, and local management personnel to carry
out the Work. Provide work force adequate to properly
supervise and perform the Work.
(d) Establish field inspection facilities.
EPC SHEDULE B September 23 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(e) Perform system start-up and acceptance tests.
(f) Install, and test miscellaneous sub-systems including
lighting system, emergency lighting system, and grounding
system.
(g) Remove all construction debris from the Work Site and dispose
of the same in an appropriate manner.
E. OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS
1. Permitting.
2. Power and utilities for Construction and Start-up.
3. Interconnection facility for connection of OEC Generator to the
Grid.
4. Provide access to site.
F. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE SERVICES
1. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL TRAINING
ORMAT will conduct an operation and maintenance training course
for Client's personnel. The course shall train the operators in
normal operation of the equipment, normal operation of the
sub-systems and operation as an integral system, during,
stop/start and emergency situations. The course shall also include
instruction on the scheduled maintenance of the equipment and the
sub-systems.
2. O&M MANUALS
ORMAT will provide three (3) copies of the O&M manuals, which
shall describe the operation of the system and the individual
plant components. A scheduled maintenance program (description and
frequency), troubleshooting and recommended spare parts list will
also be provided.
3. JOB BOOKS
ORMAT will provide three (3) copies of Job Books, which include
the manuals and technical descriptions.
4. AS BUILT CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS
Supply three (3) reproducible sets of "as built" construction
drawings.
5. TESTS
ORMAT shall be responsible for the preparation of the protocols
for tests for final acceptance and for calculating and
interpreting the test results.
EPC SHEDULE B September 23 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ORMAT shall supply any special testing instrumentation, if
required, in addition to instrumentation, which is required for
normal operation. Customer shall provide and install the
instrumentation for measuring the heat source flow rate and
temperature.
G. SPARE PARTS
A kit of commissioning spares will be provided as part of the Scope of
Supply. In addition a recommended spares list will be provided as part
of the final documentation. During the warranty period spares drawn
from the Client's stock to correct warranty repairs will be replaced at
no charge to the Client.
BINARY MECHANICAL PLANT
2.1 GENERAL
No. of Units 2
Output at 11(degree)C (gross) 8,450 (for each Unit)
2.2 TURBINES
No. of Turbines per ORC Unit 2
Manufacturer Ormat
Model No's 1,500
General Arrangement Drawing No. 0.002.91.905.0
Sectional Drawing No. 0.002.91.904.0
Standards and Codes Applicable ORMAT Standard
Component Materials ASTM (see list Below)
Governor manufacturer and type Xxxxxx - E disc*
Vanessa - Triple off set *
Manufacturer's data sheets See appendix A *
Stop valve manufacturer, size and type Xxxxxx - E disc*
Vanessa - Triple off set *
Manufacturer's data sheets See appendix A *
Gear Box Manufacturer (if applicable) Not Applicable
type Not Applicable
general arrangement drawing Not Applicable
sectional drawing Not Applicable
manufacturers data sheets Not Applicable
EPC SHEDULE B September 23 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Xxxx of Materials (Turbine)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
No. Component description Component material
----------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Turbine shaft E4340 (Chrome - nickel)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
2 Turbine housing SA - 516 Grade 70
----------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Turbine outlet assembly SA - 516 Grade 70
----------------------------------------------------------------------
4 Nozzles' rings SA - 266 Class 2
----------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Turbine wheels SA - 266 Class 2
----------------------------------------------------------------------
*Or equivalent / similar
2.3 LUBRICATING, SEAL, AND HYDRAULIC OIL SYSTEMS
OIL SYSTEM SKID
The oil system consists of two subsystems:
o Generator and Turbine Bearing Oil System
o Turbine Seal Oil System
GENERATOR AND TURBINE BEARING OIL SYSTEMS
An electrical, motor-driven, positive displacement oil pump draws oil
from the bearing oil tank through a suction strainer.
The oil flows from the pump discharge port line filter and an air/oil
cooler. Leaving the cooler, oil disperses to the two turbine bearings
and to the generator bearings. Oil to the turbine bearings is supplied
via a check valve to a central hydraulic block located on each turbine
housing and supplies pressure to turbine bearings, which are regulated
by pressure relief valve at the hydraulic block, while the pressure
supplied to generator bearings is controlled by two orifices located at
the bearing inlet port.
Oil from the turbine and generator bearings returns directly to the oil
tank. The oil pump is protected against excessive pressure by a
built-in adjustable relief valve installed at the pump outlet. A
pressure switch unit, located in the hydraulic block of each turbine,
protects against low-pressure level.
The system is equipped with a pneumatically operated pump as back up
for the electrically driven pump. In the event that oil pressure in the
supply lines is lower than normal, the emergency pump supplies oil for
the system through a check valve. The pressure switch located near the
electrically driven pump will send a warning signal to the operator.
A system failure occurs when the pressure is low at one of the turbine
inlets.
EPC SHEDULE B September 23 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A warning indication will appear when one of the following lubrication
system malfunctions occur:
o The oil temperature at one of the turbine outlets is high.
o There is no "On" indication from the lub. oil pump.
o The pressure is low at the lub. oil pump outlet.
Oil level, oil temperature and oil pressure can be read on locally
mounted indicators.
SYSTEM TECHNICAL DATA
Oil tank capacity : 32 gallon (120 liters)
Oil pump type : 1. Gear pump, driven by electrical motor
400v 50 Hz.
: 2. Compressed air-powered diaphragm pump.
Oil cooler type : Air radiator (induced draft)
Filter Size
Suction line : 140 Micron
Discharge line : 25 Micron (installed in-line)
Hydraulic block : 40 Micron
TURBINE SEAL OIL SYSTEM
An electric motor-driven positive-displacement oil pump draws oil from
the seal oil tank through a suction strainer. The oil flows from the
pump discharge through an oil cooler, a check valve and two filters to
the mechanical seal chamber inside the turbine.
The system is protected against excessive pressure by a built-in
adjustable relief valve installed at the pump outlet. Another pressure
relief valve, adjusted to open at a preset pressure, is connected in
front of the check valve.
The return line from the turbine seal routes the oil through a normally
closed solenoid-operated shut-off valve to the seal oil tank. Under
failure condition the shut-off valve is closed and the accumulator,
which is connected to the seal return line, maintains seal pressure.
The system automatically shuts down when one of the following
lubrication system failures occur:
o Low seal oil pressure
o High seal oil pressure
EPC SHEDULE B September 23 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A warning indication will appear when one of the following seal oil
system malfunctions occur:
o High oil temperature at turbine exit.
o There is no "On" indication from the seal oil pump.
o Pressure is low at the seal oil pump outlet.
Seal oil level and oil pressure can be read on locally mounted
indicators. To avoid oil pressure drop following OEC shutdown, the oil
pump operates intermittently while the shut-off valve is closed.
The system is equipped with pneumatically operated pump as back-up for
the electrically driven pump. In the event that oil pressure in the
supply lines is lower than normal, the emergency pump supplies oil for
the system through a check valve.
SYSTEM TECHNICAL DATA:
Oil tank capacity : 32 gallon (120 liters)
Oil pump type : 1. Gear pump, driven by electrical
motor 400V 50Hz
: 2. Compressed air powered
diaphragm pump.
Oil cooler type : Air radiator (induced draft)
Filters
One suction strainer : 140 micron
Discharge line : 25 micron
Hydraulic filter : 40 micron
Oil Accumulator
Type : Diaphragm
Nitrogen precharging pressure : 38 psi (2.6 bar)
P & ID drawing No. 0.011.00.418.0 and
0.011.00.419.0
General arrangement drawing No. 0.002.91.906
EPC SHEDULE B September 23 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.4 FEED PUMP
No. of Working Fluid Feed Pumps per Unit 2
Manufacturer Goulds, Flowserve, Floway *
Model No. Vertical turbine pump
General Arrangement Drawing No. See drawing of typical Feed
Pump
Sectional Drawing No. See drawing of typical Feed
Pump
Applicable Standards and Codes General purpose with double
mechanical seal
*Or equivalent / similar
2.5 HEAT EXCHANGERS - GEOTHERMAL FLUID / WORKING FLUID
1. VAPORIZER
Manufacturer Ormat
Model BKM
General Arrangement Drawing No. 0.002.55.706.0 and
0.002.55.707.0
Component Materials List of Component Materials appears
in drawings
Applicable Standards and Codes ASME sec VIII Div. I including U
stamping
Internal Tube Diameter 21.2 mm
2. PREHEATER
Manufacturer Ormat
Model BFM
General Arrangement Drawing No. 0.002.57.704.0
Component Materials List of Component Materials appears
in drawings
Applicable Standards and Codes ASME sec VIII Div. I including U
stamping
Internal Tube Diameter 21.2 mm
EPC SHEDULE B September 23 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. RECUPERATOR
Manufacturer Ormat
Model Not Applicable
General Arrangement Drawing No. 0.002.59.701.0
Component Materials List of Component Materials appears
in drawings
Applicable Standards and Codes ASME sec VIII Div. I including U
stamping
Internal Tube Diameter 18 mm
2.6 CONDENSERS
No. of Condensers per unit Subject to detailed design
Manufacturer Ormat
Model Made specially by Ormat.
No model No applied
General Arrangement Drawing No. 0.002.60.520.0
Applicable Standards and Codes ASME sec VIII Div. I including U
stamp
Fan Motor Description including 3 Pole vertical face mounted motor
Usphiz, GE, US Motors, Xxxxxx,
Siemens, Baldor, Loher, ABB, WEG
Manufacturer *
Description of Drive Mechanism Belt type speed reducer
Internal Tube Diameter 21.5 mm
*Or equivalent / similar
2.7 PIPING
Design
PRESSURE (BAR G) TEMPERATURE ((DEGREE)C)
H.P To be defined (T.B.D) To be defined (T.B.D)
L.P. (IF APPLICABLE) To be defined (T.B.D) To be defined (T.B.D)
EPC SHEDULE B September 23 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Materials:
Piping A 106 Gr.B / API5LB / A312 Gr TP 316L
Flanges A 105 / A182 Gr F 316L
Corrosion allowance: 3 mm
Applicable Standards and Codes ASME B 31.1
Manufacturers data sheets See appendix A *.
*Or equivalent / similar
2.8 WORKING FLUID STORAGE AND HANDLING
Storage tank total volume 25 m(3)
Capacity of empty storage Approximately 12.5 m(3)
Capacity of "Top up" Approximately 12.5 m(3)
Design Pressure Max. 10 xxxx.
Min.- 0.35 bara.
Design Temp. Max. 140 (degree)C
Min. 1 (degree)C
Corrosion Allowance 3 mm
Working Fluid Charge
Total Approximately 25 m(3) per close
Pentane loop (every OEC
is 2 close loops)
Section*, between maintenance From Turbine inlet to Condenser
outlet approximately 10 m(3)
isolation valves. From Condenser outlet to Turbine inlet
approximately 15 m(3) (including:
Preheater, Vaporizer and Recuperator)
Working Fluid Density 620 kg / m(3) (25 (degree)C)
Manufacturers details of See Appendix A
the working fluid transfer
system (pump/compressor etc).
A Material Safety Data Sheet See Appendix A
(MSDS)
EPC SHEDULE B September 23 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.9 GEOTHERMAL FLUID PIPING
Preliminary Piping Layout No. 0.011.00.408.0
Preliminary P & ID - Brine OEC's Gathering System No. 7.011.00.412.0
Preliminary P & ID - Energy Dissipation System No. 7.011.00.413.0
For Typical Manufacturers data sheets for each type of valve See
appendix A.
3. N/A
4. GENERATOR
4.1 GENERAL
The Generator Capability and Exciter Performance Statement
details (Transpower Spreadsheet) & Curves (on A4 size
drawings) showing effects of excitation system control - To be
define (T.B.D) with detailed design.
Manufacturer As per Vendor list*
Country of Manufacture USA*
Standards & Codes IEC 60034
Temperature Rise: 80 C
4.2 STATOR
Insulation Class F
Jointing methods & materials TBD
4.3 ROTOR
Space required for removal 3300mm
Jointing methods & materials TBD
4.4 TEMPERATURE SENSORS
Air Circuit Core Slots
Number ________-- 12
Type -_____________-- RTD
Position -__________________- In Stator Winding
*Or equivalent / similar
EPC SHEDULE B September 23 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.5 EXCITATION SYSTEM
Description Brush-less
Exciter rated capacity (kW) 25
Exciter speed (rpm) 1500
4.6 SURGE DIVERTERS
Manufacturer Not applicable for the Generator.
Equipment to be installed in the
11kV Switchgear.
Type
Rated voltage
Maximum working voltage
Arrestor Classification
Rated discharge capacity
5. TRANSFORMERS
5.1 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM 11KV SWITCHGEAR VT 11KV GENERATOR NGT 220KV SWITCHYARD VT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Function Control and Protection Neutral Grounding Metering and Protection
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer As per vendors list * ITI * As per vendor list *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Type Phase to Phase CPT5 Capacitive, with 2
secondary windings
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rated Voltage (kV) 15kV 15kV 245kV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratio 1:100 1:55 1:2000
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Output rating (VA) 500 5000 750
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accuracy (%) 0.3 0.3 0.2 metering and 3P for
protections.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Primary Knee-point (%) XXX XXX TBD
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Or equivalent / similar
EPC SHEDULE B September 23 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.2 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM 11 KV 11 KV 11 KV 220 KV
SWITCHGEAR SWITCHYARD GENERATOR SWITCHYARD
CT CT CT CT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Core XXX XXX Iron TBD
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratio 600/5, 800/5, 1500/1 800/5 100/1
1500/5
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Function Control and Protection Metering and
Protection Protection
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer As per vendors As per vendor list As per vendor list *
list * *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Type Window Bushing mounted in Primary Wound Bushing mounted
transformer either in
transformer or in
the dead tank type
circuit breaker
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rated Voltage (kV) 600V, 10kV BIL 600V, 10kV BIL 15kV 600V, 10kV BIL
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Burden capability (VA) 15VA 15VA Differential 15VA
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Short Time Current XXX XXX Relay T200, 1.5 TBD
(As) @ 30 C
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accuracy and 5P10, 5P20 5P20 87,000 0.2, 5P20
over-current
factor (%)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Or equivalent / similar
5.3 STEP UP AND AUXILIARY TRANSFORMERS
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
ITEM STEP-UP TRANSFORMER AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Manufacturer As per vendors list * As per vendor list * As per vendor list *
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Country of manufacture XXX XXX TBD
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Standards & Codes IEC or ANSI IEC or ANSI IEC or ANSI
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Cooling Type ONAN ONAN ONAN
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Rated power (MVA) 19 1.6 0.4
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Nominal ratio of transformation 220/11 11/0.4 11/0.4
(kV/kV)
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
EPC SCHEDULE B September 23 2003
Wairakei EPC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
ITEM STEP-UP TRANSFORMER AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Tapping range on HV +/-10% +/-5% +/-5%
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Tapping steps 1.25% 2.5% 2.5%
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
No load loss at rated voltage (kW) 18 1.5 0.5
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Load loss at nominal ratio at 57 13.5 3.5
rated power (kW)
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Maximum loss at rated power (kW) 75 15 4
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Maximum sound power (dBA) XXX XXX TBD
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Impedance voltage at rated power 0.1 0.0575 0.0575
at nominal ratio (pu)
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Impedance voltage at rated power 0.11 at +10% 0.06 at +5% 0.06 at +5%
at highest ratio (pu)
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Impedance voltage at rated power 0.09 at -10% 0.05 at -5% 0.05 at -5%
at lowest ratio (pu)
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Zero phase sequence impedance of XXX XXX TBD
HV with LV short circuited at
nominal tap (Ohm)
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Regulation at rated power at 0.75 1 1
unity power factor (%)
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Regulation at rated power at 0.90 4.5 4.2 4
power factor lagging (%)
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
*Or equivalent / similar
EPC SCHEDULE B September 23 2003
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
ITEM STEP-UP TRANSFORMER AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
3 second short circuit fault XXX XXX TBD
level on HV winding including any
tapping winding (MVA)
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
3 second short circuit fault XXX XXX TBD
level on LV winding including any
tapping winding (MVA)
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Off-Load Tap-changer N/A Since OLTC is XXX XXX
supplied
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Dimensions Masses, Volumes XXX XXX TBD
----------------------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
6. SWITCHBOARDS
6.1 11 KV SWITCHBOARD
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
Switchboard Name 11kV Switchgear U1A
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer of Switchboard As per vendors list *
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer's Type Reference Metal Clad/enclosed
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
Length of time design has been in commercial More than 3 years
operation
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
Details of Type Test (Certificate No. Date of Type tests available as per standard as per
Tests, Name and location of Testing Authority) vendor.
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
Circuit Breakers and CB Panels Withdrawable
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
Circuit Breaker Duty Stored energy type
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
Application (connected plant) Synchronizing type
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer TBD
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
Current Rating (A) 2000, 1200
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer's Type Ref TBD
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
CB breaking medium (Vacuum / SF6) Vacuum
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
6.2 400 V SWITCHBOARDS
--------------------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Switchboard Name U3A U3B U3C
--------------------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Manufacturer of Switchboard As per vendors list As per vendors list As per vendors list
* * *
--------------------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Manufacturer's Type Reference MCC MCC MCC
--------------------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
--------------------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Switchboard Name U3A U3B U3C
--------------------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Length of time design has been More than 3 years More than 3 years More than 3 years
in commercial operation
--------------------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
Details of Type Test Type tests available Type tests available Type tests available
(Certificate No. Date of Tests, as per standard as as per standard as as per standard as
Name and location of Testing per vendor. per vendor. per vendor.
Authority)
--------------------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
*Or equivalent / similar
7. BATTERY, CHARGERS AND SWITCHBOARDS
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
BATTERIES
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Manufacturer Sonnenschein or GNB Sonnenschein or GNB
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Manufacturer's Ref. No. XXX XXX
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Voltage (V) 125 24
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Number of Cells 60 12
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Nominal Voltage per Cell 2.25 2.25
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Capacity (Amp/hr) XXX XXX
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
BATTERY CHARGERS
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Manufacturer XXX XXX
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Manufacturer's Ref. No. XXX XXX
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Rating (kVA) XXX XXX
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Input voltage range (VAC to VAC) 230+/- 10% 230+/- 10%
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Output voltage range for Normal charge 20-30 100-140
(VDC to VDC)
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Output voltage range for Boost charge XXX XXX
(VAC to VAC)
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
State Yes/No do chargers comply with YES YES
Earthquake Requirements
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Instruments included 2 Led indicators for voltage 2 Led indicators for voltage
and current control, DC and current control, DC
ammeter and DC voltmeter, AC ammeter and DC voltmeter, AC
and DC circuit breakers, and DC circuit breakers,
Fault signals. Fault signals.
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
AC CIRCUIT BREAKERS
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Manufacturer As per vendor list * As per vendor list *
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Manufacturer's Ref. No. XXX XXX
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Type Mini-breakers Mini-breakers
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Breaking medium AIR AIR
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
DC CIRCUIT BREAKERS
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Manufacturer As per vendor list * As per vendor list *
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Manufacturer's Ref. No. XXX XXX
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Type Mini-breakers Mini-breakers
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
Breaking medium AIR AIR
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ -----------------------------
*Or equivalent / similar
------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------
UPS
------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer As per vendor list *
------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer's Ref. No. TBD
------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------
Rated output (continuous) (kVA) 0.85
------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------
Rated voltage (V) 230
------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------
230VAC UPS SWITCHBOARD
------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer As per vendor list *
------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturer's Ref. No. TBD
------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------
*Or equivalent / similar
8. MOTORS
----------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- ----------------- ----------------
Service Air Condenser Feed Pump Oil Pump Oil System
Fan Cooling Fan
----------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- ----------------- ----------------
----------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- ----------------- ----------------
Location designation Air Cooled Motive Fluid Lubrication and Lubrication
condensers sealing systems and sealing
systems
----------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- ----------------- ----------------
Number 84 4 4 4
----------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- ----------------- ----------------
Manufacturer As per vendors As per vendors As per vendors As per vendors
list * list * list * list *
----------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- ----------------- ----------------
Type of Motor Vertical, Vertical Horizontal Horizontal
C-face type P-base, High
Thrust type
----------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- ----------------- ----------------
Type of enclosure TEFC without arcing device suite for Zone 2, T3
----------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Output (HP) 20 300, 200 5 0.5
----------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- ----------------- ----------------
Design ambient temperature (C) 40
----------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
*Or equivalent / similar
9. METERING AND PROTECTION
A. METERING SYSTEM
The main Revenue metering system (Plant Net) shall be
connected on the 220 kV Switchyard fed from new 220 kV VT
and bushing CT's located either at the dead tank type
circuit breaker or at the HV Step-up transformer bushings.
The accuracy of each item and the accuracy of the revenue
meter shall comply with the requirements of the BID,
Transpower and XXXXX. This point of measuring is designated
as MTR1 on the main one line diagram drawing.
Each generator has its own gross power metering by means of the generator
management relay.
The auxiliary loads are measured on the 11 kV Switchgear at
two points. One point is designated as MTR2 on the said
drawings and is relevant when auxiliaries are connected to
the generators main bus.
The second point is designated as MTR3 and is relevant in
case when auxiliaries are connected to the line coming from
Station "A". The said MTR2 and MTR3 are comprised of
Multimeter SATEC make, type 130E or equivalent
B. PROTECTION SYSTEM
The protection system shall comprised of the following
system:
1. 11 kV Bus Ground Fault Protection
2. Generator protection
3. Step-up transformer
4. Auxiliary transformer
5. 220 kV Switchyard
Hereinafter a brief description of the said systems.
GROUND FAULT PROTECTION
The proposed 11 kV system is High Resistance Grounding and
treated as floating one. A set of voltage transformers is
wired with a grounded Wye primary and a broken delta
secondary. A 59N relay is connected across the broken delta.
The grounded Wye/broken delta acts as zero sequence filters
by summing the 3 phase voltages. Under normal conditions
this sum is zero. When a ground fault occurs the 59N ground
fault over-voltage relay detects the presence of a secondary
zero sequence voltage 3V0.
The generators are star connected and the neutral point is
grounded via a Neutral Grounding Transformer, which its
secondary terminals are connected to a grounding resistor,
connected to an adequate relay. The impedance reflected to
the HV side of the NGT is high enough to eliminate the
ground fault current to 1A.
This design allows us to keep on working with full safety
also in case of ground fault signal until the operator shall
decide to shut down the plant and look for the source of the
fault.
GENERATOR PROTECTION
Each generator has its own CPB (Control and Protection
Board) in which all the control and protection devices are
located. The main protection relay is GMR (Generator
Management Relay). All the protections required by the BID
are covered by this relay (Multilin SR489 or equivalent).
The main protection is a differential current protection
based on current transformers located at the stator neutral
generator box from one side and on current transformers
located at the 11 kV switchgear synchronizing breaker
compartments.
In addition a backup relay, fed from separate set of current
transformers, is installed for some of the main protections
usually installed for this size of generator. A principal
diagram of the said protections is shown on drawing No.
0.002.690.0.
Other protections such as windings temperature RTDs, Bearing
temperature RTD's etc. are connected either to the GMR or
directly to the PLC located at the CPB.
STEP-UP TRANSFORMER
The step-up transformer T1A (T2 in Transpower drawings) has
its own TPP (Transformer Protection Panel) in which all the
control and protection devices are located. The main
protection relay is TMR (Transformer Management Relay). All
the protections required by the BID are covered by this
relay (Multilin SR745 or equivalent).
As per the BID requirement, a backup relay shall be
installed as well for the main protections.
The main protection is a differential current protection
based on current transformers located at the 220 kV circuit
breaker bushings from one side and on current transformers
located at the 11 kV switchgear main breaker CBX
compartment.
Other protections such as windings temperature, Oil
temperature, Oil level, etc. are connected either to the TMR
or directly to the PLC located at the CPB-CSC.
The TRIPPING protection accessories mounted on the
transformer are connected also directly to an 86T (Lockout
relay) to ensure shut down even in case of faulty TMR.
The step-up transformer is equipped with an OLTC (On Load
Tap Changer) mounted on the 220 kV side to ensure always a
stable 11 kV voltage on the main switchgear bus even in a
case of fluctuations of the 220 kV Grid voltage system. The
OLTC ensures the proper operation of the generators with
full kW and kVAR capability also in case of instable Grid
voltage.
The OLTC ensure also that the low voltage 415VAC auxiliary
loads shall be fed from a proper voltage derived from the
stable 11kV system.
AUXILIARY TRANSFORMERS
The auxiliary transformers equipped with protection devices
mounted on the transformer structure. The protections
signals such as: Oil temperature, Oil level, Oil Pressure
etc. are wired together to the PLC as an alarm signal.
220KV SWITCHYARD
The transformer TPP has the differential protection and
over-current on the 220 kV side. Coordination should be held
with Transpower in order to verify the exact protections
required to be connected and integrated with the protections
that are in Transpower responsibility.
Bushing CT's were allowed for connection to Transpower BDP
(Bus Differential Protection) system.
Lightning protection poles and surge arresters on
transformer bushings were allowed in the switchyard.
A grounding mesh as per IEE80 requirements will be supply to
ensure safe step voltage in case of ground fault.
10. CONTROL & INSTRUMENTATION
10.1 CONTROL SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE (PRELIMINARY VERSION FOR
PROPOSAL)
A. GENERAL
The Control System is composed of a Programmable Logic
Controller (PLC), distributed IO system and HMI
software. The PLC will be an Xxxxx Xxxxxxx SLC-500
system or similar and the HMI will be Citect Scada or
similar.
B. PLC
The PLC will be Xxxxx Xxxxxxx series SLC-500 or
similar.
The controller shall provide:
o Start-up and Shutdown sequencing;
o Control of normal operation;
o Emergency Shutdowns;
o Faults and alarms processing;
o Monitoring and Annunciating;
o System diagnostics;
PLC(s) with communication card for distributed I/O
drops rack-mounted in the control and protections
cabinet shall perform all the control tasks for the
generating units (OEC) and the balance of plant
(BOP.) Normally, the OEC'S and the BOP are controlled
by separate PLC'S, giving the plant enhanced
performance and flexibility.
C. DISTRIBUTED I/O
The distributed I/O system will be Xxxxx Xxxxxxx
series FlexIO or similar. Junction boxes with IO cards
will be placed near different areas of the OEC and the
BOP in order to minimize cable runs and simplify
wiring and maintenance.
D. HMI
Operator workstation(s) based on Citect Scada software
or similar will be supplied; the Server workstation(s)
will be located at the binary plant control room and
will perform all the HMI system tasks: communications
with the PLC, data logging and storing, alarms
generation, operator interface etc. Client
workstation(s) may be located at GGC or, if not
desired by the owner, only data links will be provided
and the application will be integrated into the
existing iFix system.
The PC's configuration shall be of the latest proven
technology. Today's technology used is Pentium IV 2.4
GHz with Windows XP Professional operating system.
The HMI software shall provide:
o Dynamic graphics;
o Dynamic and historical trending;
o Alarm management;
o Operator control functions;
o Historical data storage;
o Report generation;
o Multi-level password security;
o OPC connectivity;
o Web connectivity for long-distance remote
monitoring and control;
E. COMMUNICATIONS
The communication link between the PLC and the local
HMI workstation(s) at the OEC control room will be
Ethernet. A dual redundant fiber optic link will be
used to connect this Ethernet local area network to
the HMI Client workstation(s) at GGC.
F. REMOTE MONITORING
A dial up modem will be supplied with to enable remote
monitoring, nation and worldwide, from any PC. If the
HMI supplied is Citect, the only requirement from the
remote computer will be the installation of a small
program, which is available for download from Citect
web site and from the software installation disk. In
case of other HMI, a suitable method will be
available. The connection is secured by restricting
users with both user name and password.
G. POWER SUPPLY
The PLC system is fed with 24VDC from a battery bank
source. The HMI workstations and Ethernet network
components are fed with AC supply from a UPS source
(some Ethernet components may be supplied with 24VDC.)
H. PRINTER
A parallel / USB color ink jet printer will be
supplied and connected to one of the HMI workstations.
The printer will be available to every other computers
connected to the binary plant LAN.
I. SECURITY
System access will be via a multi-level password
security system. Each level may have multiple
passwords assignable on an individual basis. The HMI
stamps operator's commands with its username.
Categorization of security levels shall be done during
application development and commissioning.
2 CONTROL SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]
================================================================================
GGC Control Room
The diagram is not accurate and is intended
for illustration only.
Specifically: Ethernet Switch OEC HMI
o Only one PLC system is shown for clarity. CLIENT
o Actual number of I/O drops and modules is Ethernet
not yet determined. F/O
o Media types (fiber / copper) may change converte
================================================================================
================================================================================
Main PLC To serial communication
DS
Serial to
IO Ethernet
converte
Ethernet Switch
Control & Protections Motors Control Cabinet
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OEC HMI
SERVER
Graphic
Ethernet printer
F/O
Converter
Telephone
line
Binary Plant Control Room
================================================================================
================================================================================
Heat exchangers Turbo Generator ===== Distributed IO comm...cable
----- Copper Ethernet cable
_____ FO cable
xxxxx Other cable
~~~~ Line terminator resistor
================================================================================
10.2 INSTRUMENTATION
A. General
All instruments at the OEC area are certified for
Class I Zone 2 Group IIA T3, Or by FM or CSA Class I
Div. 2 Group C & D.
Field instrumentation: switches, Transmitters and
valves are connected to the PLC I/O module located at
the Junction Boxes in each area.
There are no multi cables between the Junction Boxes
and the main control board (CPB) but only the
communication cable and some back up protections,
which are hard-wired to the CPB.
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]
================================================================================
OEC Instrumentation, Cables and
Junction Boxes Connection Diagram
OEC Electrical Room
Generator
Instrumentation
Communication
to HMI
Left Turbine
JB
Field
Instruments
JB Control &
Protection
Right Turbine Board
JB (CPB)
Field
Instruments
JB
Left
Field Vaporizer
Instruments JB
Motors Control
Centre
(MCC)
Right
Vaporizer
Field
Instruments JB
================================================================================
======== Instrumentation (Signal) Cable
-------- Remote I/O Communication Cable
________ Ethernet Communication Cable
B. Pressure Level and flow transmitters
Electronic Pressure Level and flow transmitters are
4-20 mA output; 24 VDC supply and have the Xxxx
communication protocol for easy checking and
maintenance. Transmitters are using advance sensor
technology and microprocessor-base electronics, which
insure high accuracy performances of 0.1% or better,
span accuracy.
Transmitters are wired to the Junction Boxes. From the
junction boxes the transmitter signal transfer to the
OEC controller via the PLC CPU to I/O communication
system. Transmitters engineering unit conversion is
done at the PLC CPU. Normally all transmitters
(Pressure, Level & Flow) are pressure or differential
pressure transmitters and the flow or level is
calculated at the PLC.
C. Temperature.
Temperature elements are installed inside the motive
fluid pipes, the generator windings and bearings, and
inside the turbine oil lines.
Temperature elements are RTD PT-100 type with Alpha
curve = 0.00385 as per DIN 43 760.
The Transmitter installed inside the RTD head,
converting the RTD readings into 4 to 20 mA with the
appropriate range.
D. Switches.
The OEC contains Level and Pressure Switches.
All switches located at the classified area, are
certified for Class I Zone2 T3.
All Pressure switches are field adjusted, and 2 Amp.
Minimum rating.
Level switches for the Motive fluid are Ultrasonic
Level Switch with 3-wires connection and HI/LO
selector switch.
E. Control Valves
The most important criteria for choosing a control
valve at the OEC system is the pressure drop across
the valves.
In order to minimize the valve pressure drop most
valves are High Performance butterfly valves with
double or triple Eccentric construction.
On/Off valves equipped with piston actuator, 24 VDC
solenoid valve and some with quick exhaust device for
fast action in emergency for close or open.
Modulating control valves equipped with diaphragm or
piston actuator and Electro Pneumatic positioner. All
Positioner have 90(degree) opening with input signal.
Of 4-20 mA and are classified for Class I Zone 2 Group
IIA.
11. CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL
1. GENERAL LAYOUT
(a) Two site options have been examined. Site 3 was the
first choice, however, this site is too small to
handle the Ormat binary units, whether they will be
arranged in one OEC string configuration on the
longitudinal side or in double up configuration (Air
Coolers located back to back in 2 rows). The size
limitations are the ETA boundary in the east side, the
Wairakei stream at the west side, and on the south
side it clashes with the existing Contact injection
pipeline.
The presence of the steam vents A & B adjacent to the
site finally concluded that Site 3 is the most un
preferable site out of the two choices available.
Site 4 is satisfactory in terms of the size of the
plan. The equipment can be arranged in one string
configuration, with relatively minimal earth works
required. It is assumed that most of it will be cut
and fill type of civil works rather then having large
requirements for borrowed material.
A general layout drawing of site 4 is attached;
access road to the new plant site is shown as well as
OEC equipment arrangement, control and machinery
buildings, motive fluid storage tank, energy
dissipation muffler, all to be surrounded by fence
and gates.
(b) The access road to the plant will remain the existing
one with minor modifications to suit the new plant
size. A loop road (graveled, not paved) around the
plant will be constructed to allow access to all plant
area and equipment.
(c) For environmental purposes, there will be bounded area
for the OEC oil skid and the motive fluid storage
tank. In addition the entire power plant will be
bounded around to contain motive fluid spillage (50 mm
in height that will b installed above the soil
surface, however will be covered by the site top
gravel finish which is to be approximately 150 mm.).
(d) A construction lay-down area is shown on the east side
of the plant to handle most of the construction
requirements during the construction phase.
Site Arrangement drawing is presented in drawing
7.011.00.409.0.
2. SITE-WORKS
(a) We have examined the information provided in the
tender documents and concluded that there is no need
for cut/borrow material for earthworks. The plant area
at site 4 is mostly flattened and most of the
earthworks are cut and fill type of work.
(b) There are no requirements for access roads upgrading.
There is an allowance to build new road around the
site connected to the existing road. The existing
internal road inside the plant will be demolished.
Source material for roads and metal surface will be
hauled from sites at the vicinity of the Plant Site.
3. PIPELINE
Two pipe lines, brine supply and brine return will run east
in parallel from connection points (01, 02) on either side
of the Otupu re-injection line branch. There will be a
crossing under the steam-field access road for both lines.
The lines then head north and cross over the steam mains. On
the north side of the steam mains the lines turns east and
run parallel to the steam mains for approximately 100m
before turning north and crossing the Wairakei Stream into
the binary station site.
There would be manual gate valves or high performance
butterfly valves with electric actuators at the re-injection
main connections points. By-pass and other control valves
will be located at the power plant. Access platforms will be
provided where required.
Brine discharge silencer will be located adjacent to plant
fence at the east side. Brine will be dumped into the
Wairakei stream using concrete culvert.
4. STEAM LINES AND STREAM CROSSING
The brine supply and return will cross over the steam mains
on a structural support elevated approximately 2 meters
above ground.
The Wairakei stream crossing will be an over hanged
structure carrying the brine supply and return pipes, the
crossing will be elevated to allow access to the streambed.
5. CONTROL BUILDING
The control building (see attached drawing) contains power,
control and commutation boards, MCC boards, operator console
and battery room. Overall size of the building will be
approximately 180 square meters. In addition a smaller
utility building (either separate or combine together with
the control building) will be constructed mainly for the air
compressors
Pressurized air system, provided with active carbon filter
system will be provided to maintain the control building and
its equipment under positive pressure to avoid H2S
entrainment into the building
6. GEOTHERMAL FLUID DISCHARGE TO WAIRAKEI STREAM AND ENERGY
DISSIPATION SYSTEM
At present when the re-injection well capacity is limited
the brine collection from the binary plant will be directed
into the injection well header, to the Prawn Farm and any
surplus brine will be discharged to the Wairakei stream
through energy dissipation system.
In the longer term, when re-injection capacity will increase
the energy dissipation system will then be closed. The
geothermal fluid discharge system consists of 36" pipe with
flow, pressure and temperature measurements of the brine
discharged from the plant. An isolation (on-off) manual
valve with electric actuator is provided to stop the brine
flow from the power plant into the main injection line.
An energy dissipation system consists of brine muffler and
control valves to control the brine flow through the muffler
is provided, the system is located at the power plant east
corner (see plant layout). The muffler is connected
downstream the OEC units to dump the brine into the Wairakei
stream using dump valve with modulating controls. The
modulating control system controls the brine flow rate to
the stream and it varies seasonally from no flow condition
at summer up to the maximum flow of 1000tph at winter.
7. STORM-WATER
The power plant site will be graded and sloped to collect
all storm water and direct it into the Wairakei stream.
In order to avoid contamination of spilled oil or pentane,
collecting devices were allowed under the turbine oil skids
and under the motive fluid storage tank. Each of them will
be equipped with water/oil separator to separate the oil/
pentane from the storm water. The storm water will be dumped
into the Wairakei stream while the spillage fluid will have
to be removed out and dumped by the operators into
designated hazardous material area.
12. SERVICES
A. HVAC
Air conditioning and H2S filtering devise will be employed
at the control building as further described in paragraph.
11.5 above.
B. Fire Protection
Type of Buried Pipe Proposed:
Pipes: PVC Blue brute pressure pipes AWWA C900 or
equivalent.
Pipe Accessories: PVC, Ductile Iron or equivalent.
C. Fire Alarms
(i) Make of Fire Alarm Panel Tyco - Xxxxxxxx / Xxxxxxx *
(ii) Type of Fire Alarm Panel Simplex Xxxxxxxx / Wormald *
*Or equivalent / similar
13. ENVIRONMENTAL
A. Noise
Sound Power emissions 1m from source of:
Turbine Generator 90 dBA
Condenser Fans 80 dBA
Working Fluid Bypass Valve 85 dBA
Working Fluid Feed Pump 85 dBA
Lubrication Pumps 85 dBA
Geothermal Fluid energy dissipation system T.B.D
B. Discharges to Air
Working Fluid loss per annum 7,000 kg per
year (Total for
the Plant)
Working Fluid loss during construction and 500 kg
commissioning
Identify any other discharges to air: Not Applicable
C. Other Discharges
During construction:
1. Some exhaust gases from portable diesel engines
(welders, diesel generators etc.).
2. Replaced soil (if any) will be hauled to an approved
dump pit.
3. Construction debris will be hauled to an approved dump
Commissioning and normal operation:
1. Some geothermal waters will be disposed to the
Wairakei stream as described in the process flow
diagrams and approved by the consents.
2. Spills of oil or motive fluid, if occur will be
treated or removed as requested by the consent's
conditions.
14. CONSTRUCTION SERVICES
Contractor will ask the Owner to supply electricity and water
during the construction period.
Electricity will be required for lighting, office equipment
operation, heating and mainly for construction equipment like
welders, compressors drills etc. The estimated power required will
be up to 50 kW.
Water will be required mainly for civil works such as watering and
cooling concrete, wetting ground while earthwork activities etc.
The estimated water flow rate required is up to 30 cum/hr.
Other construction services like lifting equipment, tracking,
cleaning, security etc. will be handled through local sub
contractors and suppliers.
15. MAINTENANCE
The following tables are part of ORMAT's standard operation and
maintenance manual and can be used to evaluate the manpower,
maintenance schedule, tools and materials requirements for the
Wairakei binary project. Some of the figures may be modify as a
result of Wairakei specific conditions and per the operator
decision.
Maintenance Manpower
NOTE:
This schedule is recommended based on experience gained in other
project.
As conditions of this project may vary from others, some of the
estimated maintenance times may vary from the above indications.
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
CATEGORY FREQUENCY PER YEAR LABOR HOURS PER LABOR HOURS PER
EVENT YEAR
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Visual & Audio Inspection 52 0.5 26
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Vibration Analysis 12 2 24
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Air filters - Water draining 52 0.25 13
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Rupture disk serviceability inspection 52 0.25 13
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Oil pressures & levels check 52 0.25 13
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Repair leaks and general external
cleaning 12 12 24
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Instruments - Calibration 1 16 16
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Generator - Exciter inspection 1 2 2
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Con. Fan system - lubrication & bolts 2 8 16
tightening
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
General rust and painting repairs 1 16 16
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Generator- Air filter cleaning
connection box cleaning, electrical 2 8 16
connection tightening and integrity
checks
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Feed pump strainer cleaning 2 2 4
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Electrical boards
General maintenance 1 16 16
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Coupling lubrication 1 1 1
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Generator insulation test 1 8 8
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Motors insulation test 1 16 16
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Turbines & Generator - lub. oil
replacement 1 3 3
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Seal oil replacement 1 3 3
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Oil systems: Filter replacement 1 1 1
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Two Turbines - Xxxxx. Seals & Bearings 0.25
replacement 240 60
------------------------------------------ ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
TOTAL LABOR HOURS PER YEAR 291 HOURS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tools and Test Equipment
The tools and test equipment listed in table 1 should be used for
performing maintenance procedures presented in this section. The materials
required for the various maintenance procedures are listed in table 2.
Table 1 - Tools and Equipment
=================================================== ================================================
TOOLS/EQUIP. DESCRIPTION USAGE
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Gas monitor Pentane leak detection
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Crane Lifting of turbine, generator and heat
exchanger "heads"
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Filler gauge Turbine-generator alignment and pick-up
adjustment
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Alignment test kit Turbine-generator alignment
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Spirit level Turbine-generator alignment
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Strap wrench Turbine-generator shaft rotation
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Air operated positive displacement pump Motive fluid draining
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Nitrogen supply kit System purging, seal test
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Vacuum pump System vacuum
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Vacuum cleaner Power and control cabinet internal cleaning
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Multimeter, hand-held fluke Cabinet circuit check
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Low pressure air source kit Power and control cabinet internal cleaning
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Megger, 1000 VDC Insulation resistance testing
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Heat exchanger cleaning kit Heat exchanger cleaning
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
RTD systems simulator 100 Ohm Temperature transducer calibration
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Hand-held field calibration 4-20 mA Temperature and pressure transducer calibration
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Vibration analyser Turbine and generator vibration test
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Oil pressure calibration kit Oil pump relief valve pressure calibration
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Grease gun Bearing greasing
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Safety tags Circuit breaker safety
--------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
Penknife Packing seal replacement
=================================================== ================================================
Table 2 - Materials
=============================================== ============================== ==================================
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION USAGE QTY
----------------------------------------------- ------------------------------ ----------------------------------
Chevron turbine oil GST 68 Turbine & generator bearing - 120 liters;
lubrication
----------------------------------------------- ------------------------------ ----------------------------------
Chevron turbine oil GST 32 Turbine mechanical seal Seal oil tank - 120 liters
lubrication
----------------------------------------------- ------------------------------ ----------------------------------
Grease, EP-1 Xxxx LTG Turbine-generator coupling 1 kg
lubrication
----------------------------------------------- ------------------------------ ----------------------------------
Grease, EP-2Chevron Polyurea EP Feed pump motor bearing 90g. /motor
lubrication, other motors
=============================================== ============================== ==================================
Table 3 - Periodic Preventive Maintenance Schedule
====================================== ================================================================ =================
Assembly Maintenance Intervals Remarks
----------------------------------------------------------------
Daily Weeky Monthly Semi-annual Annual
-------------------------------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------------
General OEC system and piping X X X X
-------------------------------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------------
Turbine X X X
-------------------------------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------------
Generator X X X X X
-------------------------------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------------
Feed pumps X X
-------------------------------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------------
Control valves X X
-------------------------------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------------
Feed pump drivers X X X X
-------------------------------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------------
Feed pump strainers X
-------------------------------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------------
Oil systems X X
-------------------------------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------------
Rupture disc & relief valves X
-------------------------------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------------
Purge systems X X
-------------------------------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------------
Instruments: Pressure transmitters, X
switches and gauges; level, and
temp. vibration & speed transmitters
-------------------------------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------------
Electric AL cabinets X
-------------------------------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- -----------------
Condenser fans X
====================================== =========== ============ ============ ============ ============= =================
Table 4 - Periodic Preventive Maintenance and Checkout Procedures
============================================ ========================================================= =================
Assembly Inspection, Maintenance & Checkout Reference
============================================ ========================================================= =================
DAILY INSPECTION (VISUAL)
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
OEC general system and piping 1. Mechanical damage or deformity
2. Oil and motive fluid leaks
3. Vaporizer motive fluid level
4. Condenser pressure
5. Warning indications
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
Turbine, generator, feed pump & condensate Excessive noise/vibrations, leaks
pump (where applicable)
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
Oil systems Pressure level and temperature
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
WEEKLY INSPECTION
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
Air system Air filter water draining
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
Generator 1. External cleaning and air filter
2. Vibration analysis
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
Control valves Leak check
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
Purge system Leak Check
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
MONTHLY MAINTENANCE & CHECKOUT
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
OEC general system Rupture disk serviceability inspection
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
Feed Pump motor Bearing lubrication check
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
Turbine, generator, feed pump Vibration monitoring
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
SEMIANNUAL MAINTENANCE & CHECKOUT
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
Generator Air filter and connection box cleaning, check
electrical connection for tightens or damage
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
Feed pumps strainer Strainer cleaning
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
Electrical boards General maintenance
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
Control valves Valve calibration
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
Condenser fans Driving system
============================================ ========================================================= =================
Assembly Inspection, Maintenance & Checkout
============================================ ========================================================= =================
ANNUAL MAINTENANCE & CHECKOUT
Turbine & generator 1. Coupling lubrication
2. Alignment procedure
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
Assembly Inspection, Maintenance & Checkout Reference
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
Generator Insulation test
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
All motors Insulation test
-------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
Oil systems Oil and filter replacements
Tube and shell heat exchanger Cleaning, integrity inspection
Electrical boards General maintenance
Instrumentation Calibration
Control valves Calibration
============================================ ========================================================= =================
=================================================== ====================================================================
Assembly Inspection, Maintenance & Checkout
=================================================== ====================================================================
4 YEARS MAINTENANCE AND CHECKOUT
--------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Turbine Replace mechanical seal and bearing
Generator (40.000 hr) Complete disassembly, stator and rotor solvent cleaning, inspect
and replace if needed bearings, liners and oil retainers
=================================================== ====================================================================
1. DESIGN AND MATERIAL SELECTION METHODOLOGY EMPLOYED
Materials selection is based upon:
o Design inputs
o Durability and availability considerations
o Cost optimization
o Critical Components special consideration
o Field operation and maintenance constraints
o Safety and environmental concerns
Geothermal power production involves a unique energy source
which is the geothermal fluid (in our case the separated
brine) getting into close encounter with various metallic
(and to much less extent, non metallic) surfaces on its way
through the gathering and heat recovery systems (between
production and disposal). This hot brine ("geofluid"),
depending on its chemistry (and temperature), might become
corrosive or scale depositing (or both).
In the "binary" technology system (proposed in our case) the
heat recovery unit is a typical critical component where
material selection must consider both geofluid (further
referred as "hot brine") and working fluid characteristics.
The core of this unit are the heat transfer tubes, here
corrosion might lead to an undesirable mixing of the two
fluids. However, the working fluid, when not contaminated
with water ingress, has no corrosive or scaling effect. Thus
the hot brine characteristics dictate the material
selection. In our case, the main problem seems to be the
silica scaling and the yearly mixed acid cleaning. The hot
brine being pressurized and at pH above 8 (with relatively
low salinity), its mild corrosivity is not considered an
issue, while
the chemical cleaning acids are commonly inhibited against
ferrous materials corrosion. The materials selection (and
wall thickness) in this case is aiming to obtain maximum
durability and availability at a reasonable material cost
but also at an acceptable field maintenance rate (especially
for prevention of idle time corrosion).
The design input specifies the physical and chemical
conditions of the geofluid going into the plant (mostly
issued by the field operator or from other sources of
information). It also provides the optimal heat and mass
balances. Based upon the previous experience and/or R&D, the
heat recovery surfaces and auxiliary components (in contact
with the geofluid) materials are selected. In our case C.
Steel would be that material (which in addition presents an
easier disposal after lifetime).
2. CODES AND STANDARDS
The design of the Project will be in accordance with the
following list of standards:
---------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
Pipe-work ANSI B 31.1 & 3; AWWA; MSS
---------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
Pressure vessels & heat exchangers ASME, TEMA R & C
---------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
Design loads for buildings NZS 4203
---------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
Steel structures NZS 3404
---------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
Valves API; ANSI; MSS
---------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
Motive Fluid Pumps API 610
---------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
Concrete construction NZS 3109
---------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
Fire protection NZ Code
---------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
Electrical NZ. Electricity Regulation
IEEE. NEMA, IEC
---------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
Control and instrumentation NZECP 24 in Hazardous classified
areas; IEC or other standard as
used and accepted in similar
classified areas in projects
under NZ law
---------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
Transpower requirements XX.XX 8.0 Issue 1, May 1995, XX.XX 48.02 Issue 1 Draft 1,
July 1997, GOSP, June 1997
---------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
3. USE AND REINSTATEMENT OF THE SITE (PROPOSAL)
The overall area within the Binary Plant perimeter shall be
reinstated with screened metal surfacing. The overall plant
size is approximately 15,000 square meters. The internal
road area has basically the same completion as the entire
Plant, but marked as designated road, in order to avoid (if
possible), or at least to minimize any underground
installations at that specific area.
Areas external to the perimeter fence will be used by the
Contractor as temporary area (lay-down, car parking and
construction offices). This
temporary areas will located at the East and North parts of
the Plant boundaries. The estimated size of it will be up to
approximately 10,000 Square Meters, however it will be
developed in stages as per the site construction
requirements. Contractor shall have all construction debris
removed to a properly designated area.
There will be no gardening or screen planting work, but in
the temporary area. (As long as it will not be closer then
the 30' fire limitation).
Tall vegetation (trees and scrub) shall be cleared to a
radius of 30 m from any plant containing flammable working
fluid.
It is assumed that there will be a balance of cut and fill,
therefore a minimal of surplus soil, which will probably be
either removed to a designated area or be spread in the
Plant vicinity. In case of the later, then a native grass
will be planted at that area.
4. SITE ARRANGEMENT DRAWING (DRAFT)
Site Arrangement drawing and site location are presented in
drawings 7.011.00.409.0 and 7.011.00.408.0
OWNER'S MARCO REQUIREMENTS
Ormat plant design and construction provides high level of
Maintainability, reliability and ease of operation. ORMAT plants
achieve availability rates of more than 95% and are operated by
small operating team and in some cases are unattendant.
Ormat together with some major equipment suppliers will carry
value engineering studies during the process design phase, HAZOPS
and design review meetings.
The following are MARCO requirements and the ways ORMAT complies
to it.
MAINTAINABILITY
Plant equipment will be of a low maintenance design and easily
maintainable.
Most of the OEC sub systems equipments are design to be maintained
in place, with minimum disassembly of surrounding equipment and
minimum usage of temporary scaffolding and handling equipment.
Permanent maintenance platforms are provided where required to
assure safety and efficiency
Equipment arrangements, pipe routings, and cable tray locations
will be designed for maximum equipment accessibility
All structures will be painted per ORMAT standards for geothermal
power plants for minimizing corrosion of equipment exposed to
chemically or environmentally corrosive atmospheres.
Special attention will be given to providing appropriate
enclosures, curbs, drip guards and collection systems for fugitive
water, hose spray water, chemicals, and oils.
Similar equipment will be provided by the same manufacturer to
minimize spare parts inventories
AVAILABILITY/RELIABILITY
The design of equipment systems and selection of system components
is based on the long field experience of operating the same type
of plants all over the world. The purchased equipment has been
filtered during the years to select the optimum piece of equipment
for the application.
The design of each system is based on proven design concepts which
have been applied successfully in the power generation industry.
CONSTRUCTABILITY
The primary constructability objective is to minimize the
complexity of construction to realize maximum schedule benefits.
Equipment is factory assembled to the maximum extent possible, so
as to minimize the field erection required.
OPERABILITY
The Ormat Energy Converter(R) (OEC) is easy to operate and
requires minimum operator surveillance. The plant controls design
allows routine plant operations.
Equipment system design selections are based on minimizing the
amount of operator attention.
Automatic monitoring of systems and operation some of the
processes from the GGC is being provided.
Operator control interfaces incorporates human engineering
factors, including visual observation.
Process systems and equipment operation is adequately monitored to
provide control room operators with all information required for
efficient, safe, and easy operation of the plant.
Systems and equipment are located for easy operational access and
logical operational sequences.
Special attention will be given to adequate lighting, ventilation,
and acoustic dampening of all operational spaces.
Equipment and system components, which may be operated locally,
will be arranged with personnel access. Equipment, valves,
dampers, instrument, and control devices will be located to
include, the following considerations:
VALVES.
Valve operators, that requires frequent checks and adjustments,
will be located and oriented to the extent possible for manual
operation within the normal reach of operating personnel without
the need for portable ladders or reaching devices. Permanent
extension operators of a conventional design may be used.
LOCAL INSTRUMENTATION.
All local instrumentation indicating pressures, temperatures,
levels, flows, etc., or indicating the position or status of
equipment will be readily visible to operating personnel without
the use of temporary ladders or platforms.
VISIBLE INSPECTION AND TENDING.
Portions of equipment requiring frequent visual inspection,
lubrication, and tending activities will be safely accessible and
adequately lighted to assure proper operation and servicing.
INTERFACE ARRANGEMENTS DURING CONSTRUCTION, COMMISSIONING AND
TESTING
CONSTRUCTION
Ormat propose using site 4 and accessing this site during
construction from point 26 as suggested in the tender documents. A
temporary fence between site 4 and the Wairakei station will be
erected during construction. Access for construction of the
pipelines and electrical connections would via Contact's usual
entry procedures.
Temporary connections of electricity and water will be used for
the construction period, which will be replaced later by the
permanent connection of the binary plant as proposed.
A short shut down of the main injection line will be required for
the constructing the tee's and the block valve on the line which
will be coordinated with the Owner. With the branch valves in
place the reinjection main can be returned to service.
Connection of the high voltage electrical lines will be done in
coordination with the Owner and Transpower.
COMMISSIONING AND TESTING
During commissioning the manual by-pass valve could remain open.
Flow for plant commissioning could be taken from the reinjection
line used and then dumped to the Wairakei stream. During this time
the reinjection xxxxx may have some flow fluctuations but not
temperature fluctuations. By commission the binary plant one unit
at time the amount of water discharged would be limited.
Export and import of electricity between the binary plant and the
grid during commissioning will be coordinated with the Owner and
with Transpower. The loading and interconnection plans will be
submitted in advance.
LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
The Tenderer proposes to use the following subcontractors:
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
SUBCONTRACTOR SCOPE OF WORK
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
DESIGN:
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Babbage Consultants Civil and Structural
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Cheal Consultants Civil and Structural
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Xxxxxxx Xxxxxx Civil and Structural
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Meritec Ltd Civil and Structural
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Opus International Civil and Structural
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Xxxxxx & Xxxxxx Civil and Structural
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Plant and Platform Consultants Ltd Civil, Mechanical and Piping
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Tonkin & Xxxxxx Civil, Mechanical and Piping
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Beca Civil, Mechanical, Piping and Electrical
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
P.B. Power Civil, Mechanical, Piping and Electrical
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Xxxxxxxx Xxxxxx Xxxx Civil, Mechanical, Piping and Electrical
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
URS Civil, Mechanical, Piping and Electrical
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Worley Civil, Mechanical, Piping and Electrical
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Xxxxxx & Xxxxxx Electrical Ltd. Electrical
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Tesla Consultants Electrical and Transmission
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
United Network Ltd Electrical and Transmission
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Wormald Fire protection
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Century Drilling Mechanical and Piping
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Line Link Transmission Lines
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
CONSTRUCTION:
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Benchmark Building Supplies Ltd Buildings
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Xxxxxx Construction Civil and Buildings
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Xxxx Xxxx Ltd Earth Works
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Brain Perry Ltd Earth Works and Civil
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Xxxxxx Xxxxx Earth Works and Civil
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Works Infrastructure Earth Works and Civil
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
United Network Electrical and Transmission
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Electrix Electrical, Control and instrumentation
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Wormald Fire protection
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Chubb Fire protection & Security
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Absolute Air HVAC
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Dankin HVAC
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Improvair HVAC
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
SUBCONTRACTOR SCOPE OF WORK
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Best Insulation Ltd. Insulation
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Xxxxxx Insulation Ltd. Insulation
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Century Drilling Mechanical and Piping
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Fitzroy Engineering Ltd Mechanical and Piping
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Xxxxxx Xxxxx Mechanical and Piping
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
Xxxxxxx and Mosses Mechanical Installations
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
LIST OF ALL MAJOR PLANT ITEMS AND COUNTRY OF ORIGIN
------- --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
EQUIPMENT ITEM NAME OF MANUFACTURER COUNTRY OF ORIGIN
------- --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
1 Turbine Ormat Industries Ltd. Israel
------- --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
2 Generator Ideal Electric Co., Kato Engineering, Hundai USA, Korea
------- --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
3 Feed Pump and Motors Goulds Pumps, Floway Pumps, FlowServe, Xxxxxxxx USA
Pump Company, Peerless Pump Company
------- --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
4 Air Coolers * Ormat Industries Ltd. Israel
------- --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
5 Vaporizer * and Heat Ormat Industries Ltd. Israel
Exchangers T&S
------- --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
6 Auxiliary Transformers Haward, Virginia Transformer Corp., ABB, Xxxxxx USA
------- --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
7 Air Compressors Atlas Copco, Xxxxxx (Joy) Turbo Division, AC USA, United Kingdom
Compressors, Quincy, Hamworthy Belliss & Xxxxxx (UK), Italy (IT)
(UK), Said Macchine Impianti (IT)
------- --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
8 Switchgear Xxxxxx, Powercon Corp., S&C Electric Canada Ltd, USA, Canada (CN),
Babco Electric & Engineering Ltd (CN), Xxxxxxxxx Xxxxxx (ISR)
& Sawle (CN), Ardan (ISR), Xxxxxxxxx (ISR)
------- --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
9 Central StationControl Ormat Industries Ltd. Israel
------- --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
10 Motor Control Center Xxxx Xxxxxx, GE, Moller Electric Inc. (CN), ADEX USA, Canada (CN),
(ISR), ILS (ISR), Xxxxxxxxx (FR) Israel (ISR), France
(FR)
------- --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
11 Step-up Transformer Waukesha Electric System, Virginia Transformer USA, Israel (ISR),
Corp., Elco (ISR), Fortune Electric Co. (TW), ABB Taiwan (TW), Turkey,
India
------- --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
12 Pumps Goulds Pumps, Floway Pumps, FlowServe, Bungartz USA, Germany (GER)
(GER)
------- --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
13 Valves Neles Control Group, Jamesbury Inc., Xxxxxx USA, Israel (ISR),
Controls Int'l LLC, Xx Xxxxxx, Habonim Industrial Italy (IT)
Valves LTD (ISR), Hamlet (ISR), Masoneilan,
Vanessa Valve Corporation (IT), Tyco
------- --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
------- --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
EQUIPMENT ITEM NAME OF MANUFACTURER COUNTRY OF ORIGIN
------- --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
14 H.V. Circuit Breaker Westinghouse, Xxxxxx Hammer (CN), Powercon Corp., USA, Canada (CN),
ABB (GER), Sace (IT), GE, Gec Alsthom (UK), Italy (IT), Xxxxxx
Xxxxxxx (XXX), Xxxxxxxxx (Xxxxxx) Xxxxxxx (XX), Xxxxxx
------- --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
15 Electric Motors Usphiz (ISR), GE, US Motors, Xxxxxx (UK), Siemens USA, Israel (ISR),
(GER), Baldor (CN), Xxxxx (GER), ABB (Finland), United Kingdom (UK),
WEG (BR) Germany (GER), Canada
(CN), Brazil (BR),
Finland
------- --------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
o As being part of the OEC, which is a complete unit, Ormat may, at
its discretion, assign the manufacturing of part or all of the
OEC Heat Exchanger to outside manufacturer, with the adequate
certifications as ORMAT has, under ORMAT design and supervision.
DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL QUALIFICATION
The following table is part of Exhibit A-1 to the tender documents and
presents the document's submittal schedule requested by the Owner.
ORMAT qualifications are at the right column.
IN GENERAL ALL THE ITEMS THAT PRESENTED BY THE OWNER AS ... "DAYS (OR
MONTHS) AFTER LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE" SHALL BE CHANGED TO "DAYS (OR
MONTHS) FROM COMMENCEMENT DATE"
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
ITEM SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE PURPOSE ORMAT REVISED
REQUIRED DATES
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Method Statement No later than 10 days after Letter of For Approval 3 months after CD
Acceptance
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Commercial
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Performance Bond and Parent No later than 10 days after Letter of For Contract 15 days after CD
Company Guarantee Acceptance Compliance
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Confirmation of Insurance No later than 10 days after Letter of For Approval 15 days after CD
Arrangements Acceptance
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Programmes and Schedules
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Detailed Works Programme No later than 10 days after Letter of For Approval 30 days after CD
Acceptance
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
ITEM SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE PURPOSE ORMAT REVISED
REQUIRED DATES
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Manufacturing, Construction, No later than 3 months after Letter of For Approval 3 months after CD
and Performance Testing Plan Acceptance.
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Project Design Manual No later than 4 weeks after Commencement 2 month after CD
Date
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Project Quality Plan Outline plan with Tender, Detailed plan For Approval 30 days after CD
no later than 10 days after Letter of
Acceptance
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Engineering Drawings and Lists
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Site Arrangement Drawings Draft with Tender, Final no later than 8 For Approval 3 months after CD
weeks after Commencement Date
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Plant Arrangement Drawings Draft with Tender, Final no later than 8 For Approval 3 months after CD
weeks after Commencement Date
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
List of All Major Plant Draft with Tender, Final no later than 3 For Approval 6 months after CD
Items Including Name of months after Commencement Date
Manufacturer and Country of
Origin
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Building Arrangement Drawings No later than 8 weeks after Commencement For Approval 16 weeks after CD
Date
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Reinstatement Plans Draft with Tender, Final no later than 8 For Approval 30 days prior to
weeks after Commencement Date Site mobilization
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Piping and Instrument Draft with Tender, Final no later than 8 For Approval 16 weeks after CD
Diagrams weeks after Commencement Date
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Electrical One-Line Diagrams Draft with Tender, Final no later than 8 For Approval 16 weeks after CD
weeks after Commencement Date
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Maintainability Features Draft with Tender, Final no later than 8 For Approval 12 weeks after CD
Description (Ref 1.14.2 of weeks after Commencement Date
Technical Requirements)
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Equipment Colour Scheme No later than 8 weeks after Commencement For Approval 16 weeks after CD
Date
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Protective Coating Schedule No later than 8 weeks after Commencement For Approval 16 weeks after CD
Date
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
ITEM SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE PURPOSE ORMAT REVISED
REQUIRED DATES
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Electrical Schematic Diagrams No later than 6 months after Commencement For Approval 8 months after CD
Date
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Control System Configuration No later than 6 months after Commencement For Information 8 months after CD
Block Diagrams Date
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Logic Diagrams for Control, No later than 6 months after Commencement For Approval 8 months after CD
Alarm and Sequence Interlock Date
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Piping Layout Drawings and No later than 6 months after Commencement For Approval 8 months after CD
Support Details Date
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Fully Detailed List of All No later than 6 months after Commencement For Approval 8 months after CD
Valves, with Control Valve Date
Data Sheets per ISA form
S.20.50 including valve
action on loss of electrical
or air supply
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Fire Protections System No later than 6 months after Commencement For Approval 8 months after CD
Drawings Date
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Compressed Air, Potable No later than 6 months after Commencement For Approval 8 months after CD
water, and Waste water Date
Systems Drawings
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Engineering Studies
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
Documentation Required for No later than 6 months after Commencement For Approval 30 days prior to
Statutory Approval of Date equipment arrival
Pressure Vessels and to NZ
Pressure Piping
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
NOTE:
CD - Commissioning Date
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN OUTLINE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WAIRAKEI Revision: PO
QA PROGRAM Date: June 10, 2003
Page 1 of 12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
O R M A T
ON SITE QA PROGRAM
OUTLINE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WAIRAKEI Revision: PO
QA PROGRAM Date: June 10, 2003
Page 2 of 12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-----------------
SECTION 0 - ORMAT'S QUALITY, ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY POLICY.....................................3
SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION.................................................................................4
SECTION 2 - PROCEDURE MODIFICATION......................................................................5
SECTION 3 - ORGANIZATION.................................................................................5
SECTION 4 - ENGINEERING DRAWING AND ENGINEERING DOCUMENT CONTROL.........................................5
SECTION 5 - DESIGN CONTROL...............................................................................5
SECTION 6 - INSPECTION AND TEST CONTROL..................................................................6
SECTION 7 - VENDOR APPROVAL..............................................................................6
SECTION 8 - NONCONFORMING ITEMS..........................................................................6
SECTION 9 - RECORDS......................................................................................6
XXXXXXX 00 - XXXXXXXXXXX.................................................................................0
XXXXXXX 00 - XXXXXX / XXXXXXXXXXXXX PROGRESS REPORT......................................................7
SECTION 12 - RECEIVING...................................................................................7
SECTION 13 - HANDLING, STORAGE AND WAREHOUSING...........................................................7
SECTION 14 - PROCEDURE- EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE............................................................7
SECTION 15 - CONTROL OF SPECIAL PROCESSES................................................................8
SECTION 16 - WELDING PROCEDURE AND WELDERS PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION FOR GAS TUNGSTEN ARC AND GAS
METAL ARC WELDING OF ALUMINUM TUBULAR BUS.............................................................8
SECTION 17 - WELDING PROCEDURE AND WELDERS PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATIONS FOR GAS TUNGSTEN ARC OF
STAINLESS STEEL ......................................................................................9
SECTION 18 - WELDING PROCEDURE AND WELDERS PERFORMANCE QUALFICATIONS FOR SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING OF
CARBON STEEL..........................................................................................9
SECTION 19 - LIQUID PENETRANT TEST.......................................................................9
SECTION 20 - VISUAL INSPECTION QUALIFICATION............................................................10
SECTION 21 - CIVIL / STRUCTURAL CONTROL.................................................................10
SECTION 22 - MECHANICAL CONTROL.........................................................................10
SECTION 23 - ELECTRICAL CONTROL.........................................................................10
SECTION 24 - CALIBRATION OF MEASUREMENT & TEST EQUIPMENT................................................11
SECTION 25 - RECORDS RETENTION..........................................................................11
SECTION 26 - SUBCONTRACTORS INSPECTOIN..................................................................11
SECTION 27 - AUTHORIZED INSPECTION AGENCY...............................................................12
SECTION 28 - AUDITS.....................................................................................12
Wairakei EPC
SECTION 0 - ORMAT'S QUALITY, ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY POLICY
ORMAT's core business is the design, manufacturing, supply,
installation and operation of innovative power systems producing
electricity from locally available heat sources such as geothermal
energy, recovered heat, low grade fuels, biomass and solar energy.
Such systems are environmentally benign and non-polluting. Ormat also
designs and manufactures packaged power systems using conventional
fuels for remote, maintenance-free applications such as SCADA and
corrosion protection systems, to enhance the reliability and safe
operation of pipelines and offshore platforms.
Ormat's Quality, Environmental, Health and Safety (QEHS) Policy is an
integral part of its corporate strategy and includes the following
elements:
o Active communication to ensure understanding of customer
requirements and expectations along with customer feedback to
provide effective product support.
o Strict compliance with customer requirements, as well as with
applicable environmental, health and safety laws and regulations,
in all the countries and locales where Ormat manufactures,
installs or operates its products.
o Continuous efforts to achieve clear QEHS objectives to: (a)
improve product performance and reliability; (b) reduce the cost
and time-to-market of Ormat products; (c) prevent pollution; (d)
minimize risks to personnel and the public, and (e) save energy
and materials.
o Development, acquisition, use and maintenance of advanced
technologies, equipment and software, as well as appropriate,
timely and effective training for personnel at all levels in all
departments.
o Implementation and continuous improvement of an integrated
management system certified to and complying with ISO 9001 and
ISO 14001 International Standards (at the manufacturing
facility).
o Management's oversight, and follow-up, on Ormat's QEHS
performance and on the effectiveness and efficiency of the
integrated management system.
This Policy has been reviewed for continuing suitability, communicated
and explained to all Ormat employees, and made available to the
public.
SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION
1. This manual describes ORMAT's Quality Assurance Program used in
its Geothermal power plant construction sites. The program covers
quality assurance procedures in the areas of mechanical, civil
and electrical construction work.
EPC Schedule B Sept. 20.2003
Wairakei EPC
The manual is intended to be used as a general guideline for quality
assurance of activities taking place during construction of ORMAT'S
Geothermal Power Stations. Therefore, some procedures or forms may
have to be modified according to specific job requirements,
contractual requirements or Project Manager's decision. In the case of
modification, the Section titled "Procedure Modification" will be
followed. More specific design construction and quality control
requirements are provided in the detailed construction specifications.
Also, forms used and filled out by ORMAT's, Ormat and/or
subcontractors may be used instead of forms outlined in this manual,
depending on the Project Manager's decision.
ORMAT reserves the right to modify any procedure outlined in this
manual.
2. Updates and revisions to this plan shall be considered normal and
proper as plan specifies and personnel are expected to change
during construction. Revisions to this section shall be submitted
and approved by the Project Manager, and will be in effect
immediately upon his approval.
HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
MANUAL OUTLINE
ORMAT POLICY STATEMENT
It is the policy of Ormat to conduct its activities in such a way that
the health and safety of employees and the public are safeguarded and
that proper protection is afforded to the environment and:
o To promote safety consciousness in its employees and to render
staff at all levels, responsible for preventing injury, loss or
damage.
o To make every reasonable effort to ensure that its operations and
activities do not cause injury or harm to the health of employees
and others.
o To make every reasonable effort to protect the environment from
the adverse effects which may arise from it operations and to
minimize any nuisance which may arise from its operations.
o Health and Safety in the workplace is acknowledged as a joint
responsibility between employer and employee.
EPC Schedule B Sept. 20.2003
Wairakei EPC
SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION
1.1 GENERAL
This manual provides a framework for the Health and Safety Manual
Management System of Ormat at the new Wairakei Project.
The manual will not directly cover all possible situations or
circumstances that may be encountered, nor is it intended to
restrict users to minimum standards. It will identify minimum
acceptable Safety and Loss Control standards; however, specific
loss control efforts are dependent on the activities being
performed and it is the responsibility of those personnel engaged
in that activity to apply prudent safety practices.
1.2 PURPOSE
The Ormat Health and Safety Manual has been developed as a
guideline for:
a. The uniform implementation of Health and Safety Management
within the company;
a. The establishment of clear line of communication, authority,
responsibility and accountability for the execution of the
Health and Safety Management System at all location;
b. The prevention or reduction of personal injury and i llness,
property damage, production interruptions and other adverse
incidents;
c. The establishment of industry leading Health and Safety
Control policies and procedures.
1.3 SCOPE
The standards, procedures, duties and responsibilities outlined
in this manual are in effect within Wairakei Project.
Subcontractors are required to develop their own health and
safety standards for the project, using the contents of this
manual as guide to comply with the minimum standards identified.
1.4 ISSUE AND CONTROL
Manuals are issued as "Controlled" documents. Controlled manual
holders will be issued with approved changes. Only controlled
manuals will be used with Ormat Wairakei Project.
Control of the manual will be by an assigned number which is
designated on the cover sheet. In addition the Health and Safety
Manager will maintain records indicating the name of the manual
holder, manual number and date issued.
Revisions to the manual shall be by section and will be
identifiable by the revision date.
EPC Schedule B Sept. 20.2003
Wairakei EPC
A master list of all revisions will be maintained by the Health
and Safety Manager. Users are responsible to maintain current
revisions, remove and destroy obsolete/revised pages, and return
the manual when recalled.
1.5 REVISION OF POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Policies and procedures contained in this manual are dynamic and
will be reviewed objectively by users as a source of continuous
improvement. Additional policies and procedures may be added from
time to time and revisions made to existing ones.
The Health and Safety Manager is responsible for the preparation,
issuance and distribution of Health and Safety policies and
procedures and revisions thereto that form part of this manual.
Users who identify errors, omissions or improvements are required
to notify the Health and Safety Manager so corrective measures
can be taken.
SECTION 2 - EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
2.1 PURPOSE
To provide Ormat with procedures to deal with any emergency that
may arise while employees and others are at work.
To have an effective general emergency plan to cope with all
types of known emergencies likely to occur at any part of our
organization's operation, and to comply with legislative
requirements.
When confronted with an emergency, it is too late to decide who
needs to do what, what assistance is available and what emergency
responses are desirable.
2.2 PROCEDURE
2.3 EVALUATION
2.4 RESPONSIBILITIES
2.5 EVACUATION PROCEDURE (INSTRUCTIONS AND FORM)
SECTION 3 - HAZARD IDENTIFICATION PROCEDURES
3.1 PURPOSE
To provide a written record of a systematic and structured
approach to:
o Identification of occupational hazards.
o The determination of significance of those hazards.
o Gathering critical information on the nature of the hazards
and the consequences which can arise from exposure to risks
associated with those hazards.
o Determine possible control options to eliminate, isolate or
minimize such risk.
EPC Schedule B Sept. 20.2003
Wairakei EPC
3.2 DEFINITION
3.3 PROCEDURE
3.4 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION CHECK SHEET (LIST)
3.5 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION PROGRAMME (FORM)
3.6 HAZARD RISK CONTROL SHEET (FORM)
3.7 HAZARD CONTROL (CHART)
3.8 HAZARD PRIORITY RATING SHEET (FORM)
SECTION 4 - SAFE WORK PRACTICES AND RULES
4.1 HEALTHY, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT GOALS
4.2 THE BASIC RULES
4.3 PROCEDURES AND WORK PRACTICE
SECTION 5 - ACCIDENT PROCEDURES
5.1 PURPOSE
To provide documentation on reporting, recording and
investigation procedures for accidents and incidents, which
occur during, work hours and thus achieving compliance with
the current legislation.
5.2 RESPONSIBILITIES
5.3 INVESTIGATION
5.4 DEFINITION
5.5 CALCULATING FREQUENCY OR CLAIM RATES
5.6 INVESTIGATION REPORT (FORM)
5.7 NOTICE OF ACCIDENT / SERIOUS HARM (FORM)
SECTION 6 - TRAINING PROCEDURES
6.1 PURPOSE
To provide training procedures which complements the
provision of information, instruction and training by
ensuring that health and safety standards of Ormat is
effectively implemented and developed.
Training will help people to acquire the skills, knowledge
and attitudes to make them competent in the health and
safety aspects of their work, whatever their position is
with Ormat.
6.2 SCOPE
6.3 PROCEDURE
6.4 CO-OPERATION
EPC Schedule B Sept. 20.2003
Wairakei EPC
6.5 COMMUNICATION
6.6 WRITTEN COMMUNICATION
6.7 SUPERVISION
6.8 WORKERS WITH SPECIAL NEEDS
6.9 TECHNICAL TRAINING ANALYSIS SHEET (FORM)
6.10 EMPLOYEE INDUCTION (FORM)
6.11 TRAINING REGISTER (FORM)
6.12 MEDICAL HISTORY (FORM)
SECTION 7 - CONTRACTORS PROCEDURES
7.1 PURPOSE
Contractors represent a high percentage of our work force.
Selection becomes critical to Ormat performance and how we
are perceived in the market place as a safety performer.
To strengthen and upgrade Ormat performance the following
will be considered:
o Contractors with good standing safety records.
o Contractors that submit with their tender documents a
management plan for health and safety.
7.2 PROCEDURE
7.3 CONTRACT CONTENT (FORM)
7.4 CONTRACT POLICY
7.4.1 Health, Safety and Environment Goals
7.4.2 ORMAT Philosophy
7.4.3 Core Values to Achieve Mission
7.4.4 Construction Safety Management
7.4.5 Subcontractors Responsibilities
7.4.6 Minimum Subcontractor's Health, Safety and
Environment Plan Requirements
7.4.7 Pre-project Review Meeting
7.4.8 Subcontractors Health, Safety and Environment
Planning
7.4.9 Accident / Incident Reporting and Investigation
7.4.10 Shutting Down Unsafe Work
7.4.11 Storage Area
7.4.12 Site Health and Safety Inductions
7.4.13 Site Health and Safety Standards
7.4.14 Contractors Safety Pre-qualification Form (form)
EPC Schedule B Sept. 20.2003
Wairakei EPC
SECTION 8 - MEETING PROCEDURES
8.1 PURPOSE
To provide the opportunity for all participants to discuss
the health and safety condition/s that exist within the
place of work and to address any concerns that the group may
have regarding health and safety, therefore, establishing an
agreement to implement (if desired) corrective action or
procedures.
To provide a written record of the concerns raised and
proposed programme to address those matters within the
predetermined timeframe and to identify the person
responsible.
8.2 PROCEDURE
8.3 SITE HEALTH AND SAFETY GROUP MEETING RECORD (FORM)
8.4 MONTHLY REPORT (FORM)
SECTION 9 - INSPECTION PROCEDURES
9.1 PURPOSE
Inspections are one of the best tools available to find,
detect and correct problems and assess their risk before
accidents and other losses occur.
A well managed programme can greatly assist in eliminating
problems and losses by:
o Identifying potential problems.
o Identifying equipment deficiencies.
o Identifying improper employee actions.
o Identifying poor housekeeping standards.
9.2 DEFINITION
9.3 RESPONSIBILITIES
9.4 HEALTH AND SAFETY INSPECTION PROGRAMME (FORM)
SECTION 10 - ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES
10.1 PURPOSE
The current legislation vested in local authorities the
responsibility for granting consents. The environmental
effects on most operations are principally regulated in
three main areas: land, air and water.
The hazards and/or operation identified by Ormat, which may
have any actual or potential effect/s on the environment can
be controlled and managed to reduce and/or eliminate the
hazard and/or operation.
10.2 DEFINITION
EPC Schedule B Sept. 20.2003
Wairakei EPC
10.3 RESPONSIBILITIES
SECTION 11- SAFETY MANUAL FOR START-UP AND TESTING ACTIVITIES
11.1 PURPOSE
The objective of this document is to define the safety
measures, procedures and responsibilities during the period
of the construction start-up, commissioning and testing
between: Ormat, Wairakei Project and all other entities
(painting, insulation contractors, etc) involved in
construction, commissioning and operation activities on the
Wairakei Project.
This document is intended for the management and senior
staff as well as the supervisors level of the above
mentioned Entities.
11.2 ORGANIZATION
11.3 GENERAL SAFETY PRACTICE
11.4 GENERAL EMERGENCY PLANS
11.5 EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN
11.6 OPERATION INSIDE THE PLANT
11.7 OPERATION OUTSIDE THE PLANT, AFFECTING LOCKOUT IN THE FIELD
11.8 VEHICLES, RADIOS, CELL PHONES AND OTHER POSSIBLE IGNITION
SOURCES
11.9 ATTACHMENTS
EPC Schedule B Sept. 20.2003
Wairakei EPC
RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS
The following inventory of spares is recommended.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQUIVALENT
PART NO DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT PRICE PRICE (USD) VALUE
(USD) NZ$
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 220KV CIRCUIT BREAKER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.1 110VDC trip coil 1 200.00 200.00 342.70
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.2 110VDC Closing coil 1 200.00 200.00 342.70
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.3 Spring charging motor 1 2,000.00 2,000.00 3,427.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.4 Motor limit switch 1 500.00 500.00 856.75
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.5 Operation counter 1 400.00 400.00 685.40
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.6 SF6 Densimeter 1 2,400.00 2,400.00 4,112.41
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 220KV GANTRY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.1 220kV strain insulator 1 1,000.00 1,000.00 1,713.50
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.2 220kV post insulator 1 3,000.00 3,000.00 5,140.51
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 220/11KV STEP-UP TRANSFORMER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.1 245kV bushing insulator 1 24,000.00 24,000.00 41,124.06
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.2 11kV side insulator 1 3,000.00 3,000.00 5,140.51
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.3 Gasket set, including: for bushings, 1 2,000.00 2,000.00 3,427.00
manholes, valves and the one for the main
cover of the tank
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.4 Xxxxxxxx relay for expansion tank 1 1,500.00 1,500.00 2,570.25
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.5 Dial thermometer for measurement of the oil
temperature 1 1,500.00 1,500.00 2,570.25
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.6 Oil level indicator in the expansion tank 1 1,500.00 1,500.00 2,570.25
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.7 Pressure relief valve 1 3,000.00 3,000.00 5,140.51
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.8 Winding temperature indicator 1 7,000.00 7,000.00 11,994.52
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.9 Lightning arrester for the 11 kV side 1 2,000.00 2,000.00 3,427.00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.10 Lightning arrester for the 220 kV side 1 10,000.00 10,000.00 17,135.02
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 13.8KV SWITCHGEAR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.1 125 VDC trip coil for 11 kV circuit breaker 1 500.00 500.00 856.75
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.2 125VDC closing coil for 11 kV circuit breaker 1 500.00 500.00 856.75
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.3 Control selector switch 1 300.00 300.00 514.05
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.4 Signaling lamp for breaker status "On" (red) 1 80.00 80.00 137.08
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.5 Signaling lamp for breaker status "OFF" 1 80.00 80.00 137.08
(green)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.6 125 VDC complete control auxiliary relay 1 200.00 200.00 342.70
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPC Schedule B Sept. 20.2003
Wairakei EPC
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQUIVALENT
PART NO DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT PRICE PRICE (USD) VALUE
(USD) NZ$
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.7 120 VAC complete control auxiliary relay 1 200.00 200.00 342.70
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.8 11 kV fuse for PT 1 1,000.00 1,000.00 1,713.50
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.9 125 VDC control fuse 6 50.00 300.00 514.05
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.10 120 VAC control fuse 6 50.00 300.00 514.05
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.11 120 VAC bulbs for signal lamps 10 20.00 200.00 342.70
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 400 VAC MCC
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.1 400 V MCC contactor for motor up to 7.5HP 1 200.00 200.00 342.70
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.2 400 V MCC contactor for motor up to 20 HP 1 400.00 400.00 685.40
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.3 400 V MCC contactor for motor up to 40 HP 1 600.00 600.00 1028.10
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.4 400 V MCC contactor coil for motor up to 7.5 1 80.00 80.00 137.08
HP
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.5 400V MCC contactor coil for motor up to 20 HP 1 100.00 100.00 171.35
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.6 400 V MCC contactor coil for motor up to 1 150.00 150.00 257.03
40 HP
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.7 400V MCC contactor coil for motor up to 75 HP 1 200.00 200.00 342.70
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.8 400V MCC contactor coil for motor up to 1 700.00 700.00 1199.45
150 HP
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.9 400 V MCC contactor coil for motor up to 300 1 1,000.00 1,000.00 1,713.50
HP
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.10 3 AMP PRIMARY FUSE 10 10.00 100.00 171.35
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.11 6 AMP PRIMARY FUSE 5 10.00 50.00 85.68
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.12 CONTROL TRANSFORMER 480/120, 50 VA 2 100.00 200.00 342.70
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.13 CONTROL TRANSFORMER 480/120, 100 VA 1 200.00 200.00 342.70
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.14 CONTROL TRANSFORMER 480/120, 150 VA 1 300.00 300.00 514.05
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.15 Bulbs for Signaling lamps 20 10.00 200.00 342.70
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.16 RESET PUSHBUTTON 1 20.00 20.00 34.27
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.17 START PUSHBUTTON 1 40.00 40.00 68.54
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.18 STOP PUSHBUTTON 1 40.00 40.00 68.54
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.19 PRIMARY FUSE HOLDER 2 30.00 60.00 102.81
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.20 H-O-A SELRCTOR SWITCH 2 60.00 120.00 205.62
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.21 LED PILOT LIGHT ASSY. 2 60.00 120.00 205.62
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.22 400 VAC 3 phase Surge arrestor 1 800.00 800.00 1,370.80
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 CPB - CONTROL AND PROTECTION BOARD
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.1 OVER SPEED RELAY MODOULE. 1 500.00 500.00 856.75
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPC Schedule B Sept. 20.2003
Wairakei EPC
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQUIVALENT
PART NO DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT PRICE PRICE (USD) VALUE
(USD) NZ$
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.2 RTD INPUT MODULE 8 POINTS 1 1,200.00 1,200.00 2,056.20
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.3 SLOT CHASSIS 1 240.00 240.00 411.24
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.4 PLC + ETH. 1 3,600.00 3,600.00 6,168.61
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.5 POWER SUPPLY 24 VDC 1 400.00 400.00 685.40
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.6 REM. I/O SCANNER 1 1,100.00 1,100.00 1,884.85
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.7 REM. I/O ADAPTER 1 600.00 600.00 1,028.10
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.8 TERMINAL BASE 2 200.00 400.00 685.40
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.9 ANALOG CARD 1 900.00 900.00 1,542.15
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.10 DIGITAL CARD 1 300.00 300.00 514.05
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.11 INPUT CARD 1 260.00 260.00 445.51
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.12 RELAY CARD 1 300.00 300.00 514.05
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.13 DIGITAL EXCIT. CONTROL SYS. 1 8,000.00 8,000.00 13,708.02
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.14 XXXXXXXX CONTROLLER 1 4,000.00 4,000.00 6,854.01
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.15 LOCKOUT RELAY 1 500.00 500.00 856.75
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.16 PHASE BALANCE RELAY 1 400.00 400.00 685.4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.17 AUTO. SYNCHRONZER 1 2,000.00 2,000.00 3,427.00
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.18 GEN. BACKUP PROTECTION RELAY - GPR 1 4,000.00 4,000.00 6,854.01
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.19 CONTACT BLOCK N.C 2 10.00 20.00 34.27
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.20 CONTACT BLOCK N.O 2 10.00 20.00 34.27
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.21 SWITCH ILL PUSHBOTTON 1 10.00 10.00 17.14
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.22 MINI XXXXXXXXX 00 XXX 0 50.00 100.00 171.35
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.23 ILLUMINATED S.S. 2 POSITION 1 80.00 80.00 137.08
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.24 VOLTAGE TRANSDUCER 150 VAC 1 300.00 300.00 514.05
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.25 XXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX 00 XXX 0 300.00 300.00 514.05
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.26 DUAL CUR. TO CUR. 4-20 MA 1 500.00 500.00 856.75
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.27 BAYONET LAMP 10 2.00 20.00 34.27
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.28 FUSE 2 AMP 250 VAC 20 1.00 20.00 34.27
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.29 FUSE 20 AMP 10 2.00 20.00 34.27
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.30 FUSE NORMAL BLO 10 AMP 20 1.00 20.00 34.27
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.31 CERAMIC FUSE 1 AMP 250 V 10 1.00 10.00 17.14
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.32 CERAMIC FUSE 6 AMP 250 V 5 2.00 10.00 17.14
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.33 CIRCUIT BREAKER 25 AMP 1 30.00 30.00 51.41
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.34 CIRCUIT BREAKER 16 AMP 1 30.00 30.00 51.41
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.35 Serial to Ethernet Converter 1 1,000.00 1,000.00 1,713.50
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 11KV GENERATOR
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.1 BEARING RTD 2 400.00 800.00 1,370.80
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.2 ROTATING DIODES - FORWARD 3 400.00 1,200.00 2,056.20
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.3 ROTATING DIODES - REVERSE 3 400.00 1,200.00 2,056.20
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.4 ACTIVE SPEED PICK-UP 1 1,100.00 1,100.00 1,884.85
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.5 DRIVE END BEARING LINER 1 11,000.00 11,000.00 18,848.53
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.6 OPPOSITE DRIVE END BEARING LINER 1 11,000.00 11,000.00 18,848.53
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPC Schedule B Sept. 20.2003
Wairakei EPC
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQUIVALENT
PART NO DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT PRICE PRICE (USD) VALUE
(USD) NZ$
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 GEOTHERMAL FIELD SPARES
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.1 By Pass Control Valve Repair Kit 2 1,200 2,400 4,112.41
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.2 Heat Source Control Valve Repair Kit 2 1,200 2,400 4,112.41
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.3 Muffler Control Valve Repair Kit 1 800 800 1,370.80
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.4 Valve Positioner 1 1,200 1,200 2,056.20
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.5 Temp. Transmitter 1 320 320 548.32
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.6 Pressure Transmitter 1 2,400 2,400 4,112.41
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.7 Pressure Gage 2 160 320 548.32
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.8 Temperature Gage 2 120 240 411.24
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 TURBINES SPARE PARTS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.1 RING 7mm (FOR TURBINE OUTLET POSITIONING) 10 4.36 43.60 74.71
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.2 HEX. NUT 3/4"NF (FOR TURBINE OUTLET 25 1.08 27.00 46.26
POSITIONING)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.3 INSERT 3/4" (FOR SHAFT ASSY. POSITIONING) 4 64.24 256.96 440.3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.4 BOLT 3/4"*5" (FOR SHAFT ASSY. POSITIONING) 4 58.04 232.16 397.81
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.5 STUD 3/4"NF*268 mm (FOR TURBINE OUTLET 25 11.46 286.50 490.92
POSITIONING)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.6 GASKET (TURBINE BODY TO OUTLET SEALANT) 4 357.00 1,428.00 2,446.88
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.7 ANGULAR CONTACT BALL BEARING TIGHT RING 2 1,596.96 3,193.92 5,472.79
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.8 OIL COLLECTING LABYRINTH FOR SHAFT ASSY 1 837.76 837.76 1,435.50
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.9 STUD 3/4" UNF (FOR MECHASNICAL SEAL 4 102.62 410.48 703.36
POSITIONING)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.10 DRILLED NUT 3/4" (FOR MECHASNICAL SEAL 4 30.24 120.96 207.27
POSITIONING)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.11 SPACER RING (FOR ANGULAR CONTACT BALL 1 174.62 174.62 299.21
BEARING POSITIONING)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.12 CYLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARING TIGHTENING RING 2 764.48 1,528.96 2,619.88
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.13 SPACER RING SET FOR ANGULAR CONTACT BALL 1 2,760.36 2,760.36 4,729.88
BEARING POSITIONING
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.14 CORD VITON O-RING 3.53mm (MULTIPURPOSE 4.5 9.18 41.31 70.78
SEALANT)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.15 MECHANICAL SEAL 1 15,223.04 15,223.04 26,084.72
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.16 O-RINGI.D = 39.45 THK. 1.78 mm (LUB. & SEAL 4 2.54 10.16 17.41
HYDRAULIC BLOCK)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPC Schedule B Sept. 20.2003
Wairakei EPC
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQUIVALENT
PART NO DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT PRICE PRICE (USD) VALUE
(USD) NZ$
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.17 O-RING I.D. 20.5 mm THK. 2.62mm (MECH. SEAL 4 2.14 8.56 14.67
OIL PORTS&LUB&SEAL HYDR. BLOCK)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.18 SHRINK DISC (FOR WHEEL ASSEMBLY) 3 660.78 1,982.34 3,396.74
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.19 CYLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARING 2 362.68 725.36 1,242.91
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.20 ANGULAR CONTACT BALL BEARING 4 583.94 2,335.76 4,002.33
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.21 ANGULAR CONTACT BALL BEARING LOCKNUT 4 186.96 747.84 1,281.43
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.22 O-RING I.D.349.5*3.53 (SEAL SUPPORT 2 30.36 60.72 104.04
HERMETIZER)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.23 SHRINK DISC (FOR COUPLING ASSEMBLY) 1 786.28 786.28 1,347.29
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.24 MECHANICAL SEAL - SET SCREW 16 7.00 112.00 191.91
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.25 CYLINDRICAL PIN DIA.5*10 FOR SPACER RING SET 2 0.44 0.88 1.51
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 CONSUMABLE ITEMS SPARES
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.1 VAPORIZER CHANNEL GASKET 4 319.02 1,276.08 2,186.57
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.2 PREHEATER CHANNEL GASKET 4 82.70 330.80 566.83
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.3 HYDRAULIC BLOCK FILTER CORE (FOR LUB. & SEAL 8 58.40 467.20 800.55
OIL SYSTEMS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.4 FILTER ELEMENT-25 micron (FOR LUB. & SEAL 5 13.06 65.30 111.89
OIL SYSTEMS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.5 LUB. / SEAL OIL PUMP.SUCTION STRAINER 140 4 62.80 251.20 430.43
micron
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.6 MOTIVE FLUID 7000 7500 2.40 18,000.00 30,843.04
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.7 SEAL OIL 100 3.88 388.00 664.84
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.8 LUB. OIL 100 4.14 414.00 709.39
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 AIR COOLER SPARE PARTS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.1 FAN DRIVING ASSEMBLY MOTOR 1 1,008.00 1,008.00 1,727.21
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.2 FAN SHAFT 1 567.68 567.68 972.72
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.3 FAN 1 1,397.22 1,397.22 2,394.14
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.4 MOTOR PULLEY BUSHING 1 44.34 44.34 75.98
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.5 FAN PULLEY BUSHING 1 16.72 16.72 28.65
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.6 FAN SHAFT BEARING 2 146.00 292.00 500.34
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.7 DRIVING ASSEMBLY CHAIN BELT 6 522.12 3,132.72 5,367.92
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPC Schedule B Sept. 20.2003
Wairakei EPC
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQUIVALENT
PART NO DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT PRICE PRICE (USD) VALUE
(USD) NZ$
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.8 FAN PULLEY 1 955.04 955.04 1,636.46
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.9 MOTOR PULLEY 1 193.08 193.08 330.84
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 OIL SYSTEM SPARE PARTS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.1 GENERATOR DRIVE END LUB. OIL ORIFICE 2 38.70 77.40 132.63
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.2 GENERATOR OPOSITE DRIVE END LUB. OIL ORIFICE 2 38.70 77.40 132.63
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.3 SEAL OIL MANIFALED ORIFICE 2 68.18 136.36 233.65
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.4 GEAR PUMP COUPLING 2 341.12 682.24 1,169.02
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.5 LUB. OIL ELECTRICAL MOTOR 1 1,059.52 1,059.52 1,815.49
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.6 SEAL OIL ELECTRICAL MOTOR 1 1,008.00 1,008.00 1,727.21
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.7 LUB. OIL GEAR PUMP 1 1,597.12 1,597.12 2,736.67
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.8 SEAL OIL GEAR PUMP 1 1,594.88 1,594.88 2,732.83
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.9 AIR PUMP 1 1,321.60 1,321.60 2,264.56
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.10 HYDRAULIC ACCUMULATOR 2 157.28 314.56 539.00
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.11 SOLENOID VALVE 1 711.28 711.28 1,218.78
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.12 FILTER HEAD TYPE HH6946 1 93.20 93.20 159.70
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.13 OIL COOLER 1 2,298.04 2,298.04 3,937.70
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.14 CHECK VALVE 1"NPT 1 150.18 150.18 257.33
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.15 PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE 2 103.82 207.64 355.79
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.16 CHECK VALVE 3/4"NPT 1 93.32 93.32 159.90
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.17 PRESSURE SWITCH 2 486.08 972.16 1,665.80
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.18 HYDRAUL. BLOCK CHECK VALVE 1 70.76 70.76 121.25
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.19 FILTER REGULATOR 1/4"NPT 1 226.00 226.00 387.25
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.20 FLUID LEVEL & TEMP.GAUGE 1 94.80 94.80 162.44
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.21 PRESSURE GAUGE 0-16BAR 2 93.84 187.68 321.59
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.22 PRESS. GAUGE 0-6BAR 2.5" 2 88.20 176.40 302.26
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.23 PRESS.GAUGE 0-10 BAR 2.5" 2 112.44 224.88 385.33
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 FEED PUMP SPARE PARTS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.1 SET OF BEARINGS & O RING FOR FEED PUMP 1 7,000.00 7,000.00 11,994.52
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.2 COMPLETE STAGE 2 1,982.40 3,964.80 6,793.69
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.3 FEED PUMP MECHANICAL SEAL 1 4,704.00 4,704.00 8,060.32
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 PIPING SYSTEM SPARE PARTS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.1 QUICK RELIEF VALVE 1/2" 2 20.42 40.84 69.98
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.2 1/2" PNEUMATIC VALVE 1 144.80 144.80 248.12
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.3 3/2 SOLENOID VALVE 1/4" 1 631.00 631.00 1,081.22
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.4 VALVE AIR SUPPLY FILTER REGULATOR 1 217.28 217.28 372.31
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.5 INJECTION VALVE AIR BOOSTER 1 481.60 481.60 825.22
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.6 MOTIVE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH 1 873.60 873.60 1,496.92
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.7 PRESS.SWITCH,EX,20-200PSI 1 518.00 518.00 887.59
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPC Schedule B Sept. 20.2003
Wairakei EPC
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQUIVALENT
PART NO DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT PRICE PRICE (USD) VALUE
(USD) NZ$
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.8 PRESS.SWITCH,EX,50-500PSI 1 518.00 518.00 887.59
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.13 INSTRUMENT AIR PRESSURE REGULATOR 2 163.06 326.12 558.81
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.14 VAPORIZER RUPTURE DISC 2 629.26 1,258.52 2,156.48
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.15 CONDENSER RUPTURE DISC 2 1,102.30 2,204.60 3,777.59
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.16 RECUPERATOR RUPTURE DISC (SUBJECT TO DETAIL 1 426.84 426.84 731.39
DESIGN)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.17 INJECTION VALVE I/P 1 739.20 739.20 1,266.62
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.18 PRESSURE GAUGE 0-10 BAR 2 71.68 143.36 245.65
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.19 PRESSURE GAUGE 0-16BAR 1 114.24 114.24 195.75
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.20 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER 1 1,184.96 1,184.96 2,030.43
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.21 VAPORIZER LEVEL TRANSMITTER 1 2,172.80 2,172.80 3,723.10
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.22 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER 2 55.42 110.84 189.92
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.23 CONTROL VALVE SPARE PARTS SET (FOR EACH Set 925.34 5,552.04 9,513.43
VALVE TYPE)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.24 CONTROL VALVE POSITIONER (FOR EACH VALVE Set 163.06 326.12 558.81
TYPE)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE:
1. Spare part list is preliminary. Changes may occur following
the detailed design.
2. A 25 % discount on the purchase price will be granted in
case spares will be ordered within 60 days after submittal
of the final spare part list.
RECOMMENDED ASSEMBLY TOOLS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART NO DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT PRICE (USD)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 TURBINE ASSEMBLY TOOLS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.1 TURBINE SHAFT-TO-PISTON ADAPTOR 1 EA 436
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.2 SHAFT ASSEMBLY LIFTING TOOL 1 EA 51
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.3 AUXILIARY RODS FOR TURBINME DISASSEMBLING 1 EA 384
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.4 HYDRAULIC PISTON W/PUMP 1 EA 1,340
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.5 HOLDER FOR NOZZLE STAGE-2 1 EA 74
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.6 SHAFT ASSEMBLY LIFTING JIG 1 EA 1,364
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.7 SET BAR M12x680mm 1 EA 220
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.8 INDICATOR-ON-SHAFT HOLDER 1 EA 1,254
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.9 FLANGE FOR LEAK TEST 1 EA 2,193
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPC Schedule B Sept. 20.2003
Wairakei EPC
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART NO DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT PRICE (USD)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.10 WHEEL GUIDE 1 EA 481
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 SHAFT ASSEMBLY TOOLS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.1 REAR BEARING TIGHTENING RING 1 EA 573
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.2 SPACER RING SET- FOR FRONT BEARING POSITIONING 1 EA 2,070
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.3 SHAFT ROTATING HANDLE 1 EA 369
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.4 STAND FOR BEARING HOUSING 1 EA 638
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.5 SHAFT LIFTING BOLT 1 EA 222
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.6 GUIDING BOLT M20x1.5 1 EA 156
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.7 ANGULAR BEARING PULLER 1 EA 2,839
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.8 M130 BEARING LOCKNUT TIGHTENING TOOL 1 EA 1,805
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.9 FLANGE FOR BEARING HOLDING 1 EA 427
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.10 SHAFT PULLER 1 EA 1,086
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.11 SHAFT ASSEMBLY STAND 1 EA 1,440
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.12 ANGULAR BEARING SPACER RING SET 1 EA 310
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.13 TURBINE SHAFT HOLDER 1 EA 286
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.14 ROLLERL BEARING ASSEMBLY TOOL 1 EA 956
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.15 SHAFT INSERTING GUIDE 1 EA 1,084
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.16 ROLLER BEARING DISASSEMBLING TOOL 1 EA 785
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.17 SPACER 80mm FOR ROLLER BEARING INSERTION 1 EA 249
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.18 SPACER 160mm FOR ROLLER BEARING INSERTION 1 EA 434
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.19 SPACER 315mm FOR ANGULAR BEARING INSERTION 1 EA 528
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.20 SPACER CENTERING TOOL 1 EA 729
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.21 ANGULAR BEARING RING 1 EA 265
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.22 EYE-BOLT M20 1 EA 4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.23 CHAIN SHACKLE G-210 3.25 Ton 1 EA 10
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.24 HOOK SPANNER WRENCH 1 EA 90
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 BALANCING MACHINE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.1 PULLEY&BUSHING - SET FOR MOTOR 1 EA 85
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.2 PULLEY&BUSHING - SET FOR TUIRBINE 1 EA 97
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.3 SHAFT FOR PULLEY 1 EA 316
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.4 PULLEY-TO-SHAFT ADAPTOR 1 EA 850
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.5 FRAME FOR ELECTRIC MOTOR 50Hz 1 EA 431
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.6 ELECTRIC BOARD - BALANCE INSTALLATION 1 EA 7,258
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.7 ELECTRIC MOTOR - BALANCER INSTALLATION 1 EA 1,512
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPC Schedule B Sept. 20.2003
Wairakei EPC
UNIT RATES FOR SITE WORKS AND VARIATIONS
Tender commercial rates for project personnel and equipment are
given below.
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
ROLE/TRADE ETC PER TIME UNIT FOREIGN EQUIVALENT VALUE
CURRENCY (US$) NZ$
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Manpower Project manager Hr 80 137.08
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Project Engineer Xx 00 102.81
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Site manager Xx 00 102.81
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Supervisor Xx 00 77.11
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Mechanical Fitter Xx 00 51.41
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
ASME Welder Xx 00 59.97
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Xxxxxxxxx Xx 00 51.41
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Electrician Xx 00 59.97
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Instrument technician Xx 00 59.97
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Trade Assistant Xx 00 42.84
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Painter /Sandblaster Xx 00 51.41
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Helper Hr 22 37.70
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Service Engineer Day 1,100 1,884.85
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Equipment Welder (Electric) Day 15 25.70
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Welder (Diesel) Xx 00 29.13
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Mobile Xxxxx 00 Xxx Xx 000 188.49
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Mobile Xxxxx 00 Xxx Xx 000 257.03
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Mobile Xxxxx 00 Xxx Xx 000 342.70
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Compressor 300cfm c/w 12KVA Day 170 291.30
generator
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Sandblaster (inclusive of
compressor & sand) Hr 110 188.49
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Earthwork, cut to fill, M3 7.5 12.85
compact, trim, strip topsoil
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Excavation and back fill M3 9.5 16.28
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Formwork and concrete M3 650 1,113.78
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
Structural Steel work Kg 5.5 9.42
(material & installation)
------------------- ------------------------------ -------------- --------------- -----------------
NOTES:
1. Rates are subject to change in accordance with market
changes once a year as of January 1, 2004.
2. Rates are applicable only for adders (Additional Scope).
3. Represent only partial list of equipment and personal.
EPC Schedule B Sept. 20.2003
Wairakei EPC
GUARANTEES
---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
Guaranteed Net Power Output 14,380 kW
---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
Guaranteed Pressure Drop 2.2 bar
---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
Corrected Net Power Output at Ambient Air
Temperature = 8(degree)C: Output at 220kV Transformer HV 14,925 kW
terminals
---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
Corrected Net Power Output at Ambient Air
Temperature = 20(degree)C: Output at 220kV Transformer HV 11,390 kW
terminals
---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
Corrected Net Power Output at Geothermal Fluid flow
= 2,600 tph: Output at 220kV Transformer HV 12,910 kW
terminals
---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
Corrected Net Power Output at Geothermal Fluid flow 14,545 kW
= 3,000 tph:Output at 220kV Transformer HV terminals
---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
Corrected Net Power Output at Geothermal Fluid
temperature = 124(degree)C: Output at 220kV Transformer HV 12,715 kW
terminals
---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
Corrected Net Power Output at Geothermal Fluid
temperature = 130(degree)C: Output at 220kV Transformer HV 15,190 kW
terminals
---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
Guaranteed Availability Not Applicable
---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
Guaranteed Minimum Brine Return Temperature 87(degree)C (+/- 2(degree)C)
---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
Guarantee Maximum working fluid Leakage per annum 7,000 kg PA
---------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
EPC Schedule B Sept. 20.2003
EPC - Wairakei
SCHEDULE C
MILESTONE PAYMENT SCHEDULE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
% of EPC
Event Documentation for Payment Contract Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Signing of EPC Contract o Contractor's invoice 5%
o Submittal of Performance Bonds and
Parent Company Guaranty
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Issuance of Purchase Order o Contractor's invoice 5%
for mechanical engineering and
design (See note 1), but not o P.O. for mechanical engineering and
earlier than 45 days after design
Commencement Date
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Issuance of Purchase Order o Contractor's invoice 5%
for civil engineering and
design (See note 2), but not o P.O. for civil engineering and
earlier than 45 days after design
Commencement Date
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Issuance of Purchase Order o Contractor's invoice 5%
for electrical engineering and
design (See note 3), but not o P.O. for electrical engineering and
earlier than 45 days after design
Commencement Date o
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Issuance of Purchase Order o Contractor's invoice 6%
for mechanical subcontractor
(See note 4), but not earlier o P.O. for mechanical works
than 190 days after
Commencement Date
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPC SCHEDULE C September 26, 2003
EPC - Wairakei
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
% of EPC
Event Documentation for Payment Contract Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Issuance of Purchase Order for o Contractor's invoice 6%
electrical subcontractor (See
note 5), but not earlier than o P.O. for electrical works
190 days after Commencement
Date
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Issuance of Purchase Order for o Contractor's invoice 6%
civil works contractor (See
note 6), but not earlier than o P.O. for civil works
120 days after Commencement
Date
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Mobilization of civil works o Contractor's invoice 5%
contractor
o C.S., countersigned by Owner's
Representative, stating that earth
moving work or piling work has
started
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. Mobilization of mechanical o Contractor's invoice 4%
works contractor
o C.S., countersigned by Owner's
Representative stating that
mechanical Subcontractor has
mobilized to Site
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. Concrete foundation for o Contractor's invoice 2%
substation completed
o Copy of C.S., countersigned by
Owner's Representative stating that
concrete foundation for 220 kV
equipment being supplied as part of
substation was completed
o
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPC SCHEDULE C September 26, 2003
EPC - Wairakei
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
% of EPC
Event Documentation for Payment Contract Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. Mobilization of electrical o Contractor's invoice 4%
subcontractor
o C.S., countersigned by Owner's
Representative stating that the
electrical Subcontractor has
mobilized to the Site
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. Concrete foundations for o Contractor's invoice 3%
turbine skids completed
o C.S., countersigned by Owner's
Representative stating that
concrete foundations for OEC
turbine skids have been completed
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13. Arrival of OEC air cooler at o Contractor's invoice 3%
Project Site
o Copy of Delivery Acknowledgement
Document countersigned by Owner's
Representative
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14. Arrival of OEC generator at o Contractor's invoice 3%
Project Site
o Copy of Delivery Acknowledgement
document countersigned by Owner's
Representative
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15. Arrival of tube and shell heat o Contractor's invoice 3%
exchanger at Project Site
o Copy of Delivery Acknowledgement
Document countersigned by Owner's
Representative
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16. Arrival of OEC turbines at o Contractor's invoice 3%
Project Site
o Copy of Delivery Acknowledgement
Document countersigned by Owner's
Representative
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17. Arrival of OEC power cabinet o Contractor's invoice 2%
at Project Site
o Copy of Delivery Acknowledgement
Document countersigned by Owner's
Representative
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPC SCHEDULE C September 26, 2003
EPC - Wairakei
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
% of EPC
Event Documentation for Payment Contract Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18. Erection of first OEC unit o Contractor's invoice 4%
o C.S., countersigned by Owner's
Representative stating that
turbines and generator of first OEC
have been place on foundation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19. Erection of second OEC unit o Contractor's invoice 4%
o C.S., countersigned by Owner's
Representative stating that that
turbines and generator of first OEC
have been place on foundation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20. Completion of auxiliary o Contractor's invoice 2%
building erection
o C.S., countersigned by Owner's
Representative stating that
auxiliary building was erected
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21. Readiness of Commissioning o Contractor's invoice 5%
o Notice per Section 7.1.1 of the EPC
Contract
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22. Commencement of Reliability o Contractor's invoice 5%
Run
o C.S., countersigned by Owner's
Representative stating Reliability
Run has commenced
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23. Take Over o Contractor's invoice 7%
o Take Over Certificate
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24. Completion of Post-Take Over o Contractor's Invoice 2.5%
Works
o Contractor's statement
countersigned by Owner's
Representative stating completion
of Post-Take Over Works
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPC SCHEDULE C September 26, 2003
EPC - Wairakei
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
% of EPC
Event Documentation for Payment Contract Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25. Delivery of Final o Contractor's invoice Balance of EPC
Documentation (As-Builts and Contract Price
O&M Manuals) o Contractor's statement
countersigned by Owner's
Representative stating delivery of
Final Documentation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes:
1. Mechanical Engineering and Design:
Includes all mechanical and piping detailed design, layouts and
arrangements for all equipments, including Geothermal Fluid gathering
system.
2. Civil Engineering and Design
Includes all civil and earthwork design for the Binary Plant, including
grading, roads, ways, drainage, and location of equipment. Also includes
structural concrete foundations for the main equipment, main pipe rack and
other equipment identified in Binary Plant layout drawings including
buildings.
3. Electrical Engineering and Design
Includes all power, instrumentation, control and DC design for the Binary
Plant, but excluding supplier and equipment manufacturer drawings and
termination details.
4. Mechanical Work
Includes the work released to the mechanical Subcontractor covering the
mechanical erection of the equipment, and the Geothermal Fluid gathering
system.
5. Electrical Work
Includes the work released to the electrical subcontractor covering the
electrical interconnection of major components, and terminals of the power
and control cabinets.
EPC SCHEDULE C September 26, 2003
EPC - Wairakei
6. Civil Works
Includes the work released to the civil subcontractor, covering the civil
and earthwork for the Binary Plant.
P.O. means copy of signed, unpriced Purchase Order from Contractor to the
Subcontractor(s) of the specified goods or services
C.S. means Contractor's statement, signed by Contractor
Delivery Acknowledgement Document means either the packing slip or delivery
documentation from the carrier delivering such item(s) to the Site
EPC SCHEDULE C September 26, 2003
EPC Wairakei
SCHEDULE D
PERFORMANCE TESTS
1. COMMISSIONING AND TESTING
1.1 GENERAL
The Contractor shall perform and document all required commissioning and
start-up activities including but not limited to those specified herein.
1.2 COMMISSIONING AND TESTING PERSONNEL
The Contractor shall provide a Commissioning Engineer who shall be
experienced in the planning and supervision of power plant and substation
commissioning and sufficient Technical Supervisors experienced in the areas
of electrical, control system, protection, metering, power plant
mechanical, fluid process systems, and performance monitoring as required.
The Commissioning Engineer shall plan, coordinate and supervise all
commissioning, testing and start-up activities as required by this EPC
Contract.
The Owner shall provide operating personnel trained by the Contractor in
accordance with Terms and Conditions clause 4.1 (i) (General
Responsibilities) and Schedule A (Owner's Technical Requirements) Section
1.12 to attend the Binary Plant and to provide assistance to the
Contractor in the conduct of commissioning under the supervision and
control of the Contractor. The Contractor shall use and actively involve
such Owner's Personnel in conducting commissioning and testing and, while
they are under the Contractor's supervision and control, the Contractor
shall manage them as if they were its own employees.
1.2.1 Commissioning and Testing Documentation
The Contractor shall provide to the Owner a detailed Commissioning and
Performance Testing Plan no later than one month prior to
commissioning as required by the Terms and Conditions. This plan may
include the following:
o List of commissioning activities together with identification of
any potential effects on the Owner's existing facilities.
o Commissioning activity procedures.
o List of pre-commissioning tests completed or to be completed by
the Contractor
o List of Handling Trial tests.
o Earth system tests.
o List of environmental compliance tests.
o Procedures for Performance Tests.
o Sample test record sheets for electrical and mechanical systems
tests.
o Work responsibility matrix for commissioning activities.
o Draft commissioning schedule for the Binary Plant indicating key
activities, durations, and any shift work requirements.
EPC Schedule D Page 1 of 15 9 October 2003
EPC Wairakei
1.2.2 Contractor's Commissioning and Testing Activities
The Contractor shall be responsible for commissioning and testing the
Binary Plant in accordance with the approved Commissioning and
Performance Testing Plan and to meet the following minimum
requirements:
o Preparation and management of a commissioning and testing program
to ensure an orderly commissioning sequence.
o Provision, calibration and installation of all tools, test
equipment, instruments, and consumables required during
commissioning and testing.
o Co-ordination of the provision of all labour, services, and
facilities required during commissioning and conduct of the
Performance Tests, including equipment manufacturers,
subcontractors, interconnecting utilities, consumable supplies,
plant operators and Owner's representatives.
o Provision of information necessary to co-ordinate activities with
Transpower and Owner.
o Holding, as required by the Owner daily and weekly, commissioning
meetings to keep the Owner's Representative informed on
commissioning progress and planning.
o Maintenance of all plant and equipment until taking over.
o Identification and completion of all appropriate functional
testing of all equipment to ensure that all components function
as designed and specified.
o Replacement or repair of all defective equipment and
instrumentation.
1.3 PRE-COMMISSIONING INSPECTION AND TESTING
1.3.1 General
The Contractor shall prepare comprehensive procedures and check lists
for the inspection, calibration and testing of all equipment
pre-commissioning. The following shall be included as a minimum:
1. Visual inspection of all plant, pipe work and equipment.
2. Earth system tests
3. Setting of protective relays. Setting, calibration and testing,
and certificates for these will be provided by the relay
manufacturers based on setting and testing performed at the
manufacturer's facilities in accordance with its procedures and
applicable codes.
4. Safety valve setting. Setting and testing of safety valves will
be performed by the manufacturer at the manufacturer's facility
according to its procedures and applicable standards. Based on
those tests, the manufacturer will provide certificates and
documentation. If required by statutory inspectors in New
Zealand, lifting test for safety valves will be undertaken.
5. Calibration or checking of all instruments for which manufacturer
calibration was already certified.
EPC Schedule D Page 2 of 15 9 October 2003
EPC Wairakei
6. Stroke all control and shutoff valves, adjust limit switches and
operating speed.
7. Insulation, resistance and continuity checks of all power and
control circuits.
8. Alignment, rotational checks and vibration measurements for all
rotational equipment.
9. Functional checks of all safety equipment.
10. Final tightening of all fasteners, union, joints, terminations
etc.
11. Bump tests of all electric motors.
12. Final fill of all lubricants, coolants etc.
13. Check major equipment manufacturer's installation and
pre-commissioning instructions.
14. Hydrostatic pressure test of all pressure parts erected at the
site as called up in ASME 31.1.
15. Completion of all other appropriate or necessary tests to comply
with statutory legislation and local codes and standards and so
as to comply with good power station practice.
1.4 COMMISSIONING
1.4.1 General
All commissioning work shall be carried out in accordance with the
Commissioning and Performance Testing Plan prepared by the Contractor
and approved by the Owner according to the Terms and Conditions.
1.4.2 Commissioning Procedures
On completion of erection all specified and appropriate site tests,
inspections, checks and necessary adjustments shall be carried out on
all Permanent Works to demonstrate adequately that the equipment as
erected on site complies with the Owner's Technical Requirements and
is entirely ready for individual, subsystem and system tests.
1.4.3 Individual and Subsystem Tests
After erection and completion of the appropriate pre-operational
checks and tests, equipment having moving parts, electrical apparatus
and equipment subject to pressure, as specified by the Contractor,
shall be given a trial operation. The trial operation shall be carried
out in strict accordance with the equipment manufacturer's
recommendations.
EPC Schedule D Page 3 of 15 9 October 2003
EPC Wairakei
1.4.4 System Tests
All appropriate systems shall be checked, operated, and tested after
the respective individual item and subsystem has completed a trial
operation.
All functional and operational testing of protective interlocking,
automatic controls, instrumentation, alarm systems, and all other
field testing of the main systems, including earthing, shall be
completed before the systems are started.
1.4.5 Operation Tests
Before the plant is synchronised and load testing may begin permission
shall be obtained from the Owner and Transpower.
1.5 PERFORMANCE TESTS
1.5.1 General
Performance testing of the Binary Plant shall follow commissioning and
consist of Handling Trials, Performance Testing, and a Reliability
Run.
The primary objective of these tests is to determine:
a) the Binary Plant's net power output under the Guarantee
Conditions as noted in section 1.3.4 of the Owner's Technical
Requirements and other specific operating conditions as noted in
section 1.5.9 herein;
b) the geothermal fluid return temperature and pressure drop across
the Binary Plant under Guarantee Conditions and other specified
operating conditions as noted in section 1.5.9 herein;
c) the Binary Plant's noise under all operating conditions;
d) the reliability of the Binary Plant over a generation period of
21 days normal operation.
During all performance testing, the Binary Plant shall be operated
within normal operating design limits of the equipment and in a manner
consistent with the manufacturers recommendations and good utility
practices for continuous long-term operation. Startup and
commissioning shall be performed from Contractor's HMI system.
For the Handling Trials, Performance Test, and the Reliability Run,
the Binary Plant shall be operated by Owner's Personnel from
Contractor's HMI station located in the GGC.
The testing shall be conducted after installation and commissioning of
the Binary Plant All necessary systems shall be ready for normal and
continuous operation. The use of temporary equipment other than
temporary testing devices, will not be allowed unless approved by the
Owner.
EPC Schedule D Page 4 of 15 9 October 2003
EPC Wairakei
During testing, the Binary Plant will operate with normal staffing
levels and the Owner's Personnel will conduct all operating functions.
The Contractor's personnel shall provide direction, supervision and
management only and will not perform hands-on operating functions. The
Binary Plant will run in a normal manner with no equipment shutdown to
reduce auxiliary load.
The Contractor is responsible for conducting the testing and
evaluating the results. The Contractor is responsible for providing
all test equipment and specialist testing subcontractors.
The Contractor shall conduct all testing within the operating
limitations imposed on the Owner by the New Zealand Electricity Market
and the grid operator's Grid Operation Security Policy.
The Contractor shall include detailed procedures for the Handling
Trials, Performance Tests, and the Reliability Run in its detailed
Commissioning and Performance Testing Plan prepared for approval by
the Owner under the Terms and Conditions.
These procedures shall include planned generation profiles. The Owner
will provide Geothermal Fluid according to the Design Range noted in
section 1.3.1 of Schedule A (Owner's Technical Requirements) and
enable dispatch to the Grid according to these generation profiles. If
and to the extent the Owner does not supply Geothermal Fluid at the
Guarantee Conditions during any Performance Test, the Binary Plant
performance shall be corrected to the Guarantee Conditions using the
Correction Curves. If the Contractor fails to undertake the tests in
accordance with the agreed Commissioning and Performance Testing Plan,
then any delay and cost of re-testing shall be to the account of the
Contractor unless such failure was due to reasons not attributable to
Contractor.
The Geothermal Fluid should be within the Design Range during the
Reliability Run Period. If the Geothermal Fluid is outside that Design
Range, Contractor in its sole discretion reserves the right to
continue the Reliability Run where in its opinion the test can be run
without compromising the safety and reliability of the Power Plant
Preliminary test results shall be submitted to the Owner no later than
2 days after performing the relevant tests, with a final report due no
later than 14 days after completion of the Reliability Run.
1.5.2 Instrumentation
Permanent Works instrumentation shall be utilized for measuring and
data collecting. A list of key instruments to be used during the tests
will be specified by the Contractor prior to the initiation of the
test. The instruments will be calibrated in accordance with the
standards of a recognized national organization such as American
Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM), Instrument Society of America
(ISA), etc.
EPC Schedule D Page 5 of 15 9 October 2003
EPC Wairakei
1.5.3 Instrumentation Uncertainty
As part of the Performance Test procedures to be submitted to Owner
for review, Contractor shall prepare an uncertainty analysis to
establish the expected level of uncertainty.
The instrumentation installed in the Binary Plant and to be used for
the Performance Tests will have after-calibration uncertainties no
greater than:
Kilowatt meters +/- 0.4% (of full scale)
Kilowatt-hour meters +/- 0.2% (of full scale)
Brine flow rates +/- 2.0% (of full scale)
Brine and Ambient temperature +/- 0.3% (of full scale)
Brine Pressure +/- 0.5% (of full scale)
1.5.4 Ambient Temperature, Geothermal Fluid Specifications and Design
Range
As a condition for the conduct of the tests, the Geothermal Fluid and
the ambient temperature must be within the Design Range.
1.5.5 Measurement of Ambient Air Temperature and Geothermal Fluid
Conditions and Electrical Power
All conditions shall be measured at the points as defined in the
following table.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Measurement Location
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Brine Flow Rate Liquid common inlet line to the Binary
Plant
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Ambient Air Temperature Average of 3 different temperature
transmitters located along the centre
line of the air cooled condenser located
1.5 m above the ground level.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
The Measured Net Power To be measured at the revenue meter
Output and take into account transformer losses
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Brine Inlet Temperature and Interface point TPO1 (downstream of
Pressure main insulation valve)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Brine Outlet Temperature Interface point TPO2 (upstream of
and Pressure main insulation valve)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
1.5.6 Data Recording
During the Performance Tests the Geothermal Fluid conditions, the
ambient temperature and the Binary Plant gross and net output will be
measured and recorded in time intervals as follows:
EPC Schedule D Page 6 of 15 9 October 2003
EPC Wairakei
----------------------------------------------------
Manually by Plant
HMI Operator
----------------------------------------------------
Handling Trial Test 15 minutes 30 minutes
Performance Test 1 second 10 minutes
Reliability Run 1 minutes 30 minutes
----------------------------------------------------
The results of these Performance Tests shall be adjusted for
variations in the Geothermal Fluid conditions and ambient temperature
conditions using the Correction Curves.
1.5.7 Handling Trials
Handling Trials shall be carried out to demonstrate that the Binary
Plant can perform under the steady state and transient operating
conditions specified in the Owner's Technical Requirements.
These handling trials shall demonstrate both the technical suitability
of the plant and its control equipment, and the methods recommended by
the Contractor for the handling and operation of the plant.
The Handling Trials shall include tests to show that:
a) The Binary Plant can be started up and shut down, in an
economical and well controlled manner, using the methods
described in the Contractor's draft instruction manuals, without
the use of any special or unusual skills on the part of the
Owner's Personnel for which training has not been provided and
without imposing any stress or loading on any plant item beyond
that for which it is designed.
b) The Binary Plant systems are Fail Safe and can be shut down
satisfactorily under emergency conditions using the methods
described in the Contractor's draft instruction manuals.
c) The Binary Plant will demonstrate stable operation for a minimum
of four hours without undue operator attention at any flow,
pressure and temperature of Geothermal Fluid within the Design
Range. Tests shall be performed at a minimum of four levels of
Geothermal Fluid flow across the design range and at pressures
and temperatures to be agreed with the Owner in the preparation
of the detailed Commissioning and Performance Testing Plan.
d) The Binary Plant will run under automatic control under the
conditions described in c) above and should be capable of
handling abnormal load fluctuations if it occurs during the test
period as per above paragraph (c), e.g. sudden change in
transmission network frequency.
EPC Schedule D Page 7 of 15 9 October 2003
EPC Wairakei
e) The Binary Plant can reach normal net power output (as determined
by the available Geothermal Fluid flow and temperature, and
ambient conditions) within 90 minutes when restarting from hot
plant conditions, and 120 minutes from cold with restarting
meaning the operator initiation of the control sequence to have
electricity generated from Geothermal Fluid (i.e., all valves
with actuators are in the normal "off" position, pumps, fans and
generators are idle and Geothermal Fluid is fully bypassing the
Binary Plant (but valves at TP01 and TP02 may be open).
f) The Binary Plant battery and UPS systems function correctly.
g) That the installed overspeed safety protection for the generating
equipment functions correctly.
h) That HVAC systems fully comply with the requirements of the
Owner's Technical Requirements.
i) The ability of the Binary Plant to reject load by opening the
generator breaker with the plant running at base load.
j) That the brine outlet temperature control functions correctly to
maintain a temperature no less than 85 DEG. C (control setpoint
87 +/- 2 DEG. C).
k) Thermographic imaging for electrical board of 400 V and higher
l) Xxxxxxxxxxxxx xx 0xxX changeover system
1.5.8 Performance Tests Conditions
As soon as practicable after completion of the Handling Trials,
Performance Tests shall be carried out to determine the extent to
which the Binary Plant will achieve the Performance Guarantees.
Test procedures shall be developed by the Contractor and provided in
its Commissioning and Performance Testing Plan. Performance Tests
shall not proceed without the Owner having reviewed and agreed the
appropriate test procedures according to the Terms and Conditions.
All test instrumentation required for the Performance Tests but not
forming part of the Permanent Works shall be supplied by the
Contractor and shall be retained by him upon the satisfactory
conclusion of all such tests at site. All costs associated with the
supply, calibration, installation and removal of the test
instrumentation as appropriate shall be borne by the Contractor.
The Owner shall be entitled to inspect valid calibration certificates
issued by an independent testing laboratory or the calibration
documentation supplied by the vendor for all test instruments used in
the conduct of the Performance Tests. The difference between the
certification date and the actual Performance Test start date shall
not be greater than three months. Where the installed plant
instrumentation is used for the tests, calibration checks shall be
conducted less than 60 days prior to the tests and the Contractor
shall give the Owner at least three days prior notice of such checks
so that the Owner may attend if the Owner so desires.
EPC Schedule D Page 8 of 15 9 October 2003
EPC Wairakei
The Performance Tests shall be carried out in accordance with the
following conditions:
a) Measurements, for the purpose of calculating performance, shall
be taken at the relevant Terminal Points and other locations as
specified in Table 1.5.5 above.
b) Control settings shall be established prior to the tests.
c) All parameters required for the purpose of the Performance Tests
shall be recorded as specified in Paragraph 1.5.6 above
d) During the period of any test the conditions will be held as
steady as possible, compatible with safe and effective operation,
or as stated and agreed in the Commissioning and Performance
Testing Plan.
e) If the Contractor considers it necessary to carry out maintenance
procedures or cleaning prior to a Performance Test then it shall
be so entitled providing: all parts and materials so used shall
not be deducted from the contractual spare parts and materials
provided under this Contract, and cleaning is to be undertaken to
a commercially acceptable standard as recommended in the
manufacturers manuals, i.e. no exceptional cleaning processes
shall be used without approval by the Owner.
f) Correction Curves
In case of deviation of actual conditions from Guarantee
Conditions, the following Correction Curves (as attached to this
Schedule D) will be used to determine the correction factors to
be applied to the Measured Net Power Output and Measured Pressure
Drop when calculating Corrected Net Power Output and Corrected
Pressure Drop respectively.
o Ambient air inlet temperature vs net power output correction
factor (Fl) as defined by Correction Curve WAIR -100-RO.
o Brine inlet temperature vs net power output correction
factor (F3) as defined by Correction Curve WAIR -102-R0.
o Brine flow vs net power output correction factor (F4) as
defined by Correction Curve WAIR-101-RO.
o Brine flow vs brine pressure drop correction factor (F7) as
defined by Correction Curve WAIR-103-RO.
g) The Contractor shall have the burden of reasonably proving that
any failure of the Binary Plant to meet the relevant Performance
Guarantees is due to causes other than faulty design, materials
or workmanship.
1.5.9 Net Power Output and Pressure Drop Performance Tests
Specific conditions under which the Performance Tests shall be
performed shall be documented in the Commissioning and Performance
Testing Plan prepared by the Contractor and agreed by the Owner
according to the Terms and Conditions. Performance Tests shall unless
otherwise agreed by the Owner include the following:
EPC Schedule D Page 9 of 15 9 October 2003
EPC Wairakei
a) A net power output test shall be performed over a period of one
hour at a time of day reasonably specified by the Owner during
which time the pressure and temperature of Geothermal Fluid at
Terminal Point TP02 shall at all times during the test remain
within the Design Range, unless otherwise agreed by the Owner.
b) A second net power output test will be performed as in a), but at
a different time of day reasonably specified by the Owner, in
order to test the performance of the plant at a different ambient
temperature.
c) A third net power output test will be performed as in a), but
using a flow of Geothermal Fluid within a range up to five
percent greater than that used in a) and as agreed by the Owner
in the Commissioning and Performance Testing Plan, in order to
test the performance of the plant with a higher brine supply.
d) A fourth net power output test will be performed as in c), but at
a different time of day reasonably specified by the Owner, in
order to test the performance of the plant at a different ambient
temperature.
e) A fifth net power output test will be performed as in a), but
using a flow of Geothermal Fluid within a range up to five
percent less than that used in a) and as agreed by the Owner in
the Commissioning and Performance Testing Plan, in order to test
the performance of the plant with a lower brine supply.
f) A sixth net power output test will be performed as in e), but at
a different time of day reasonably specified by the Owner, in
order to test the performance of the plant at a different ambient
temperature.
During the conduct of the net power output tests referred to in a),
b), c), d), e) and f) above, the brine system pressure drop across the
Binary Plant shall be measured for the purpose of testing whether the
Binary Plant meets the Guaranteed Pressure Drop.
Unless otherwise agreed upon by the parties, tests referred to in a),
b). c), d), e),and f) above shall be carried out within a five day
period.
The Measured Net Power Output under each of the net power output tests
referred to in a), b), c), d), e) and f) above shall be corrected for
deviations during each test from the Guarantee Conditions using the
Correction Curves to establish a Corrected Net Power Output for each
test. These results will be used for the purpose of establishing
whether the Binary Plant has passed the Net Power Output Performance
Tests and the level of liquidated damages if any payable by the
Contractor according to the Terms and Conditions.
The Measured Pressure Drop under each of the tests referred to in a),
b), c), d), e) and f) above shall be corrected for deviations during
each test from the Guarantee Conditions using the Correction Curves to
establish a Corrected Pressure Drop for each test. These results will
be used for the purpose of establishing whether the Binary Plant has
passed the Pressure Drop Performance Tests and the level of liquidated
damages if any payable by the Contractor according to the Terms and
Conditions.
EPC Schedule D Page 10 of 15 9 October 2003
EPC Wairakei
1.5.10 Net Power Output Correction Factor (NPOCF)
The Measured Net Power Output is to be adjusted by the various
correction factors when calculating the Corrected Net Power Output per
the following formula.
CNPO = MNPO/NPOCF
Where:
CNPO - Corrected Net Power Output
MNPO - Measured Net Power Output
NPOCF - Net Power Output Correction Factor
NPOCF = Fl * F3 * F4 * 1/(1 +/- overall measurement uncertainly)
Where:
Fl, F3, F4 - are as noted in 1.5.8 f)
Measurement Uncertainly - calculation, to be agreed by Owner,
based on actual instrument uncertainties, refer 1.5.3 above
Note: The (-) sign in the application of the measurement
uncertainty to the NPOCF calculation will be used when Corrected
Net Power Output is greater than the Guarantee Net Power Output,
while the (+) sign will be used when Corrected Net Power Output
is less than the Guaranteed Net Power Output.
If NPOCF (greater than)= 1.1 then NPOCF = 1.1
1.5.11 Brine Pressure Drop Calculations
The Corrected Pressure Drop (CPD) will be calculated as follows:
CPD = MPD/F7 * po/pt * (1+/-uncertainty)
Where:
MPD - Measured pressure drop.
F7 - Brine pressure drop correction factor.
po - Brine density at reference temperature (127 DEG. C).
pt - Brine density at measured temperature. Uncertainty - calculation,
to be agreed by Owner, based on actual instrument uncertainties, refer
1.5.3 above.
Note: The (-) sign in the uncertainty calculation will be used when
Corrected Pressure Drop is greater than the Guaranteed Pressure Drop,
while the (+) sign will be used when Corrected Pressure Drop is less
than the Guaranteed Pressure Drop.
EPC Schedule D Page 11 of 15 9 October 2003
EPC Wairakei
1.5.12 Reliability Run
After the Contractor has completed the Handling Trials, the
Performance Tests described in paragraph 1.5.9 to demonstrate the
Binary Plant's Net Power Output and the Pressure Drop across the
Binary Plant, and has notified the Owner, the Binary Plant will be
required to successfully complete a reliability test.
The twenty-one (21) day Reliability Run will demonstrate the
continuous and reliable operation of the Binary Plant at rated load.
During this test, the Binary Plant will be available for dispatch, so
actual generated output may vary, and the Binary Plant shall
demonstrate that it is capable of stable operation throughout the test
period as per test criteria described hereunder. The Binary Plant will
run under automatic control mode.
The criteria for passing the Reliability Run are:
Not more than 2 Outages (as defined below)
Not more than 8 aggregate Outage Hours (as defined below)
No single Outage with duration greater than 6 Outage Hours
Not more than 1 Plant Shutdown (as defined below)
Not more than 4 aggregate Outage Hours due to Plant Shutdown
No Plant Shutdown in the last 48 hours of the Reliability Run
Test Period
No second Outage which was caused by the repetition, after
rectification, of a failed item of equipment which has caused a prior
Outage.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Outage = One or more of the OECs is not available
for dispatch as a result of equipment
failure, work design or construction
defects or an occurrence or circumstances
within the reasonable control of Contractor
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Outage Hour = The period of time with respect to a
particular Outage commencing upon the time
that any or all of the OECs are not
available for dispatch as a result of
equipment failure, work design or
construction defects or an occurrence or
circumstance within the reasonable control
of Contractor and ending upon the
resumption of being available for dispatch.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Plant Shutdown = An Outage in which none of the OECs is
available for dispatch, but brine and
ambient conditions are within the design
conditions noted in section 1.3.1 of the
Owner's Technical Requirements
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Reliability Run Period = 21 days plus the aggregate Outage Hours
during the Reliability Run (if any).
----------------------------------------------------------------------
EPC Schedule D Page 12 of 15 9 October 2003
EPC Wairakei
The Reliability Run must be repeated in its entirety if a Reliability
Run is unsuccessful or is terminated by Contractor before the end of
the Reliability Run Period
The Geothermal Fluid should be within the Design Range during the
Reliability Run Period. If the Geothermal Fluid is outside that Design
Range, Contractor in its sole discretion reserve the right to continue
the Reliability Run where in its opinion the test can be run without
compromising the safety and reliability of the Binary Plant.
Minor defects, such as instrument faults or equipment faults requiring
the operation of standby plant, shall not constitute a failure of the
Reliability Run test, provided that the overall Binary Plant continues
to operate satisfactorily and that the faults are rectified and are
not persistent.
The Operating Personnel will operate the Binary Plant during the
Reliability Run under the direction, supervision and control of the
Contractor. The Contractor may request permission to carry out any
minor adjustments which may be necessary for reliable operation.
1.5.13 Noise Tests
During the Reliability Run, a measurement of the sounds level of the
Binary Plant shall be conducted according to the New Zealand standards
noted in Section 1.3.2 of the Owner's Technical Requirements, by a
recognized and suitable experienced third party (at the Contractor's
expense) and in a manner, each as mutually agreed upon by the Owner
and the Contractor, to determine whether the Binary Plant complies
with the requirements set forth in Section 1.3.2 of the Owner's
Technical Requirements or other requirements mutually agreed upon by
the Owner and the Contractor.
2. TEST PROTOCOLS
The procedures for conducting the tests, including calibration data,
instrumentation data, test records and frequency of measurement will be detailed
in individual test protocols. The individual test protocol will be drafted by
the Contractor and submitted at least sixty (60) days prior to the start of any
individual test to the Owner for review and approval in accordance the Terms and
Conditions. All components of the test protocol, including revisions, will be
approved at least fifteen (15) days prior to the commencement of the tests. The
test protocols will be consistent with the terms of this Schedule.
The test protocols shall explicitly state the industry codes and standards that
will be used, the instrumentation required, the form of the expected results,
the anticipated time duration of the test, and the anticipated number of Owner's
operating personnel required to assist the Contractor in the conduct of the
test.
EPC Schedule D Page 13 of 15 9 October 2003
EPC Wairakei
3. REPEATING AND SUSPENSION OF TEST
If the test criteria are not met, or problems or deficiencies arise during the
conduct of the tests which require cessation thereof, or Contractor opts to
retest to improve test results, Contractor will establish the actions to be
taken to bring about a successful completion of the tests. Such actions shall be
taken by Contractor and the tests shall be re-conducted.
Contractor may repeat any of the tests. Such tests shall be conducted in a
condition materially the same as the initial test. However, should the
Contractor wish to repeat a test more than two (2) times, he shall inform the
Owner in writing of his intention, giving his reasons. In case one or more of
the tests are repeated, the best of the test results will be utilized to
establish the final results for the tests. Repeating one or more of the tests
does not require repeating any of the other tests, unless it affects the results
of tests already performed.
The tests may be suspended upon each occurrence or circumstance beyond the
control of the Contractor which does not reflect equipment failure, design or
construction defects (e.g. a problem with the Grid, supply of Geothermal Fluid
not in accordance with the Design Range, Force Majeure, etc.) which make
operation of the tests unfeasible. The test period may resume after the
period(s) of suspension, with the test period including period(s) of Binary
Plant test operation both before and after the period(s) of suspension, if the
Contractor so desires. Alternatively, at the Contractor's discretion, the test
may be repeated from the beginning following a suspension. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the repeating of any of the tests described in paragraph 1.5.9 of
this Schedule that are so suspended shall be conducted from the beginning.
Adjustment to the Binary Plant during suspension shall not impact on the
availability of the Binary Plant to resume the test when the causes for the
suspension no longer exist unless the Contractor elects to repeat the test from
the beginning.
4. DEFECTS CORRECTION PERIOD
4.1 GENERAL
Following successful completion the Reliability Run and Take Over of the
Binary Plant, the Owner will operate and maintain the Binary Plant
according to the training and operating and maintenance manuals provided by
the Contractor, for the period of the Defects Correction Period.
4.2 MOTIVE FLUID LEAKAGE
The total annual consumption of motive fluid shall be monitored and
recorded by the Owner observing the loss of levels in the motive fluid
storage tank from Take Over and throughout the Defects Correction Period.
The Owner shall follow the operation and maintenance procedures proposed by
the Contractor. Upon the request of the Contractor, the Owner will provide
copies of such recorded
EPC Schedule D Page 14 of 15 9 October 2003
EPC Wairakei
measurements to the Contractor. In the event that motive fluid leakage
rates during the Defects Correction Period are beyond those guaranteed by
the Contractor as set forth in the Guarantees section of Schedule B
(Contractor's Technical Proposal) and provided that the Binary Plant was
operated and maintained in accordance with the operation and maintenance
instructions provided by the Contractor and good industry practices
expected of a prudent operator, remedial work shall be undertaken by the
Contractor to rectify the leakage problem in accordance with the Defects
Correction Period provisions in the Terms and Conditions and, for the
duration of the Defects Correction Period, the cost of motive fluid lost
from the system (above that volume which was guaranteed by the Contractor
as part of the Guarantees) shall be paid for by the Contractor.
EPC Schedule D Page 15 of 15 9 October 2003
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WAIRAKIE/CONTACT GEOTERMAL PLANT
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ID [ ] TASK NAME DURATION START FINISH
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 [ ] CONTACT - WAIRAKIE PLANT 460 days Mon 1/5/04 Wed 10/5/05
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 GENERAL 166 days Mon 1/5/04 Wed 9/15/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 [ ] Commencement Date 0 days Mon 1/5/04 Mon 1/5/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 [ ] Provision of Access & Site By Owner (MS "A") 0 days Mon 1/5/04 Mon 1/5/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 [ ] Submission of Manufacturing, Construction and Tests 0 days Mon 4/5/04 Mon 4/5/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 Secure Major permits 45 days Mon 5/10/04 Fri 7/9/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 Building permits 25 days Thu 8/12/04 Wed 9/15/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 CONCEPTUAL DESIGN 113 days Mon 1/5/04 Mon 6/7/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 Design input 15 days Mon 1/5/04 Thu 1/22/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Survey & Geotech study 45 days Fri 1/23/04 Wed 3/24/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 Initial OEC design 30 days Fri 1/23/04 Wed 3/3/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 Final OEC design 45 days Thu 3/4/04 Tue 5/4/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 PFDs 15 days Fri 1/23/04 Thu 2/12/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 PIDs & SLDs 45 days Fri 1/30/04 Wed 3/31/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 [ ] Submission of PIDs and SLDs 0 days Wed 4/21/04 Wed 4/21/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16 Plant layout 20 days Thu 2/19/04 Wed 3/17/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17 [ ] Site and Plan arrangement drawing 0 days Mon 4/5/04 Mon 4/5/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18 Control logics 30 days Thu 3/4/04 Wed 4/14/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19 Main Mech/Elect. Equipment Specs. 25 days Thu 2/26/04 wed 3/31/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 Review Concept (By Owner) 18 days Thu 4/15/04 Fri 5/7/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21 HAZOP Review 5 days Mon 5/3/04 Fri 5/7/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22 [ ] Commence HAZOP review (MS "B") 0 days Wed 5/5/04 Wed 5/5/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23 [ ] Submission of Document For Hazop 0 days Wed 5/5/04 Wed 5/5/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24 [ ] Substantial Completion of Concept (MS "C") 0 days Mon 6/7/04 Mon 6/7/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25 DETAILED DESIGN 111 days Mon 4/5/04 Mon 9/8/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26 Site prep. & Earth work design 55 days Mon 4/5/04 Thu 6/17/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27 Review civil/earth work design (by owner) 18 days Fri 6/18/04 Tue 7/13/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
28 Structural Foundation design 45 days Fri 5/7/04 Thu 7/8/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Project: CONTACT - WAIRAKEII Plant
By: R.S; Approved by: Z.R
Date: June 25 2003, Rev 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 of 4
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WAIRAKIE/CONTACT GEOTERMAL PLANT
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ID [ ] TASK NAME DURATION START FINISH
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29 Review structural design (by Owner) 18 days Fri 7/9/04 Tue 8/3/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30 Plant Mechanical & piping Design 85 days Tue 4/13/04 Fri 7/9/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31 Initial M.T.O Plant Mechanical 30 days Mon 5/10/04 Fri 6/18/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32 Piping Field Gathering connection 40 days Thu 4/15/04 Tue 6/8/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
33 Review mechanical/piping design (by Owner) 18 days Mon 7/12/04 Wed 8/4/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34 Initial M.T.O Plant Gathering 15 days Wed 6/9/04 Tue 6/29/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
35 Plant Electrical Design 50 days Mon 5/10/04 Fri 7/16/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
36 Initial M.T.O Plant Electrical 15 days Mon 6/28/04 Fri 7/16/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
37 [ ] Submission of noise level study 0 days Mon 7/5/04 Mon 7/5/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
38 Review Electrical Design (By Owner) 18 days Mon 7/19/04 Wed 8/11/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
39 Control design 60 days Mon 5/10/04 Fri 7/30/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
40 Switchyard & Transpower connection 40 days Thu 4/8/04 Tue 8/1/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
41 [ ] Submission of detailed piping design 0 days Mon 9/6/04 Mon 9/6/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
42 TransPower review and approval 18 days Wed 6/2/04 Fri 6/25/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
43 [ ] Substantial Completion of Detailed Design (MS "F") 0 days Mon 9/6/04 Mon 9/6/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
44 PROCUREMENT & MANUFACTURING 248 days Thu 3/4/04 Fri 2/11/05
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
45 [ ] Commence procurement OEC (MS "D") 0 days Mon 4/5/04 Mon 4/5/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
46 Procurement - OEC Initial materials 75 days Thu 3/4/04 Tue 6/15/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
47 Procurement - OEC main & other equipment 130 days Thu 3/25/04 Tue 9/21/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
48 OEC manufacturing 125 days Wed 5/12/04 Tue 11/2/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49 [ ] Commence manufacturing of OEC (MS "E") 0 days Mon 6/7/04 Mon 8/7/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
50 Procure Switchyard equipment 150 days Mon 6/28/04 Fri 1/21/05
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
51 Main TX procurement 160 days Mon 5/31/04 Fri 1/7/05
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52 Procurement auxillary Transformers 120 days Thu 8/12/04 Wed 1/26/05
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
53 Purchase Other Equipment 150 days Mon 7/19/04 Fri 2/11/05
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
54 Procurement Bulk piping Materials 90 days Wed 6/30/04 Tue 11/2/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
55 Procurement Bulk electrical cables 90 days Mon 7/19/04 Fri 11/19/04
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
56 [ ] TRANSPORTATION 70 days Wed 9/29/04 Wed 1/5/05
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Project: CONTACT - WAIRAKEII Plant
By: R.S; Approved by: Z.R
Date: June 25 2003, Rev 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 of 4
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WAIRAKIE/CONTACT GEOTERMAL PLANT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ID [ ] TASK NAME DURATION START FINISH
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
57 1st Shipment of OEC Components 45 days Wed 9/29/04 Tue 11/30/04
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
58 2nd Shipment of OEC components 40 days Wed 11/3/04 Tue 12/28/04
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
59 [ ] Major OEC Components at site (MS "H") 0 days Wed 1/5/05 Wed 1/5/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
60 CONSTRUCTION 241 days Fri 6/18/04 Fri 5/20/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
61 CIVIL CONSTRUCTION 226 days Fri 6/18/04 Fri 4/29/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
62 Civil Contract Bid Process 30 days Fri 6/18/04 Thu 7/29/04
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
63 Civil Site Mobilization 7 days Thu 9/15/04 Fri 9/24/04
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
64 EARTH WORKS 165 days Mon 9/27/04 Fri 4/29/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 [ ] Commerce Site earth work (MS "G") 0 days Tue 10/5/04 Tue 10/5/04
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
66 Site grading and leveling 25 days Mon 9/27/04 Fri 10/29/04
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
67 Temporary facilities 20 days Mon 10/18/04 Fri 11/12/04
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
68 Final Gravel 15 days Mon 4/11/05 Fri 4/29/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
69 FOUNDATION & STRUCTURAL 100 days Mon 11/1/04 Fri 3/18/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70 OEC #1 foundations 35 days Mon 11/1/04 Fri 12/17/04
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71 OEC #2 foundations 30 days Mon 11/29/04 Fri 1/7/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72 Main Plant Pipe rack 25 days Mon 12/20/04 Fri 1/21/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
73 Gathering-Pipe supports 20 days Mon 1/10/05 Fri 2/4/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
74 Gathering-Stream crossing 20 days Mon 1/24/05 Fri 2/18/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
75 Sub Station 15 days Mon 2/7/05 Fri 2/25/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
76 Building foundations 10 days Mon 1/31/05 Fri 3/11/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
77 Building erection 25 days Mon 2/14/05 Fri 3/18/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL 200 days Mon 8/16/04 Fri 5/20/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
79 Mechanical & Electrical Contract Bid Process 45 days Mon 8/16/04 Fri 10/15/04
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
80 Mechanical & Electrical Site Mobilization 7 days Mon 11/1/04 Tue 11/9/04
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
81 OEC Installation 50 days Mon 12/20/04 Fri 2/25/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
82 [ ] Commerce main equipment erection (MS "I") 0 days Wed 1/5/05 Wed 1/5/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
83 OEC #1 (mechanical & Piping) 40 days Mon 12/20/04 Fri 2/11/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
84 OEC #2 (mechanical & Piping) 35 days Mon 1/10/05 Fri 2/25/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Project: CONTACT - WAIRAKEII Plant
By: R.S; Approved by: Z.R
Date: June 25 2003, Rev 0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 of 4
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WAIRAKIE/CONTACT GEOTERMAL PLANT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ID [ ] TASK NAME DURATION START FINISH
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
85 PIPING WORK 85 days Mon 1/24/05 Fri 5/20/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
86 Plant Geothermal Pipes Installation 60 days Mon 1/24/05 Fri 4/15/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
87 Underground Fire Loop 15 days Mon 1/24/05 Fri 2/11/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
88 Gathering Brine Piping Installation 35 days Mon 2/7/05 Fri 3/25/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
89 Plant Other piping 30 days Mon 3/21/05 Fri 4/29/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
90 Plant Insulation Work 35 days Mon 4/4/05 Fri 5/20/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
91 Gathering Brine Insulation work 20 days Mon 3/28/05 Fri 4/22/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
92 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INSTALLATION 80 days Mon 1/24/05 Fri 5/13/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
93 Switchyard erection 35 days Mon 1/24/05 Fri 3/11/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
94 Electrical Grounding work 15 days Mon 2/14/05 Fri 3/4/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
95 Cable trays layout 20 days Mon 2/21/05 Fri 3/18/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
96 Power & Instrumentation OEC #1 & #2 25 days Mon 3/7/05 Fri 4/8/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
97 Cables (electrical + control) laying 30 days Mon 2/28/05 Fri 4/8/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98 Electrical final termination 25 days Mon 3/14/05 Fri 4/15/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
99 Control & Instrumentation termination 25 days Mon 4/11/05 Fri 5/13/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100 TransPower Interconnection 5 days Mon 4/11/05 Fri 4/15/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
101 START UP AND COMMISSIONING 157 days Mon 2/28/05 Wed 10/5/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
102 [ ] Grid availability (MS "J") 0 days Mon 3/7/05 Mon 3/7/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
103 [ ] Geothermal fluid available (MS "K") 0 days Mon 3/7/05 Mon 3/7/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
104 Operator's training 14 days Mon 2/28/05 Thu 3/17/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
105 [ ] Commence Start up (MS "L") 0 days Thu 5/5/05 Thu 5/5/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
106 Start up Checks & Calibration 25 days Mon 5/2/05 Fri 6/3/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
107 Commissioning 15 days Mon 8/8/05 Fri 6/24/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
108 [ ] Commence testing (MS "M") 0 days Tue 7/5/05 Tue 7/5/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
109 Performance Testing 30 days Mon 8/27/05 Fri 8/5/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
110 [ ] Due Date for Taking Over (MS "N") 0 days Wed 10/5/05 Wed 10/5/05
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Project: CONTACT - WAIRAKEII Plant
By: R.S; Approved by: Z.R
Date: June 25 2003, Rev 0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 of 4
EPC Contract - Wairakei, New Zealand
SCHEDULE F
WARRANTY PROCEDURES
The following procedures shall be observed in with regard to Owner warranty
claims to Contractor. Except for paragraph (a) below which shall apply with
regard to all claims by Owner for Contractor to remedy a defect in the Works
arising from a breach of a warranty, this Schedule applies to those warranty
claims by Owner for payment by Contractor where, rather than require Contractor
to remedy a defect in the Works, Owner will remedy or has remedied a defect in
the Works
(a) Owner shall notify Contractor of any defect in the Works arising from a
breach of warranty promptly after Owner learns of the same. In addition, a
failure report, which shall contain the technical and logistic information
reasonably available to or known by Owner to Contractor assessing the damage to
the Works and providing background regarding the corrective action (and
reasonable appropriateness thereof) shall be provided to Contractor by Owner
within 15 days after the occurrence of any event giving rise to a warranty
claim.
(b) Warranty claims shall be submitted in accordance with paragraph (d)
below, and shall include, as a required minimum, the following documents:
(i) Applicable failure report;
(ii) List of equipment and materials purchased or used in
accomplishing the repair, schedule of operations and subcontractors hours
applicable to each claim, and a copy of any internal work orders or purchase
orders prepared in connection with each such claim;
(iii) a copy of Owner's maintenance and repair records with respect to
the equipment for which the claim is being made;
EPC Contract (F-l) October 8, 2003
EPC Contract - Wairakei, New Zealand
Owner shall include with such maintenance and repair records the
manufacturer/vendor part number and serial number and the identification by part
number and serial number of the next major assembly (such as, but not limited
to, turbine, generator, electrical cabinet); and
(iv) copies of invoices received or prepared for costs and expenses
claimed.
The documentation to be provided pursuant to paragraphs (b)(ii) and (b)(iii)
above, shall be as specified in the O&M Manual.
(c) Notwithstanding (a) and (b) above, all warranty claims pertaining to
failure of the equipment for which Owner has independently undertaken corrective
action during any calendar month shall be submitted to Contractor on or before
the last day of the following calendar month. Any remedial work performed by
Owner under a warranty claim shall be billed on a time and material basis as
further defined below:
(d) "Time and Material" in connection with a warranty claim is defined as
follows:
(i) With respect to "Time", the product of one hundred thirty percent
(130%) of the normal hourly wage (including fringe benefits, insurance and
taxes) Owner pays with respect to its particular employee (not including
overhead) multiplied by the number of hours each employee performed the
particular Work.
(ii) With respect to "Material", one hundred twenty percent (120%) of
the actual purchase price paid by Owner or an affiliate to a third party for the
materials incorporated or consumed in connection with the Work; and
EPC Contract (F-2) October 8, 2003
EPC Contract - Wairakei, New Zealand
(iii) With respect to Work performed by a subcontractor, one hundred
thirty percent (130%) of the actual amount paid by Owner to the subcontractor
for such Work.
(e) Accounting settlement between Owner and Contractor due to warranty
claims shall occur on a quarterly basis.
(f) Owner shall maintain adequate records to support all warranty claims
and allow a Contractor to audit warranty claims upon no less than ten (10) days
period notice, within the Defects Correction Period.
(g) All claims by Owner shall be plus GST.
EPC Contract (F-3) October 8, 2003
EPC Contract - Wairakei, New Zealand
SCHEDULE G
ORMAT INDUSTRIES LTD. GUARANTY
Ormat Industries Ltd. ("Ormat Industries"), in consideration of Contact Energy
Limited ("Owner") entering into the Engineering, Procurement and Construction
Contract dated ____________, 2003 (the "EPC Contract") with Ormat Pacific Inc.
("Contractor") at the request of Ormat Industries, hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally guarantees to Owner, the due and punctual performance and
observance of all the obligations of Contractor contained or implied in the EPC
Contract and further covenants as follows:
1.1 Covenant to Perform
Whenever default has been made by Contractor in the performance of its
obligations Ormat Industries will forthwith perform such obligations
notwithstanding that demand to perform such obligations may not have been made
by Owner or steps taken against Contractor to enforce such obligations.
1.2 No Abrogation
The liability of Ormat Industries hereunder shall remain in full force and
effect and shall not be abrogated, prejudiced, affected or discharged by any of
the following:
(a) the granting of time, indulgence or any concession to Contractor or any
other person or any failure by Owner to present demand or give notice or any
compromise, release abandonment, waiver, relinquishment, variation (including
without limitation, any variation or amendment of the EPC Contract);
(b) the liability of any other guarantor of Contractor ceasing from any
cause whatsoever;
(c) the liquidation or insolvency of Contractor or Ormat Industries or any
other guarantor of Contractor or any other person;
(d) any variation to this guaranty; or
(e) any assignment by Contractor to an affiliate under the EPC Contract.
(f) any provision of the EPC Contract becoming illegal, invalid, void,
voidable or unenforceable;
Guaranty (G-l) October 8, 2003
EPC Contract - Wairakei, New Zealand
(g) the termination of the EPC Contract or of the employment of the
Contractor, if Contractor still has obligations to the Owner relating
to the EPC Contract notwithstanding the termination;
(h) the rescinding of any payment to the Contractor;
(i) the release or waiver of any bond, undertaking, security or other
guaranty held by the Owner for any of the obligations of the
Contractor under the EPC Contract; or
(j) any other thing that, but for this provision, might abrogate,
prejudice or affect this guaranty;
it being the intention of Ormat Industries and Owner that this guaranty and the
obligations of Ormat Industries shall be absolute and unconditional in any and
all respects.
1.3 Continuing Guaranty
1.3.1 This guaranty is to be a continuing guaranty and accordingly shall be
irrevocable and remain in full force and effect until all the obligations of
Contractor under the EPC Contract have been performed, paid, satisfied or
discharged.
1.3.2 This guaranty shall remain in full force and effect whether or not Ormat
Industries remains the legal or beneficial owner of the Contractor.
1.4 Principal Obligor
Although as between Contractor and Ormat Industries the liability of Ormat
Industries to Contractor may be that of a surety only, nevertheless as between
Ormat Industries and Owner the liability of Ormat Industries shall be deemed to
be the liability of a principal obligor and such liability shall not be affected
by any of the matters hereinbefore mentioned or by any other act, indulgence or
omission that, but for this present provision, would have operated to release
Ormat Industries wholly or partly from Ormat Industries' liabilities hereunder
to Owner.
1.5 Limitation of Guaranty
Notwithstanding any other provision to this guarantee, Ormat Industries'
liability on all claims of any kind hereunder shall in no case be greater than
the maximum liability of Contractor under the EPC Contract.
1.6 Notices
Guaranty (G-2) October 8, 2003
EPC Contract - Wairakei, New Zealand
SCHEDULE H-1
FORM OF PERFORMANCE BOND
TO: CONTACT ENERGY LIMITED
NEW ZEALAND
FROM:
-----------------
DATE:
-----------------
At the request and for the account of ORMAT Pacific Inc. ("OPI"} we hereby issue
our irrevocable standby Letter of Credit No. [ ________ ] (this "Letter of
Credit") in favor of Contact Energy Limited (hereinafter the "Beneficiary") for
the initial amount of Three Hundred and Seventy Six Thousand One Hundred and
Twenty Three New Zealand Dollars (NZ$376,123) subject to the increment and
reduction as herein provided.
This Letter of Credit is available with us by payment fifteen (15) days after
presentation to the [confirming bank] situated at [ address ] of the following
document:
1.1 A certificate addressed to us purportedly signed by an authorized officer of
the Beneficiary certifying as follows:
(a) The amount of payment drawn under this irrevocable standby Letter of
Credit,
(b) That OPI has failed to meet all or part of its obligations stipulated in
the Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract dated as of [ ],
2003 between OPI and the Beneficiary, as amended from time to time (the
"EPC Contract") within the time required under the EPC Contract, including
extensions, if any, and after due notice in accordance with the EPC
Contract, OPI has failed to remedy the aforesaid event in accordance with
the EPC Contract,
(c) That the payment thus drawn (i) does not exceed that portion of the
Milestone Payment(s) in New Zealand Dollars previously made by the
Beneficiary to OPI pursuant to the Milestone Payment Schedule of the EPC
Contract and (ii) has not been deducted from any payment or money due to
ORMAT and/or OPI
and
1 October 1, 2003
EPC Contract - Wairakei, New Zealand
(d) That ORMAT's and/or OPI's failure did not occur due to the Beneficiary's
failure to fulfill its obligations under the Supply Contract dated as of
[________], 2003 between Beneficiary and ORMAT Industries Ltd. ("ORMAT") as
amended from time to time (the "Supply Contract") or the EPC Contract or
any event of Force Majeure, as defined in the Supply Contract and/or the
EPC Contract.
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1. This Letter of Credit shall enter into force and become effective for the
initial amount of Three Hundred and Seventy Six Thousand One Hundred and
Twenty Three New Zealand Dollars (NZ$376,123) immediately and
automatically, upon the remittance by the Beneficiary through us of the
amount Three Hundred and Seventy Six Thousand One Hundred and Twenty Three
New Zealand Dollars (NZ$376,123) for the final credit of OPI's account No
_____________ with Bank _____________ as the first Milestone Payment in
connection with the EPC Contract.
2. The amount of this Letter of Credit will be increased from time to time by
an amount equal to additional payments in New Zealand Dollars which will be
made by the Beneficiary and remitted through us for the final credit of
OPI's account No. _____________ with Bank _____________ up to the maximum
amount not exceeding altogether Seven Hundred Fifty-Two Thousand Two
Hundred Forty-Five New Zealand Dollars (NZ$752,245) as Milestone Payments
in connection with Milestones #1-2 of the EPC Contract. Milestone payment
schedule is attached for information only as an annex to this Letter of
Credit.
3. it is a condition that any transfer of funds made in conformity with
Special Conditions Nos. 1 and 2 above, has to be remitted through us to the
final credit of OPI's account No. _____________ with Bank _____________ via
authenticated Swift advice to us specifying our Ref. no. for this Letter of
Credit and the particulars of the remittance as follows: "This payment of
NZ$ _____________ for the account of OPI (Account No. ______________)
represents Milestone Payment No(s). _____________ pursuant to the EPC
Contract."
4. Drawings made under this Letter of Credit are to be made and received by
the [confirming bank] no earlier than the opening of business at the office
of the [confirming bank], [ Address ] on the date of remittance under
Special Condition No. 1 above and no later than the expiry date of this
Letter of Credit as stated under Special Condition No. 8,
5. The amount available for drawing under this Letter of Credit shall be
reduced to nil immediately and automatically upon presentation to us by OPI
of a copy of a certificate purportedly signed by an authorized officer of
the Beneficiary stating that:
2 October 1, 2003
EPC Contract - Wairakei, New Zealand
(i) Take Over under the EPC Contract has occurred or is deemed to have
occurred; and
(ii) a replacement performance bond, in accordance with Section 7.7 of the
EPC Contract has been issued in favor of Beneficiary.
6. Partial drawings under this Letter of Credit are permitted.
7. This Letter of Credit is not transferable in whole or in part.
8. This Letter of Credit shall expire upon the earliest of: (i) August 15,
2005; (ii) when the amount of this Letter of Credit has been reduced to nil
in accordance with its Terms and Conditions; or (iii) presentment to us of
a copy of an OPI certificate purportedly countersigned by an authorized
officer of the Beneficiary certifying the termination of the EPC Contract.
Except as otherwise expressly stated herein, this Letter of Credit shall be
governed by the provisions of the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary
Credits (1993 Revision) International Chamber of Commerce, Publication No. 500.
This Letter of Credit sets forth in full our undertaking and our undertaking
hereunder shall not in any way be modified, amended, amplified or limited by
reference to any document, instrument or agreement referred to herein except for
the certificates referred to herein, and any such reference shall not be deemed
to incorporate herein by reference any document, instrument or agreement.
All drawing documents pertaining to this Letter of Credit are to be presented
exclusiveiy through the {name of confirming bank} and to be forwarded to us by
courier at [ address ]
Instructions for confirming bank: Please advise Beneficiary and add your
confirmation.
Regards
------------------------
3 October 0, 0000
XXX Xxxxxxxx - Xxxxxxxx, Xxx Xxxxxxx
SCHEDULE H-2
FORM OF PERFORMANCE BOND
TO: CONTACT ENERGY LIMITED
NEW ZEALAND
FROM:
---------------------
DATE:
---------------------
At the request and for the account of ORMAT Pacific Inc. ("OPI") we hereby issue
our irrevocable standby Letter of Credit No [____________] (this "Letter of
Credit") in favor of Contact Energy Limited (hereinafter the "Beneficiary") for
the initial amount of Eight Hundred Twenty-Three Thousand Two Hundred and Forty
Five United States Dollars (US$823,245) subject to the increment and reduction
as herein provided.
This Letter of Credit is available with us by payment fifteen (15) days after
presentation to the {name of confirming bank} situated at [ address ] of the
following documents:
1.1 A certificate addressed to us purportedly signed by an authorized officer of
the Beneficiary certifying as follows:
(a) The amount of payment drawn under this irrevocable standby Letter of
Credit,
(b) (i) That ORMAT Industries Ltd. ("ORMAT") has failed to meet all or part of
its obligations stipulated in the Supply Contract dated as of [_________],
2003 between ORMAT and the Beneficiary, as amended from time to time (the
"Supply Contract") within the time required under the Supply Contract,
including extension, if any, and after due notice in accordance with the
Supply Contract, ORMAT has failed to remedy the aforesaid event in
accordance with the Supply Contract
and/or
(ii) That OPI has failed to meet all or part of its obligations stipulated
in the Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract dated as of
[_________], 2003 between OPI and the Beneficiary, as amended from time to
time ("the EPC Contract") within the time required under the EPC Contract,
including extensions, if any, and after due notice in accordance with the
EPC Contract, OPI has failed to remedy the aforesaid event in accordance
with the EPC Contract
1 October 1, 2003
EPC Contract - Wairakei, New Zealand
(c) That the payment thus drawn (i) does not exceed the sum of the payment(s)
in U.S. Dollars previously made by the Beneficiary to ORMAT and/or OPI
pursuant to the Milestone Payment Schedule of the Supply Contract and/or
the EPC Contract and (ii) has not been deducted from any payment or money
due to ORMAT or OPI
and
(d) That ORMAT's and/or OPI's failure did not occur due to the Beneficiary's
failure to fulfill its obligations in the Supply Contract or the EPC
Contract or any event of Force Majeure, as defined in the Supply Contract
and/or the EPC Contract.
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1. This Letter of Credit shall enter into force and become effective for the
initial amount of Eight Hundred Twenty-Three Thousand Two Hundred and Forty
Five United States Dollars (US$823,245) immediately and automatically, upon
the remittance by the Beneficiary through us of the amount of Eight Hundred
Twenty-Three Thousand Two Hundred and Forty Five United States Dollars
(US$823,245) for the final credit of ORMAT's account No ___________________
with Bank _______________ as the first Milestone Payment in connection with
the Supply Contract as stated under Special Condition No. 5.
2. The amount of this Letter of Credit will be increased from time to time by
an amount(s) equal to additional payments in United States Dollars made by
the Beneficiary and remitted through us for the final credit of ORMAT's
account No _______ with Bank _____________ and/or OPI's account No
_______________ with Bank __________________ up to the maximum amount not
exceeding altogether Thirteen Million Two Hundred Fifty-Four Thousand Nine
Hundred Twenty United States Dollars (US$13,254,920) as Milestone Payments
in connection with Milestones #2-18 of the Supply Contract and/or in
connection with Milestones #1-2 of the EPC Contract. Milestone Payment
Schedules are attached for information only as an annex to this Letter of
Credit.
3. The amount available for drawing under this standby Letter of Credit will
be reduced from time to time immediately and automatically as follows:
(a) By an amount equal to 20% of Supply Contract Price US$3,292,980 stated
in a reduction request to be presented to us by ORMAT in writing
together with a delivery acknowledgement document stating OEC air
coolers arrived at the project site, purportedly countersigned by a
designated representative of Beneficiary under the Supply Contract or
his designee or countersigned by SGS New Zealand Limited or by [insert
name of independent third party acceptable to ORMAT and Beneficiary].
2 October 1, 2003
EPC Contract - Wairakei, New Zealand
(b) By an amount equal to 11% of Supply Contract Price US$1,811,139 stated
in a reduction request to be presented to us by ORMAT in writing
together with a delivery acknowledgement document stating OEC
Generator arrived at the project site, purportedly countersigned by a
designated representative of Beneficiary under the Supply Contract or
his designee or, countersigned by SGS New Zealand Limited or by
[insert name of independent third party acceptable to ORMAT and
Beneficiary].
(c) By an amount equal to 18% of Supply Contract Price US$2,963,682
stated in a reduction request to be presented to us by ORMAT in
writing together with a delivery acknowledgement document stating OEC
Tube and Shell heat exchanger arrived at the project site, purportedly
countersigned by a designated representative of Beneficiary under the
Supply Contract or his designee or countersigned by SGS New Zealand
Limited or by [insert name of independent third party acceptable to
ORMAT and Beneficiary].
(d) By an amount equal to 9% of Supply Contract Price US$1,481,841 stated
in a reduction request to be presented to us by ORMAT in writing
together with a delivery acknowledgement document stating OEC Turbines
arrived at the project site, purportedly countersigned by a designated
representative of Beneficiary under the Supply Contract or his
designee or, countersigned by SGS New Zealand Limited or by [insert
name of independent third party acceptable to ORMAT and Beneficiary].
(e) By an amount equal to 12% of Supply Contract Price US$1,975,788
stated in a reduction request to be presented to us by ORMAT in
writing together with a delivery acknowledgement document stating OEC
Power Cabinet arrived at the project site, purportedly countersigned
by a designated representative of Beneficiary under the Supply
Contract or his designee or, countersigned by SGS Limited or by
[insert name of independent third party acceptable to ORMAT and
Beneficiary]
(f) To nil immediately and automatically upon presentation to us by OPI of
a copy of a certificate purportedly signed by an authorized officer of
the Beneficiary stating that:
(i) Take Over has occurred or is deemed to have occurred; and
(ii) a replacement performance bond, in accordance with Section 7.7 of
the EPC Contract has been issued in favor of Beneficiary.
Any reduction as aforesaid will be simultaneously advised to you under
tested telex/authenticated Swift for transmission by you to the
Beneficiary.
3 October 1, 2003
EPC Contract - Wairakei, New Zealand
4. It is a condition that any reduction as stated in Special Condition No.
3(a) to 3(e) above will not be effected if the amount available for drawing
under this Letter of Credit after any such reduction is less than the
amount of One Million Seven Hundred Twenty-Nine Thousand Four Hundred
Ninety United States Dollars (US$1,729,490).
5. It is a condition that any transfer of funds made in conformity with
Special Conditions Nos. 1 and 2 above, has to be remitted through us for
the final credit of ORMAT's account No. ___________ with Bank
_________________________ and/or OPI's account No. ______________ with Bank
________________ via authenticated Swift advice to us specifying our Ref.
no. for this Letter of Credit and the particulars of the remittance as
follows:
"This payment of ______ United States Dollars (US$_________) for the
account of ORMAT/OPI (Account No. _____________) represents Milestone
Payment No. ___________ pursuant of the Supply Contract and/or the EPC
Contract."
6. Drawings under this Letter of Credit are to be made and received by us no
earlier than the opening of business at our office [address] on the date of
remittance under Special Condition No. 1 above and no later that the expiry
date of this Letter of Credit as stated under Special Condition No. 9.
7. Partial drawings under this Letter of Credit are permitted.
8. This Letter of Credit is not transferable in whole or in part.
9. This Letter of Credit shall expire upon the earliest of: (i) August 15,
2005; (ii) when the amount of this Letter of Credit has been reduced to nil
in accordance with its Terms and Conditions; or (iii) presentment to us of
a copy of an OPI certificate purportedly countersigned by an authorized
officer of the Beneficiary certifying the termination of the EPC Contract.
Except as otherwise expressly stated herein, this Letter of Credit shall be
governed by the provisions of the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary
Credits (1993 Revision) International Chamber of Commerce, Publication No. 500.
This Letter of Credit sets forth in full our undertaking and our undertaking
hereunder shall not in any way be modified, amended, amplified or limited by
reference to any document, instrument or agreement referred to herein except for
the certificates referred to herein, and any such reference shall not be deemed
to incorporate herein by reference any document, instrument or agreement.
4 October 1, 2003
EPC Contract - Wairakei, New Zealand
All drawing documents pertaining to this Letter of Credit are to be presented
exclusively through the {name of confirming bank} and to be forwarded to us by
courier at [address].
Instructions for confirming bank: Please advise Beneficiary and add your
confirmation.
Best regards
-----------------
5 October 1, 2003
EPC Wairakei
SCHEDULE I
CANCELLATION FEE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM NO. DATE OF RECEIPT OF NOTICE OF TERMINATION CANCELLATION FEE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 From the Commencement Date until the 120th 5% of the unpaid
day following the Commencement Date Milestone Payments of
the EPC Contract
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 From the 121st day from the Commencement 10% of the unpaid
Date until Milestone Payment #19 as per Milestone Payments of
Schedule C of the EPC Contract the EPC Contract
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 After Milestone Payment #19 as per The balance of the
Schedule C of the EPC Contract unpaid EPC Contract
Price
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EPC SCHEDULE I September 26, 2003
EPC Wairakei
DRAWINGS
List Of Drawings
----------------
DRAWING NO. REV DESCRIPTION
1 7.011.00.410.0 1 Process Flow Diagram - Geothermal Fluid
2 7.011.00.411.0 1 Main Control Diagram
3 0.002.95.413.0 P2 Control and Comms architecture
4 0.002.95.384.0 P0 OEC Heat & Mass Balance Diagram
5 0.002.95.689.0 2 General One line Diagram
6 0.002.91.906.0 0 Typical oil skid assembly
7 0.002.91.905.0 0 Typical turbine skid assembly
8 0.002.91.904.0 0 Typical turbine assembly
9 0.002.95.690.0 1 Generator Protection
10 0.002.55.706.0 P0 Vaporizer BKM L.I general arrangement typical
11 0.002.55.707.0 P0 Vaporizer BKM L.II general arrangement typical
12 0.002.57.704.0 P0 Preheater BFM L I and II general arrangement typical
13 0.002.59.701.0 P0 Recuperator L I and II general arrangement typical
14 0.002.60.520.0 P0 Air cooled condenser tube bundle arrangement typical
15 7.011.00.412.0 1 Piping & Instrumentation Diagram OEC gathering system
16 7.011.00.413.0 0 PIPING & INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM ENERGY DISSIPATION SYSTEM
17 0.011.00.418.0 P0 Piping & Instrumentation Diagram - lubrication oil
system typical
18 7.011.00.417.0 0 Piping & Instrumentation Diagram - Fire Fighting Loop
19 7.011.00.419.0 P0 Piping & Instrumentation Diagram -seal oil system typical
20 7.011.00.414.0 1 Piping & Instrumentation Diagram - Motive Fluid system
21 7.011.00.415.0 0 Piping & Instrumentation Diagram - Air Compressor system
22 7.011.00.416.0 0 Piping & Instrumentation Diagram Compressed air
distribution system
23 7.011.00.408.0 0 Site Location
24 7.011.00.409.0 0 General Arrangement Power Plant
25 0.002.95.691.0 0 Electrical room Layout
Feed pump general arrangement typical
Feed pump sectional view typical
EPC Schedule J September 24 2003
